BUCKNELL UK1VERSITY ARCHIVE
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2010 with funding from
Lyrasis Members and Sloan Foundation
http://www.archive.org/details/bucknellalumnus562577gene
SEPTEMBER, 1970
f m ikiiiiu
ft
Cover Art Courtesy of Algonquin Press, N. Y. C.
ARNAUD C. MARTS H'46
1888-1970
Seventh President of Bucknell
1935-1945
A recent Bachrach portrait of Dr. Amaud C. Marts
Dr. Marts Dies at Age 82
Dr. Amaud C. Marts H'46, sev-
enth president of Bucknell Univer-
sity, 1935-45, died Saturday, July
11, at the age of 82. He had suf-
fered a broken hip and had under-
gone corrective surgery at Doctor's
Hospital in New York City.
Widely known for his long ca-
reer in philanthropic fund-raising,
Dr. Marts was co-founder and hon-
orary chairman of the board of
Marts ir Lundy, Inc., one of the
oldest and largest professional fund-
raising firms in the country. He saw
annual private giving for public
causes in this country rise from less
than $500 million in the early years
of the century to its present level of
over $17 billion. The increase was
due in large part to the manage-
ment techniques which he helped
to pioneer.
In 1926 he founded Mails I?
Lundy, Inc., in partnership with
the late George E. Lundy and
served as president of the firm until
1957 ivhen he was elected chair-
man of the board.
From the beginning of his fund-
raising career, Dr. Marts was de-
voted to the cause of establishing
and maintaining high ethical stan-
dards and practices in the fund-
raising calling. One outgrowth of
his efforts in this direction was the
organization of the American Asso-
ciation of Fund-Raising Counsel.
Through the years Dr. Marts served
three times as president of the
AAFRC and was often referred to
by its members as the elder states-
man of the fund-raising profession.
In 1920, lie married the late
Ethel A. Dagett, who died in 1953.
In 1958, he ivas married to the for-
mer Anne McCartney ivho survives
him.
Funeral services were held on
Monday, July 13, at the Marble
Collegiate Church in New York
City, with the Reverend Dr. Nor-
man Vincent Peale officiating. In-
terment ivas at East Aurora, N. Y.
"Arnaud Marts changed his
status at Bucknell University
from Acting President to Presi-
dent under dramatic circum-
stances in March 1937. As he
was about to dismiss the Thurs-
day morning assembly, two stu-
dents, Ambrose Saricks '37 and
Edward G. Hartmann '37, mem-
bers of classes in history under
Professor J. Orin Oliphant who
helped them with their planning,
arose from their seats, stepped
into the middle aisle, and asked
for permission to address the
President." This was granted.
They stepped forward, turned
around, faced the audience, and
read a petition which they hand-
ed to President Marts. They said
this was signed by every student,
SEPTEMBER 1970
Dr. Marts as he began duties at Bucknell in 1935
The Marts
Decade
at Bucknell
faculty member, administration
member, and other campus em-
ployees. This petition requested
President Marts to drop the word
'Acting from his title and be-
come the 'President' of Bucknell
University!'
THIS description of a dramatic
moment in the life of a Uni-
versity and of Dr. Arnaud
Marts is taken from page 179 of
his biography, Arnaud Cartwright
Marts: A Winner in the American
Tradition, published this year by
the Algonquin Press, New York.
The biographer is Dr. Paul C. Car-
ter, a lifelong friend and admirer
of Dr. Marts and former official of
the American Baptist Board of Ed-
ucation and Publication.
Presentation of that petition
came as a complete surprise to the
° Dr. Ambrose Saricks is now professor
of history and associate dean of the Uni-
versity of Kansas Graduate School. Dr.
Edward G. Hartmann is professor of his-
tory and director of libraries at Suffolk
University, Boston, Mass.
"Acting President" of Bucknell.
However, he promised to give the
petition careful thought, thanking
everyone for their expression of
confidence in his leadership.
After consultation with his wife,
his business partner, George Lun-
dy, and other officials, he agreed to
drop the word "Acting" from his
title, but with the understanding
that he would continue to divide
his time in New York and in Lewis-
burg on the same schedule which
he had been following as Acting
President. The Board of Trustees
agreed to this arrangement.
THE election of a university
president by student, faculty,
administrative, and employee
petition is a rare phenomenon, even
for 1937. In just three years Dr.
Marts had made his impress on
Bucknell. His leadership abilities
had been recognized by the board
of trustees as well as by the stu-
dents. He had confronted major
problems and had achieved major
solutions. He had accomplished all
this on a part-time basis, commut-
ing from New York to Lewisburg
for three days of intensive work as
an academic leader, returning to
New York for four active days as a
partner in one of the major fund-
raising concerns in the United
States.
But drama seemed to accompany
the events of life for Dr. Marts.
The son of Beverend William G.
and Irene C. Marts, he was born
at Beeds Corners, N. Y. He worked
his way through Oberlin College,
Ohio ( two of his summers were
spent in an occupation he humor-
ously described as a "tree sur-
geon"), and graduated in 1910 with
honors and election as a member
of Phi Beta Kappa. He became af-
filiated with the Standard Life In-
surance Co., Pittsburgh, after grad-
uation and became a vice president
of that firm in 1914. Early attracted
to the Boy Scout movement and
other welfare work, he served as
Associate National Director of the
$18-million campaign for War
Camp Community Services in the
first World War. He was also a
member of the National Committee
President Marts at cornerstone laying ceremonies for Davis Gymnasium
(September 30, 1937).
President Marts and his predecessor, Dr. Homer P. Rainey, at dedication of Vaughan
Literature Building (February 10, 1938).
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
of 35 in charge of the United War
Work Campaign for $175-million.
After the war, he continued in the
work of raising funds for philan-
thropic institutions. He served as
president of the firm of Marts and
Lundy until 1957 when he was
elected chairman of the board.
It was in 1932 that Dr. Marts
agreed to accept election to the
board of trustees, a post he was
to hold for two decades. Three
years later Dr. Homer P. Rainey,
President of Bucknell, resigned his
post to become Executive Director
of the American Youth Commis-
sion. A special meeting of the board
of trustees was called on short no-
tice and the trustees agreed to in-
vite Dr. Marts to accept the presi-
dency. Judge J. Warren Davis '96,
then vice chairman of the board,
journeyed to New Jersey to convey
the invitation to Dr. Marts. This is
how his biographer, Dr. Carter, de-
scribes that meeting:
"Marts thanked Judge Davis
for the honor and confidence, but
declined the election. He ex-
plained that he and his partner,
George Lundy, were engaged
successfully in building a new
business and he would not leave
his partner in such a manner
which ivould be unfair to him,
nor would he turn his back on
40 employees of the firm who
were dependent for themselves
and their families upon the suc-
cess of Marts and Lundy, Inc.
Judge Davis was a determined
and persuasive man and he per-
sisted until the two men came to
a compromise agreement. Marts
agreed to give one-half time for
a limited period for a year or so
as Acting President of Bucknell,
and in that limited term he
ivould help the trustees find the
right man for their president, and
meanwhile ivould help work out
Bucknell's pressing problems.
It was agreed that Marts
ivould spend a portion of each
week in Lewisburg and he would
retain his business office in New
York and his residence in New
Jersey. Thus Marts began the
Wednesday - night - sleeper ride
from New York to Lewisburg
where he was to arrive at six
o'clock each Thursday inorning
for a stay of two or three days
each week. This agreement was
reported to the board of trustees
who promptly approved it. They
elected the dean of the universi-
ty, R. H. Rivenburg, Vice Presi-
dent of Bucknell, who would be
in charge of faculty and academ-
ic affairs and who would be in
authority during the days of
Marts' iveekly absences." (pp.
146-147).
THE new president was pre-
sented to the faculty and stu-
dents at a special assembly on
October 15, 1935. At the beginning
of the 1935-36 term, the university
had enrolled the largest freshman
class that had so far entered, 325
students. Total enrollment stood at
1.085. The faculty numbered 78.
Total endowment of the institution
Dirt is dynamited into the air, left, as President Marts and Prof.
Charles A. Lindemann, Class of 1898, officiate at groundbreak-
ing ceremonies for new wings of Dana Engineering Building
(September 29, 1938).
SEPTEMBER 1970
at that time was $1,300,000, and
the interest-bearing debt stood at
$335,000.
There were other problems, and
the acting president attacked one
of these with vigor. "Old Main" had
been destroyed by fire in 1933, and
the debris of a portion of this build-
ing was still in evidence. The onset
of the depression had made it diffi-
cult to raise funds to replace this
building, but at the first meeting
of the board of trustees Dr. Marts
asked them to authorize a fund-
raising program of $350,000 with
which to rebuild the destroyed cen-
ter section of the building and to
recondition and modernize the East
and West wings. He received both
the approval and help of the board,
including a gift of $100,000 from
trustee Daniel C. Roberts H'38.
Since Dr. Martz was a firm believer
of building only when money was
at hand, construction on the central
part of the new structure did not
begin until 1937, and Daniel C.
Roberts Hall stands today as a me-
morial to the generosity of the for-
mer honorary chairman of the trus-
tees.
The new president also brought
some streamlining to ihe Adminis-
trative Office. He appointed an Ex-
ecutive Committee of the trustees
to work intensively on university
business and created a Faculty Ad-
visory Committee to examine the
situation in the university from
time to time and report its findings
to the faculty for adoption or re-
jection. A man who believed in the
collection of facts and the study of
those facts in the process of deci-
sion-making, Dr. Marts was to an-
alyze many facets of the university's
operation, laying a factual ground-
work for the solution of the prob-
lems of the University.
By the time the 1937 academic
year had begun, a freshman class
of 399 was enrolled and total en-
rollment reached a new peak of
1,205 students. The trustees voted
to restore faculty salaries in full,
cuts which had been made at the
onset of the depression during a
period of declining enrollments.
With Old Main under construction,
Dr. Marts pushed a building pro-
Mr. Daniel C. Roberts, a trustee and generous benefactor of Bucknell, at dedication
ceremony for Daniel C. Roberts Hall (November 13, 1937).
gram to complete the Engineering
Building and to equip it, and also
initiated efforts to build the first
unit of the gymnasium. By the end
of 1938, President Marts reported
to the trustees that the first unit of
the new gymnasium for men was
complete and that Tustin gymnasi-
um had been remodeled for the use
of women students. Meantime, a
service building had been erected
to house repair shops and equip-
ment, and the Engineering Build-
ing was complete for 375 freshmen
admitted for the 1938-39 school
term. Enrollment reached a peak
figure of 1,322.
Dr. Marts outlined some of his
problems in his book, The Gener-
osity of Americans ( 1966 ) :
"My first fob on the presiden-
tial side of the desk at Bucknell
was to raise one half million dol-
lars to rebuild 'Old Main which
had burned down a couple years
previously. That was scarcely
accomplished when I was in-
formed by the Engineering
Council of Professional Develop-
ment that I would have to reor-
ganize the Engineering courses
and build a new Chemical Engi-
neering Laboratory in order to
retain the accreditment of the
Engineering courses. And then
came the necessity for a new
gymnasium, a new library and
the transformation of the Buck-
nell Junior College at Wilkes-
Barre into a fully accredited four
year college which is now called
Wilkes College."
IN a booklet prepared by the
board of trustees and issued in
April 1939, accomplishments of
the "Acting President" were de-
tailed. These included, in addition
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
to those already cited, the inaugur-
ation of a faculty pension retire-
ment system; the creation of a fac-
ulty study group known as the
Bucknell Scholars; the appointment
of a Dean of Men; the organization
of "Friends of the Library;" the in-
stallation of a chapter of Phi Beta
Kappa; and the wiping out of a
capital debt of $350,000.
While all this was going on at
Bucknell, Dr. Marts was working
to build the Bucknell Junior Col-
lege at Wilkes-Barre. During these
years, he simultaneously led Buck-
nell out of its depression days and
laid the foundations for the ulti-
mate creation, in 1947, of Wilkes
College on the superstructure of
the former Junior College.
Dr. Marts was also denning his
attitude toward education and the
goals it must serve. In an address
to the Northern Baptist Convention
in 1940, he observed:
". . . Too many of us have
become more interested in the
subjects toe teach than in the
young people we teach. We must
begin to care with all our hearts
about the character and life pur-
poses of the young people who
walk out of our halls into the ac-
tive life of our nation.
We have built up a system of
education that is bip-ocr and
more poiverful than are we, the
people who built it. We no longer
run it. It runs itself. We no long-
er set goals for it. It has become
an end in itself — rather than a
means to an end. I believe it is
time to de-institutionalize it — to
re-humanize it — and to make it
serve a large and noble end."
That large and noble end was his
constant inspiration, and it must
have been this inspiration which
the entire faculty and student body
sensed when they petitioned him
to become President of Bucknell.
When the war years came, Dr.
Marts enlisted for other duty. In
addition to his roles as President
of Bucknell, driving force on sev-
eral boards of trustees and private
business executive, he became a
member of the cabinets of Pennsyl-
vania Governors Arthur H. James
SEPTEMBER 1970
President Marts served as a member of
the Cabinet of Pennsylvania Governor
Arthur James (1938-42), shown here re-
ceiving a Civil Defense pin from Mrs.
William Clothier, and of Governor Ed-
ward Martin, successor to Mr. James. The
president of Bucknell also participated in
several coast-to-coast radio programs (be-
low).
and Edward Martin, serving as ex-
ecutive director of the State Coun-
cil of Defense. In January 1943,
he was commissioned as a Captain
in the U. S. Coast Guard Beserve
in charge of the Division of Tem-
porary Reserves. At the conclusion
of this tour of duty he was awarded
the Navy Commendation Medal
and Ribbon.
To these varied roles he brought
his driving energy and talents. He
told the graduating class of 1941,
in a speech entitled, "Under Three
Flags";
"I fear we have put more em-
phasis than we should in recent
years upon phi/sical comforts and
social security as aims of human
happiness. Ease is not the great-
est good. Pain and discomfort
and danger are only necessary
parts of human experience. I,
personally, do not want a flabby,
sweet-scented life of constant
ease, and I know you do not
either . . .
Do not mourn the loss of the
sort of life you had expected. Per-
haps the days of pain and diffi-
culties will prove to be finer and
more rewarding than those easier
days which we have lost. Out of
travail and agony a new world
is being born. That new world
promises to be either a world of
5
great shame and disaster, or a
world of great hope and free-
dom. I believe it will be the lat-
ter."
In June 1944, President Marts
presented his resignation to the
board of trustees and told the
Alumni of the University:
". . . When the Selective Ser-
vice Act ivas enacted and then
when America entered the pres-
ent war, I realized that it would
be my duty to stay at the helm
until the special problems of the
war period would be met. I have
done this, and now Bucknell
must begin to shape its plans
for the postwar years. Our Navy
training unit is decreasing in size,
and returning veterans are al-
ready on our campus, the ad-
vance guard of an important ele-
ment of postwar Bucknell. This
provides a semicolon, as it were,
when it seems quite timely to me
to make the change which I have
long desired and to ask that my
successor be selected to lead us
into the coming era.
. . . Bucknell will enter upon
its finest era immediately follow-
ing the war, in my opinion. High-
er education will surge forward
as never before in America. Buck-
nell will be in the forefront of
that advance. As soon as feasible,
we shall build a new library, raise
faculty salaries, and enlarge the
faculty, erect new scientific lab-
oratories, and new recitation
halls and other buildings, and en-
deavor in every possible way to
make our '300 acres' a campus
of the highest standards and of
the noblest spirit."
BEFORE Dr. Marts left the
campus at the end of June
1945, he was presented by the
faculty and administration with a
testimonial of appreciation and
thanks. This reads in part:
"By his mental poise, his exec-
utive capacity, his profound vis-
ion, his humane outlook, and his
influencive personality, he has
Dr. Marts greets his successor as president of Bucknell, Dr. Herbert L. Spencer H'53,
at 1945 commencement .
challenged the admiration of his
associates and immeasurably in-
creased the prestige of Bucknell
University. Educator, administra-
tor, public servant, he has trans-
lated his useful life into the vital
structure of the institution he has
served with conspicuous success
during a critical period of its his-
tory."
In 1946, Bucknell conferred upon
him the honorary degree of Doctor
Coast Guard Captain Marts wins congrat-
ulations of Admiral R. R. Waesche as he
receives the Navy Commendation Ribbon
(August 1945).
of Humane Letters. And on March
22, 1968 the administration center
at Bucknell was named Arnaud C.
Marts Hall in honor of the school's
seventh president. The building
which bears Dr. Marts' name was
completed in June 1961 and is an
extension of the Vaughan Litera-
ture Building. It completes the
north side of Bucknell's Academic
Quadrangle and houses the major
administrative offices of the univer-
sity.
Speaking at the dedication cere-
monies, held in the Union League
Club in New York, President
Charles H. Watts II said: "Not only
was Dr. Marts' term as president
critically important for Bucknell in
particular, but his long and illustri-
ous career has contributed im-
mensely to education and progress
in general." Dr. Warts emphasized
that no ordinary measures sufficed
to describe the tremendous growth
which Bucknell had experienced
under the direction of Dr. Marts
in his ten years as president. "The
institution was strengthened in so
many ways that his was truly a
decade of decision for Bucknell.
The academic program was, of
course, his principal concern, but
this in turn required strong finan-
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
cial support and an adequate phy-
sical plant, for the depression had
weakened the university and to
save it a strong leader was required.
President Marts became that lead-
er."
Though he returned in 1945 to
full-time duty as founder of Marts
and Lundy in New York City, Dr.
Marts remained a driving force at
three educational institutions. He
continued his service on the board
of Bucknell University, and joined
the board of Wilkes College
(founded in 1947 as an outgrowth
of Bucknell Junior College), and
accepted a position on the board of
trustees of his alma mater, Oberlin
College.
HE also continued his writing
and his articles on philan-
thropic and educational mat-
ters reached around the world. His
most recently published work was
The Generosity of Americans
(1966). In June 1970, his biography,
written by Dr. Paul C. Carter, was
published by Algonquin Press.
The honors he has received were
numerous and included honorary
doctorates from Oberlin, Hillsdale
and Hobart Colleges and Bucknell.
In addition, many words of praise
have been spoken or written about
Dr. Marts. But none perhaps define
more clearly his vision and role as
seventh president of Bucknell than
those he spoke himself at a chapel
talk he gave on January 18, 1940:
"I am doing what I am doing
at Bucknell because I believe
with all my heaii that here in
this beautiful spot can be creat-
ed and maintained a little world
of nobility in the midst of a
world of mediocrity and sham
and cruelty. That here in this lit-
tle world, young men and women
may develop such deep and un-
dying loyalty to the nobler way
of life that wherever they may go
thereafter, they will carry some
measure of that nobiliti/ to enrich
life about them. It is because I
believe that, that I have been
willing to pay the price to serve
you."
SEPTEMBER 1970
MARTS HALL
VSBBBBBBBBBBBB
|HMHHB
President Charles H. Watts, above, addresses assembly at campus ceremonies dedicat-
ing Marts Hall (June 1968). Below, Trustee Robert L. Rooke '13, H'51, unveiled the
plaque in lobby of building honoring liis close, personal friend, Arnaud C. Marts.
AROUND CAMPUS
New Provost
Dr. Wendell I. Smith '46, profes-
sor and chairman of the depart-
ment of psychology, has been ap-
pointed provost of the University.
He began his new duties on Sep-
tember 1.
In announcing the appointment,
President Charles H. Watts noted:
"I was most interested in finding
someone with considerable admin-
istrative talents and with a back-
ground in the sciences and feel that
Professor Smith most ably meets
these qualifications. His scholarly
capabilities have been much in evi-
dence during his 24 years on the
Bucknell faculty, his tenure as
chairman of one of the University's
very strongest departments has
been highly productive, and he
has served with distinction on nu-
merous faculty committees. Profes-
sor Smith's abilities as a teacher
were formally recognized by the
University when he was named re-
cipient of a Lindback Award in
1965."
The President also noted: "I am
most grateful to Professor Lester
Kieft for the service he has ren-
dered as acting provost. Bucknell
has been fortunate to be able to
call upon a man of his diverse tal-
ents."
Becipient of B.A. and M.A. de-
grees from Bucknell and a Ph.D.
degree from The Pennsylvania
State University, Dr. Smith served
8
Provost W. I. Smith '46
as director of educational research
for the McGraw-Hill Book Co. for
one and one-half years and has also
been a consultant with the Bureau
of Besearch of the U. S. Office of
Education and a consultant on
mental health for the Common-
wealth of Pennsylvania. He was
promoted to the rank of professor
in 1955 and succeeded the late Dr.
Phillip Harriman as chairman of
the department of psychology in
1957.
Vitally involved as a citizen of
the local area, Dr. Smith has served
varied roles in community affairs,
including election as a member of
the Lewisburg Area School Board.
He resigned that post on August 1.
The author or co-author of sev-
eral books and numerous scholarly
articles, Dr. Smith's latest publica-
tion is Human Learning. The book
is co-authored by Dr. Nicholas
Bohrman, a former member of the
psychology department, and is part
of McGraw-Hill's El Pro series.
Currently he is the administrator
of a $250,000 grant awarded to the
University by the National Institute
of Mental Health for a special pro-
gram designed to prepare psychol-
ogy students for a mid-level pro-
fessional career in research or col-
lege teaching. Known as the "3-2
Program," both the A.B. and M.A.
degrees are awarded to students
who complete it.
The new provost is married to
the former Mary Haupt and they
are parents of a son, Alex, an honor
graduate of Lewisburg High School
who began studies at Bowdoin Col-
lege this month.
President Watts also thanked the
student-faculty committee which
aided in the selection of a provost.
Student members included Law-
rence Baker 70 and Melvih Hill
70. Faculty members included Pro-
fessors Lester Kieft, chemistry; Mi-
chael Santulli, philosophy; Hugh
McKeegan, education; and Charles
Walker, electrical engineering. This
committee evaluated nominees
from other institutions as well as
Bucknell faculty members before
a final selection was made.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
Class of 1974
The Class of 1974, just beginning
studies at Bucknell, already posses-
ses some statistical distinctions.
Numbering; 800. one of the larg-
est freshman classes admitted to
Bucknell, in terms of scholastic ap-
titudes and high school rank, it
may be one of the strongest groups
of students to enroll at the Univer-
sity. The class is composed of 528
men and 272 women.
Of the 5,270 applicants, the larg-
est in the University's history, 2,075
were offered admission (1.485 men,
and 590 women), and 930 poten-
tial students were placed on the
waiting list.
There were 182 Alumni children
( or 3.4 percent of the total ) among
applicants for admission. Of this
number, 120 were offered admis-
sion and 76 were enrolled. Seventy-
six percent of these applicants were
in the top fifth of their graduating
classes, and Alumni children make
up approximate!}' nine percent of
the class of 1974.
Among the class are 32 National
Merit Scholarship recipients, a
Presidential Scholar, and 404 mem-
bers of the National Honorary So-
ciety (222 men and 182 women).
Ranking in the top tenth of then-
high school graduating classes were
56 percent of die men and 8S per-
cent of the women ( in the top fifth,
85 percent of the men and 97 per-
cent of the women). The average
S. A. T. scores for men were 593
verbal and 661 math; for women,
627 verbal and 643 math.
The range of interests of fresh-
man class members has some ba-
rometers: 58 men and 12 women
served as class presidents; 21 men
and four women served as student
government presidents; and 65 men
and 79 women served as editors of
their high school publications. In
addition, 136 were members of the
Boy Scouts and 30 were Girl Scouts.
There are 112 men and 65 women
who were part of high school
drama groups; 109 men and 40
women who are debaters; and 14
men and two women who have
been disc jockeys.
Eighty-one percent of the class
SEPTEMBER 1970
Members of the Class of 1974 arrived on campus Monday, August 31, to begin an
orientation program. Classes began on Friday, September 4.
comes from the Mid-Atlantic states;
nine percent from New England;
five percent from the North Cen-
tral States; three percent from the
South and one percent from the
West. About one percent are stu-
dents from outside the continental
U. S.
Financial aid amounting to $340,-
000, including scholarship loans
and jobs, was offered to 187 of die
students enrolled who had estab-
lished need — or about 25 percent
of the freshman class.
Presidential Scholar
Martha A. Dahlen, Charlottes-
ville, Va., who entered Bucknell
University as a freshman in Sep-
tember, is one of 119 men and
women throughout the country
named Presidential Scholars bv
President Nixon.
One boy and one girl from each
state, the District of Columbia, and
Puerto Rico, and fifteen at large
were selected by the Commission
on Presidential Scholars to repre-
sent the able students of the coun-
try. Those named were entertained
at the White House.
A graduate of Lane High School
in Charlottesville where she was
editor-in-chief of the weekly stu-
dent paper. Martha is the daugh-
ter of Mr. and Mrs. Paul A. Dah-
len, 1621 Yorktown Drive, Char-
lottesville.
Bucknell is one of only three
Pennsylvania schools which the
Presidential Scholars indicated they
were attending.
Lindback Awards
Three Bucknell faculty members,
one of whom retired at the conclu-
sion of die 1969-70 academic year,
have been named recipients of
Lindback Foundation Awards for
Distinguished Teaching.
They are Dr. J. Ernest Keen,
associate professor of psychology;
Dr. David S. Ray, associate pro-
fessor and chairman of the depart-
ment of mathematics; and Donald
E. Wagner, assistant professor of
civil engineering. Professor Keen
was also named recipient of the
Dr. J. Ernest Keen, associate professor of psychology, is one of three recipients of the
Lindback Awards for Distinguished teaching. He also is recipient of the Class of 1956
Lectureship awarded annually for inspirational teaching.
Class of 1956 Lectureship, a grad-
uation gift of the Class of 1956
which is awarded annually for in-
spirational teaching.
The Lindback Awards, which in-
clude cash prizes, have been made
available each year since 1961 by
a grant from the Christian R. and
Mary F. Lindback Foundation. The
late Mr. Lindback was a member
of Bucknell's Board of Trustees
from 1937 to 1950.
A member of Bucknell's faculty
since 1964, Dr. Keen received a
bachelor of arts degree from Hei-
delberg College in Ohio and a
Ph.D. degree from Harvard Uni-
versity. While studying for his doc-
torate he held fellowships from
Harvard and from the National In-
stitutes of Health. Before coming
to Bucknell he served one year as
a clinical psychology trainee at the
Veterans Administration Hospital
in Boston.
Dr. Ray, who also joined the fac-
ulty in 1964, earned a bachelor of
arts degree at Washington and Jef-
ferson College, a master of arts
degree at the University of Michi-
gan, and a Ph.D. degree at the
University of Tennessee. He served
as an instructor in mathematics at
Tennessee for six years before com-
ing to Bucknell. In addition to serv-
10
ing on the mathematics faculty, Dr.
Ray is also coordinator of graduate
studies at the University.
Professor Wagner, who has re-
tired from active teaching and now
holds the title of assistant professor
of civil engineering emeritus, grad-
uated from Bucknell in 1927 with
the degree of bachelor of science in
electrical engineering and received
a professional degree in electrical
engineering from the University in
1932. In addition to working as a
professional engineer, he served 24
years with the Pennsylvania State
Police before joining the Bucknell
faculty in 1956.
Summer Study
Grants from the National Science
Foundation and the National Insti-
tute of Mental Health made it pos-
sible for nine undergraduate stu-
dents to spend 12 weeks- at Buck-
nell University this summer gain-
ing experience in research in psy-
chology and animal behavior.
The students, seven of whom at-
tend Bucknell, worked with Dr.
Douglas K. Candland, professor of
psychology, and Dr. Tim T. L.
Dong and Dr. Alan I. Leshner, as-
sistant professors of psychology.
Two of the participants, Pamela
G. May, a Bucknell sophomore
from Wilmington, Del., and James
Kuisma of Lafayette College, stud-
ied how syntax and grammar are
learned and remembered. The gen-
eral purpose of this study is to un-
derstand the mechanisms of human
memory.
Four Bucknell students, R. Jay
Poliner, a junior from Easton; Jef-
frey J. Kassel, a junior from Balti-
more, Md.; Richard B. Zandler, a
sophomore from Pennsauken, N. J.,
and Q. Thomas Novinger, a sopho-
more from Williamsport, worked in
the psychology laboratories at
Bucknell learning how to telemeter
heartrate from the Japanese snow
monkey and studied the relation-
ship between heartrate and social
behavior of these primates. Three
of these students spent a month at
Bucknell's field station in Goulds,
Florida to study the behavior of the
200 free-ranging monkeys living in
Monkey Jungle.
John A. Gardner, a Bucknell
junior from Clarks Green, Kirk A.
Speicher, a Bucknell senior from
YVilkes-Barre, and William Wal-
ker of Union College, studied ef-
fects of overpopulation on the en-
docrine system of rodents in order
to determine how overcrowding
produces changes in the reproduc-
tive system.
Bucknell Review
An interpretation of John Booth's
Giles Goat-Boy by Dr. John W.
Tilton '52, associate professor of
English, is one of seven scholarly
articles included in the Spring, 1970
issue of the Bucknell Review.
Among the other articles are
"Westernization: Russia and
China," by T. H. Von Laue, Wash-
ington University; "Hesiod and
History," by Douglas H. Stewart,
Brandeis University; and "The
Problem of Philosophy in the Nov-
el," by Donald Pizer, Tulane Uni-
versity.
Issued three times per year, the
Bucknell Review is edited by Dr.
Harry R. Garvin, professor and
chairman of the department of En-
glish.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
Top Award
David P. Wohlhueter, Bucknell's
sports information director, is the
University's latest winner of a na-
tional honor.
Bucknell's 1969 football bro-
chure, compiled and edited by Mr.
Wohlhueter, was judged the finest
in the country among College Di-
vision schools in competition spon-
sored by the Football Writers As-
sociation of America. The award
presentation was made at the sum-
mer meeting of the College Sports
Information Directors of America
in Chicago.
The Bucknell brochure was
judged the best among College Di-
vision schools in District Two
(New York, New Jersey, Pennsyl-
vania, and Delaware) and then
was victorious in competition
among the eight district winners.
Syracuse University captured Dis-
trict Two and national honors in
the University Division.
The 1970 Bucknell Football
Guide, which some have said is
better than the prize-winning 1969
edition, has been mailed to news-
paper, radio, and television sports
reporters and a copy will be sent
to every Bison Club member. The
book includes biographical sketch-
es of the Bison players, a rundown
on the ten 1970 opponents, bio-
graphical sketches of the coaching
staff, complete 1969 statistics, all-
time Bucknell records, a capsule
outlook for the 1970 season, a com-
plete team roster, scores of all
Bucknell football games, and a
complete list of all former Bison
football lettermen.
Higby Memorial
The University has received a
$5,000 bequest under the will of
Jane McKinney Higby as a me-
morial to her late husband, Profes-
sor Chester P. Higby '08.
An historian on the faculty of the
University of Wisconsin, Professor
Higby received his M.A. degree
from Bucknell in 1909 and an hon-
orary doctorate in 1934. A similar
bequest in his memory was made
to the University of Wisconsin.
SEPTEMBER 1970
Miss Trennie E. Eisley '31, director of public relations, congratulates David P. Wohl-
hueter, sports information director, for his award-winning work. Dave's 1969 football
brochure was voted best in the nation by the Football Writers Association.
Funds from the bequest will be
used to aid the teaching and study
of modern European history. Since
the adequacy of library facilities
was a primary concern of Professor
Higby during his teaching years,
initial funds will be used to pur-
chase books in the field of modern
European history. Bookplates will
be placed in each volume to indi-
cate purchase by the Chester P.
Higby European History Fund.
Bucknell Parents
John B. Young, of Glen Bidge,
N. J., is president of The Bucknell
Parents, succeeding Hans Aron, of
Seaford, N. Y.
Parents of all students automati-
cally become members of this or-
ganization, whose purpose is to
provide for better understanding
between parents and the Universi-
ty, and to stimulate interest in high-
er education and in the opportuni-
ties offered by Bucknell.
Named to serve with the new
president are Melvin Axelrod, of
Lake Success, N. Y., president-
elect; Mrs. B. Ross Houston, of
New Wilmington, vice president;
and Mrs. Andrew J. Hinlickly, of
Glyndon, Md., secretary-treasurer.
The parent representatives are
as follows:
Class of 1971 — Jack L. Bruckner,
of Manhasset, N. Y.; Richard Car-
ter, of Cumberland, Md.; Mrs.
Bernard Gardner, Wantagh, N. Y.;
and Mrs. Howard Stier, of Clifton,
N.J.
Class of 1972— Richard A. Dick-
son, of Chatham, N. J.; Mrs. Lloyd
Geer, of Cresco; Mrs. Edward
Nachshin, of Oceanside, N. Y.; and
Vincent P. Richards, of North Cald-
well, N. J.
Class of 1973— Howard R. Ber-
ninger, Sr., MifHinville; Mrs. Eliza-
beth W. Ewing, Tarrytown, N. Y.;
Mrs. John C. Hellyer, Pennington,
N. J.; and Harvey Scherer, Merrick,
N. Y.
Win Scholarships
A senior woman and a junior
man received fraternity scholar-
ships for the coming year.
Marilyn R. Emerich 71, of Beth-
lehem, is the recipient of a $1,000
scholarship awarded by Kappa
Kappa Gamma fraternity for the
coming year. The scholarship com-
memorates the 100th anniversary of
11
the founding of the fraternity and
is given on each campus where the
fraternity has a chapter. In the
coming fall Miss Emerich will be
one of 94 Kappa Centennial Schol-
ars studying throughout the coun-
try.
She is a biology major and plans
to take graduate work in physical
therapy.
The Interfraternity Council
Scholarship for the 1970-71 year
has been awarded to Timothy W.
Shay '72, of Elkland. The '$400
grant was given on the basis of
need, academic achievement, and
contribution to the fraternity sys-
tem.
Mr. Shay is studying for the
bachelor of science degree in me-
chanical engineering and is a mem-
ber of Theta Chi fraternity.
Faculty Promotions
Promotions for 14 Bucknell Uni-
versity faculty members, effective
in September, were approved at
the recent semi-annual meeting of
the University's Board of Trustees.
Those receiving promotions from
associate professor to professor are
Dr. James F. Carens (English),
Dr. Sidney L. Miller (business ad-
ministration), Dr. Harvey M. Pow-
ers, Jr. (English), Dr. David S.
Ray ( mathematics ) , and Dr. Doug-
las E. Sturm (religion and political
science).
Dr. William H. Becker (reli-
gion), Dr. Gerald Eager (art), Dr.
John D. Kirkland, Jr. (history), Dr.
David W. Milne (psychology), Dr.
Mark D. Neuman (history), Dr.
James M. Pommersheim (chemical
engineering), and Dr. James N.
Zaiser ( mechanical engineering )
were promoted from assistant to
associate professor.
Barry R. Maxwell (mechanical
engineering) and William E. Yeo-
mans (physical education) moved
up from instructor to assistant pro-
fessor.
A member of the Bucknell fac-
ulty since 1964, Dr. Becker received
a bachelor of arts degree from Col-
gate University, a bachelor of sac-
red theology degree from Harvard
Divinity School, and a Ph.D. de-
12
gree from Harvard University. He
will be studying under a Danforth
Foundation Post-graduate Fellow-
ship for Black Studies during the
coming year.
Dr. Carens, who is also editor of
the Bucknell University Press,
joined the faculty as an instructor
in 1955. He received degrees from
Harvard, Yale, and Columbia Uni-
versities.
Recipient of a bachelor of arts
degree from Wesleyan University,
a master's degree from Columbia,
and a Ph.D. degree from the Uni-
versity of Minnesota, Dr. Eager
joined the faculty in September
1965.
Dr. Kirkland, who also joined the
faculty in 1965, earned a bachelor
of arts degree at King College in
Bristol, Tenn. and master of arts
and Ph.D. degrees from Duke Uni-
versity.
Professor Maxwell, who received
bachelor and master of science de-
grees in mechanical engineering
from Bucknell, joined the faculty
in 1961. He has been on leave of
absence while pursuing a doctorate
program at the University of New
Mexico.
A member of the faculty since
1964, Dr. Miller received bachelor
and master of arts degrees from
Stanford University and a Ph.D.
degree from the University of
Pennsylvania. He previously taught
at the Wharton School of the Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania.
Also a member of the faculty
since 1964, Dr. Milne was awarded
bachelor and master of arts degrees
by Hofstra University and a Ph.D.
degree by Cornell University.
Dr. Neuman, who earned mas-
ter of arts and Ph.D. degrees from
the University of California after
receiving a bachelor of arts degree
from Pomona College, has been on
the Bucknell faculty since 1965.
Dr. Pommersheim, who joined
the faculty in 1965, received bache-
lor and master of science and Ph.D.
degrees in chemical engineering
from the University of Pittsburgh.
Recipient of a bachelor of arts
degree from Tufts University, a
master of arts degree from Johns
Hopkins University, and a Ph.D.
degree from Cornell University,
Dr. Powers joined the faculty as
an instructor in 1949. He also serves
as director of the University Thea-
tre and director of the Institute for
Foreign Students.
Also coordinator of graduate
studies at the University, Dr. Ray
has been on the faculty since Sep-
tember 1964. He received a bache-
lor of arts degree from Washington
and Jefferson College, a master of
arts degree from the University of
Michigan, and a Ph.D. degree from
the University of Tennessee, and
previously taught at Tennessee. He
was honored with a Lindback
Award for distinguished teaching
at Bueknell's recent Commence-
ment exercises.
Dr. Sturm, who received a Lind-
back Award in 1966 and the Class
of 1956 Lectureship in 1968, joined
the faculty as an assistant professor
in 1959. He received a bachelor of
arts degree from Hiram College
and bachelor of divinity and Ph.D.
degrees from the University of Chi-
cago Divinity School.
Mr. Yeomans, who also serves as
assistant football coach, joined the
faculty in 1964. He received a
bachelor of science degree from
East Stroudsburg State College
and a master of science in educa-
tion degree from Bucknell.
Recipient of bachelor's, master's
and Ph.D. degrees in mechanical
engineering from the University of
Delaware, Dr. Zaiser joined the fac-
ulty inT965.
New Chairman
Dr. Richard W. Henry, associate
professor of physics at Union Col-
lege, Schenectady, N. Y., has been
named professor and chairman of
the department of physics at Buck-
nell University. Dr. Henry succeeds
Dr. Owen T. Anderson who has
served as acting chairman of the
department during the current aca-
demic year.
Recipient of a bachelor of sci-
ence degree from Union and mas-
ter of science and Ph.D. degrees
from the University of Illinois, Dr.
Henry joined the Union faculty in
1958. In 1963-64 he held a National
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
Science Foundation Postdoctoral
Fellowship for study in neurophy-
siology at California Institute of
Technology and in 1967-69 he was
a visiting associate professor of
electrical engineering at Massa-
chusetts Institute of Technology.
He is co-author of Physical Elec-
tronics, a textbook published in
1962 and revised in 1968. He was
responsible for the section of the
book dealing with solid state theory
and devices.
New Director
Miss Judith A. Judy, a residence
hall director at Illinois State Uni-
versity in Normal, 111. for the past
three years, has been appointed
director of University residence
halls at Bucknell University.
Miss Judy, whose appointment
was announced by Dr. John P.
Dunlop, dean of student affairs, re-
places Miss Suzanne K. Herman
who has been named assistant dean
of students at Lafayette College.
A native of Kankakee, Illinois
where she graduated from St. Pat-
rick Central High School, Miss
Judy received bachelor and master
of science in education degrees
from Illinois State University. She
previously taught mathematics in
junior and senior high school.
Leonard P. Smolen, who was
named associate director when the
Office of University Residence
Halls was created last year, will
continue to serve in that capacity.
The Office of University Resi-
dence Halls is responsible for the
operation of the upperclass resi-
dence hall areas which include two
large co-residential complexes,
New Residence Hall and Swartz
Hall; Hunt Hall, for women; Lari-
son Hall, for men; and six small
houses.
The director and associate direc-
tor are aided by a staff of residence
directors and 40 undergraduate
resident assistants who work with
individual students and groups
within each hall. Hall government
councils and programming groups
are active in the development of
educational, social and recreational
activities.
SEPTEMBER 1970
Miss Judith A. Judy
New Office
Creation of the Office of Fresh-
man Residence Programs and the
appointment of two current staff
members as director and assistant
director of the office have been an-
nounced at Bucknell University by
Dr. John P. Dunlop, dean of stu-
dent affairs.
Miss Brenda E. Gordon, who
was named assistant dean of wom-
en at Bucknell in 1965 and promot-
ed to associate dean last Septem-
ber, has been appointed director of
freshman residence programs.
Ron M. Jenkins, an administrative
assistant for student affairs for the
past year, has been named assistant
director.
A graduate of Frenchtown (N.
J.) High School, Miss Gordon re-
ceived a bachelor of arts degree
from Trenton ( N. J. ) State College
and a master of science in educa-
tion degree from Indiana Universi-
ty. She taught at Plainfield (N.J.)
High School and was on the resi-
dence hall staff at Indiana before
coming to Bucknell.
Mr. Jenkins, who also serves as
diving coach for Bucknell's swim-
ming team, is a native of York, Pa.
where he taught for two years at
York Suburban High School. He is
a graduate of William Penn High
School in York and West Chester
State College.
Miss Brenda E. Gordon
The Office of Freshman Resi-
dence Programs will be responsible
for the operation of the freshman
residence halls, and a staff of un-
dergraduate junior counselors will
aid the director and assistant direc-
tor in working with individual
freshmen and groups within each
hall.
In addition to providing guid-
ance to individuals in a number
of areas and helping them to make
the major adjustment to a totally
new environment, the staff will
help coordinate educational, social,
cultural, and recreational programs
within individual freshman halls
and on a quadrangle-wide basis.
Freshman men will live in Kress,
Trax, and Larison Halls and fresh-
man women in Old Main and Har-
ris Halls.
Political Adviser
Ronald J. Pedrick '60, director of
development at Bucknell Universi-
ty, served in August as a member
of the Platform Committee of the
Pennsylvania Democratic State
Committee.
One of 41 men and women se-
lected to the Platform Committee,
Mr. Pedrick advised the State Com-
mittee on the financing of higher
education in the Commonwealth.
13
Foreign Student Post
Mrs. Gale Stillman Duque, a
lecturer in English at Bucknell, has
also been named foreign student
adviser at the University.
Recipient of a bachelor of arts
degree from the University of Ro-
chester in 1958 and a master of arts
degree from New York University
in 1968, Mrs. Duque has served as
a lecturer in English at Bucknell
since February 1969. Her field of
special interest is teaching English
as a second language and she re-
ceived her master's degree in this
area.
Prior to beginning studies for her
master's degree she served seven
years as a professional worker with
the Girl Scouts of America in
Rochester, N. Y. and Monmouth
County, New Jersey, and one year
as a teacher of English in Helsinki,
Finland. She is currently a member
of the International Selections
Committee of the national Girl
Scout organization.
In addition to working with indi-
vidua! foreign students attending
Bucknell, the foreign student ad-
viser also coordinates the activities
of campus and community volun-
teers engaged in programs for the
foreign students.
Mrs. Duque is currently a mem-
ber of the staff of Bucknell's Sum-
mer Institute for Foreign Students,
one of two such programs in the
country.
A graduate of Potsdam (N. Y. )
High School, she is the daughter of
Mr. and Mrs. Donald G. Stillman,
7 College Park Road, Potsdam.
Admissions Aide
Buchanan "Buck" Ewing III '65,
has been named assistant director
of admissions at the University.
Recipient of bachelor of arts and
bachelor of science in chemical en-
gineering degree from Bucknell,
Mr. Ewing received a master of
business administration degree
from Boston University this year.
Announcement of his appointment
was made by Fitz R. Walling, di-
rector of admissions.
He served two years as a First
14
Buchanan Ewing III '65
Lieutenant with the U. S. Army
Corps of Engineers beginning in
November 1965, was a project en-
gineer with The Badger Co. in
Cambridge, Mass. from February
to September 1968 before entering
Boston University, and was a mar-
keting research assistant with the
United Fruit Co. in Boston in the
summer of 1969.
As an undergraduate at Bucknell
Mr. Ewing was enrolled in a special
five-year program combining de-
grees in arts and engineering. He
was a member of Pi Delta Epsilon,
national journalism fraternity, and
the student chapter of the Ameri-
can Institute of Chemical Engi-
neers.
Son of Mr. and Mrs. Buchanan
Ewing, Jr., 1949 Paul Avenue,
Bethlehem, Pa., he came to Buck-
nell after graduating from Liberty
High School in Bethlehem.
Mr. Ewing replaces Jonathan C.
Davis on the Bucknell admissions
staff. Mr. Davis plans to do gradu-
ate study at Syracuse University.
Intramural Sports
Walter 'Len' Dillinger, a member
of the Freshman 'E' team, is the
recipient for 1970 of the Al Ander-
son Award. Honored by his team-
mates, Len is the son of Mr. and
Mrs. Walter L. Dillinger, both
members of the Bucknell class of
1937, of Point Merion, Fayette
County, Pennsylvania. Len gradu-
ated from Gallatin High School in
1968, was an outstanding student
and athlete. He deferred entering
Bucknell for one year, and as a
freshman was the major cog in the
Frosh 'E' team championship drive
over experienced fraternity and in-
dependent teams.
Len Dillinger participated in soc-
cer, volleyball and basketball for
the 'E' team, freshman dorm. He
was a member of the freshman
track team and aspires to be a
jumper on the varsity in 1971. A
civil engineering degree candidate,
Len was initiated as a brother of
Sigma Chi in May.
The memorial in tribute to Alex-
ander Anderson '60 was initiated in
1964 by friends and fraternity
brothers. The son of Mr. and Mrs.
Carl Anderson of Old Lyme, Conn.,
Al died in a Navy plane crash in
1962 at the time of the Cuban
crisis. His untimely death prompt-
ed those grieved at his loss to es-
tablish an appropriate memorial
in his name.
An active intramural participant
as a Sigma Chi, Al was one of
those people who took much plea-
sure from the healthy competition
of the Bucknell intramural sports
program. Befitting his memory, the
brothers of Sigma Chi and other
close friends chose to award a bowl
each year to an outstanding intra-
mural athlete. The student must be
a member of the team winning the
Pangburn team trophy and is se-
lected by his teammates. The name
of the recipient is engraved on the
large permanent bowl which is on
display in the Davis Gym trophy
case. Previous winners include
David Wright, 1964, Independent
Men; Mac McBeth, 1965, Phi Kap-
pa Psi; Richard Daner, 1966, Sigma
Alpha Epsilon; Nels Jantzen, 1967,
Phi Kappa Psi; John Willis, 1968,
Independent Men; Scott Lutzer,
1969, Sigma Alpha Mu.
Chemistry Program
Three Bucknell students who re-
cently completed their sophomore
years have been admitted as poten-
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
tial candidates in the University's
special program for chemistry stu-
dents combining the degrees of
bachelor and master of science.
They are Thomas R. Hoye, New
Wilmington, Pa.; Edward T. Peltz-
er. III, Baltimore, Md.; and Paul
G. Williard, Mount Carmel, Pa.
These students will be considered
for official admission to the Univer-
sity's graduate program during
their junior year.
In addition, two women complet-
ed their work in the BS/MS pro-
gram this summer and received
master of science degrees in Aug-
ust. They are Mrs. Karen Crane
Irving, San Diego, Calif., and Mrs.
Bonnie Burns Sandel, Gettysburg,
Pa. Mrs. Sandel received a bache-
lor of science degree at Commence-
ment exercises in May and Mrs.
Irving will receive bachelor's and
master's degrees in August. They
are the fifth and sixth persons to be
enrolled in this special program.
One of the first four was Mrs. Irv-
ing's brother, Lawrence.
The BS/MS program in chemis-
try at Bucknell provides an oppor-
tunity for outstanding students in
chemistry to take a special course
of study which is significantly more
advanced than the normal under-
graduate program.
The goals of the program are to
give the student the opportunity to
participate in a sustained, in-depth
research effort under close faculty
supervision, and to present more
advanced chemistry courses to fill
the gap caused by a growing ten-
dency in the larger universities to
reduce the amount of classroom
work for doctoral candidates.
Students accepted for the pro-
gram have taken the same courses
during the freshman and sophomore
years as other bachelor of science
candidates in chemistry, but begin-
ning in the summer after their
sophomore year they return to the
campus for three successive sum-
mer sessions devoted principally to
research. During the regular aca-
demic terms of the junior and se-
nior years the students in the pro-
gram take more, and more ad-
vanced, chemistry courses than the
bachelor of science candidate.
SEPTEMBER 1970
Fulbright Scholar
Dr. Gerald B. Cooke, associate
professor of religion at Bucknell
University, has received a Ful-
bright-Hays Faculty Research/
Study Grant which he will use for
six months study in Japan during
the coming academic year.
Also the recipient of a sabbatical
leave from the University for the
first semester of the 1970-71 year,
Professor Cooke plans to study the
modernization of Japanese Budd-
hism and its sociological implica-
tions.
The Fulbright-Hays grants were
established as a program of support
for foreign language, area, and in-
ternational studies which will con-
tribute to the development of the
knowledge of the American people
of other countries, people, and cul-
tures. Their purpose is also to pro-
mote mutual understanding and co-
operation and to strengthen our re-
lations with other countries.
A member of the Bucknell facul-
ty since 1962, Dr. Cooke was the
recipient of a Faculty Training Fel-
lowship from the American Insti-
tute of Indian Studies in 1963-64,
and currently holds a ten-week Na-
tional Defense Foreign Language
Grant with which he is studying
Japanese at Columbia University.
A magna cum laude graduate of
Colorado College in 1950, he also
received a bachelor of divinity de-
gree from Yale Divinity School and
a Ph.D. degree from Yale Univer-
sity. Professor Cooke was on the
faculty at Oberlin College for sev-
en years before coming to Buck-
nell.
Research Grant
Bucknell University has received
a grant of $62,596 from the U. S.
Office of Education for a research
project entitled "Behavioral Pro-
tocols in Language Development:
Reading."
The grant, which will be admin-
istered by Dr. William H. Heiner,
associate professor of education,
was awarded through the Bureau
of Education Personnel Develop-
ment of the U. S. O. E.
Gulf Scholarships
Four Bucknell University stu-
ents will receive scholarships this
fall from Gulf Oil Corporation.
John C. Hayward, director of fi-
nancial aid, has announced that a
freshman, sophomore, junior, and
senior majoring in chemistry will
be selected jointly by the chemistry
faculty and the financial aid office
to receive the Gulf Honors Schol-
arships.
The grant to the senior will be
for one-year, but the grants to the
others may be renewed until the stu-
dents complete the normal four
years of undergraduate study or
until they receive the baccalaureate
degree.
An incoming freshman will be
selected in each subsequent year so
Gulf will have four continuing
scholarships in force each year.
When the program was set up
last year, Gulf had planned to in-
troduce one Honors Scholarship a
year to a freshman so that by 1972
and in subsequent years four stu-
dents would be benefitting from
this program.
But, according to E. L. Butcher,
secretary of Gulf's Aid to Educa-
tion Committee, "Since it now ap-
pears that there is a very serious
need for scholarship support on
campuses. Gulf has decided to
speed up the procedure by making
all four scholarships available im-
mediately."
The Bucknell students will be
among 98 receiving Gulf grants in
26 departments of 23 colleges and
universities in the United States.
$30,000 Grant
Bucknell University has an-
nounced receipt of an unrestricted
grant of $30,000 from The Charles
E. Merrill Trust.
Bucknell President Charles H.
Watts expressed his deep apprecia-
tion to the officials of the Merrill
Trust for the grant and indicated
that it would be used to help fi-
nance the University Center cur-
rently under construction on the
Bucknell campus. The Center is
expected to be ready for use in
September 1971.
15
The Varied
Worlds of
Bucknellians
The Mayor Is a Lady
" 'Hizzoner' Is a Lady in Bir-
mingham" was a headline in an
April issue of The Detroit News.
The lady is Ruth Braden McNamee
'42, and she had just been unani-
mously elected mayor of Birming-
ham by the city commission. She
has been a member of the commis-
sion of that Detroit suburb of 35,-
000 since 1965. On May 18, 1970,
Mayor's Exchange Day in Michi-
gan, she became mayor of the city
of Detroit as she traded places with
Mayor Roman Gribbs. During her
one-day tour of duty as a big city
mayor, she cited her strong belief
in the mutuality of interest and the
interdependence between core
cities and their suburbs. Her stand
on this was greeted with general
acclaim, and the Birmingham City
Council backed her in passing a
resolution calling for support of a
tax program which would raise tax-
es on non-residents working in De-
troit.
After earning her B.A. degree in
English and history at Bucknell,
Ruth graduated in 1943 from the
School of Business Practice and
Speech of Rockefeller Center. She
then worked in public relations for
Pan American World Airways until
16
Ruth Braden McNamee '42
she married her husband, 'William
A. McNamee, who is now an execu-
tive with Ford Motor Company.
While her husband was earning his
master's degree from the Harvard
Business School, Ruth taught at
Erskine Junior College in Boston.
Since moving to Birmingham in
1947, she has been most active in
community affairs and has been a
member and often the president or
chairman of many different civic
groups. Before her first election to
the city commission she was a
member of the city planning board.
In 1968, she received the Ford
Citizen of the Year Award for com-
munity service.
The McNamees have two chil-
dren, JoAnne, a 1970 graduate of
Bucknell, and Jeff, a student at
Hillsdale College in Michigan.
Good Satire
A satiric article written ei°;ht
years ago by four Bucknell Univer-
sity students, is being reprinted in
a book entitled The Headshrinkers
Handbook bv Dr. Robert Baker,
chairman of the department of psy-
chology at the University of Ken-
tucky.
The spoof, entitled "Effect of a
Pre- Frontal Lobotomy on the
Tsetse Fly," was written in 1962
by four women, all members of the
Class of 1963, who were students
of Dr. Douglas K. Candland, pro-
fessor of psvchologv.
It was originally published in
The Worm Runner's Digest, a jour-
nal devoted originallv to work on
transmission of DNA and RNA, but
which from time to time poked fun
at itself and the scientific commu-
nitv with satiric articles.
The paper by these students was
first reprinted in 1965 when it
came out in a hardback edition of
The Best of the Worm Runner's
Digest.
Authors of the article are Mrs.
James E. Sayre, Jr. (Joan M. Klein),
902 Pierce Road, Norristown, Pa.;
Mrs. Malcolm C. Moore, Jr. (Kay
S. Lathrop), 69 Boardman Road.
Poughkeepsie, N. Y.; Mrs. Graham
E. Johnson (Elizabeth Lominska),
69 Hamilton Street, Sayville, N. Y.;
and Mrs. William W. Hussev (Les-
ley Seaman), Star Route, Franklin,
N. Y.
Honor Physician
The Commonwealth Committee
of Woman's Medical College of
Pennsylvania chose Edithe J. Levit,
M.D. '(Edithe Judith Miller '46),
secretary and associate director,
National Board of Medical Exami-
ners, as recipient of its citation giv-
en annually to an outstanding
WMC alumna from Pennsylvania.
A member of the WMC Class of
'51, Dr. Levit was cited "in recog-
nition of her outstanding contribu-
tions in the field of medical educa-
tion. As secretary and associate di-
rector of the National Board of
Medical Examiners, she has served
as consultant and adviser to medi-
cally-oriented groups. She has also
played an active role in the Board's
research and development activi-
ties, especially those related to new
testing methods. By her dedicated
and unique services she has
brought honor to her Alma Mater,
to her native state of Pennsylvania
and to women in medicine."
During Dr. Levit's past nine
years with the National Board of
Medical Examiners she has partici-
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
pated in major decision making,
and helped formulate policy. She
also has been involved in "some of
the exciting changes now taking
place in medical education, meet-
ing with distinguished physician-
educators in this countrv and
abroad." In April. 1970, at the in-
vitation of the Josiah Macy Jr.
Foundation. Dr. Levit worked with
international educators in Toledo,
Spain to help medical schools in
that country plan for the future.
From 1957 to 1961. Dr. Levit
was director of medical education
at Philadelphia General Hospital.
Her association with PGH began
with an internship in 1951. fol-
lowed bv a fellowship in endocri-
nology and later a clinical assis-
tantship in this field. She received
her B.S. degree in biologv from
Bucknell and was a student assis-
tant in psychology.
Currentlv, Dr. Levit serves on
the Board of Directors of PGH's
Charitable Foundation, and on the
Board of the Philadelphia Council
for International Visitors. She is a
fellow of both the American Col-
lege of Phvsicians and the College
of Phvsicians of Philadelphia. Dr.
Levit, whose biographv is listed in
Who's Who of American Women,
is married to Samuel M. Levit,
M.D. Thev are the parents of two
sons and make their home at 1910
Spruce St., Philadelphia.
Magazine Publisher
The appointment of Peter G.
Diamandis '53 as publisher of
Mademoiselle magazine was an-
nounced on June 22 bv Pern7 L.
Buston, President of The Conde
Xast Publications Inc. Mr. Diman-
dis assumed his new post on July 7.
In making the announcement,
Mr. Buston said, "Mr. Diamandis'
wide experience in the advertising
and publishing business — particu-
larlv in the fashion areas — qualify
him unusuallv well for this new as-
signment."
Since 1962, Mr. Diamandis has
been a partner of The Lampert
Agency. Inc., most recentlv serving
as senior vice president, secretary
and director. In becoming the sec-
SEPTEMBER 1970
Peter G. Diamandis '53
ond publisher in Mademoiselle's
35-year historv, Mr. Diamandis is
returning to the Conde Nast or-
ganization. He was associated with
Charm magazine in 1958 and later
transferred to the advertising staff
of Glamour magazine in 1960.
Mr. Diamandis received a Bache-
lor of Science degree in 1953 from
Bucknell. and he is married to a
classmate, the former Joan Laf-
ferandre '53. The Diamandis' have
six children, five boys and one girl.
A native of Short Hills, New Jer-
sev, Mr. Diamandis now fives in
Rowayton, Connecticut.
He is a member of the Sales Ex-
ecutive Club and The Advertising
Club of Xew York.
To Build Resort
Verdine E. Campbell '50 has
been appointed a director of Vir-
ginia Beach Festival Park, Ltd., the
developer of a proposed S6 million
amusement park to be built in the
heart of the Virginia Beach resort
area. The site for the park, adjacent
to the Norfolk-Virginia Beach Ex-
presswav, has been acquired.
A licensed engineer in Virginia,
Maryland, and Pennsylvania, Mr.
Campbell received his B.S. degree
in civil engineering from Bucknell.
He has been active on highway and
bridge construction projects in the
U. S., Indonesia and Brazil. He is
presently serving as project coordi-
nator for the Pollution Control Di-
vision of the Carborundum Corp.,
Hagerstown, Md.
Mr. Campbell is married to the
former Charlotte Stout and thev
are parents of three children. They
reside at 305 Cherry St. Circle,
Hagerstown, Md.
College Librarian
Bowdoin College has announced
the appointment of Dr. Bichard B.
Beed '54 as Special Collections Li-
brarian, effective Sept. 1.
Born in Indianapolis, Ind., where
he prepared for college at Thomas
Carr Howe High School, Dr. Beed
received his B.A. degree in history
at Bucknell, his M.A. degree at the
College of William and Mary in
1958 and his Ph.D. at the Univer-
sity of 'Wisconsin this vear.
During this past summer he con-
ducted research in Tudor-Stuart
historv on a Folger Fellowship at
the Folger Library, Washington,
D. C. He was Curator at the Lilly
Library of Mendel College, Indiana
University, from 1962 to 1967, and
a Teaching Assistant at the Univer-
sity of Wisconsin, Madison, in 1960-
61. Dr. Reed was a Fulbright
Scholar in Brazil in 1959-60.
His main fields of interest in
Historv are Tudor Expansion, Sir
Robert Cecil, and Anglo-Spanish
Relations (1580-1625). He plans to
continue research on Cecil, Richard
Eden, and on a bibliogarphy of
16th Century Americana.
A member of the American His-
torical Association and the Society
for the History of Discoveries, he
is also a member of Phi Alpha The-
ta, the national honorary7 history so-
ciety.
Dr. Reed is the author of "Rich-
ard Eden: An Early English Im-
perialist." published in "The Serif"
at Kent State University; "A Biblio-
graphy of Discover)7" in "East- West
in Art;" and book reviews in "His-
panic American Historical Review,"
"William & Man7 Quarterly," and
the "Newsletter" of the Society for
the Historv of Discoveries.
17
Army First Lieutenant Robert A. Water '68, right, receives the Bronze Star Medal
from Col. N. D. McGinnis at ceremony held July 22 at Fort Bragg, N. C.
Medal Winner
Army First Lieutenant Robert A.
Vater '68 has been awarded the
Bronze Star Medal. The Medal was
presented by Colonel N. D. McGin-
nis, XVIII Airborne Corps and Ft.
Bragg G-l, in a ceremony July 22 in
the office of the commanding gen-
eral.
According to the citation accom-
panying the medal, Lieutenant
Vater was cited for, ". . . meritori-
ous service in connection with mili-
tary operations from May of 1969
to April of 1970 while serving as
district intelligence operations and
coordination adviser in Thanh Tri
District, and later Ke Sach District,
Ba Xuyen Province, in the Republic
of Vietnam.
"He was instrumental in estab-
lishing a detailed intelligence base
which contributed greatly to the
denial of areas of operation and
bases of supply for the Viet Cong
Infrastructure."
Through his efforts, Lt. Vater,
". . . contributed immeasurably to
the effectiveness of allied intelli-
gence operations in Vietnam and
ground operations against a hostile
force."
A 1964 graduate of New Britain
(Conn.) High School, the 24-year-
old Army lieutenant received his
18
bachelor of arts degree in political
science from Bucknell. He is pres-
ently serving as Chief of the Com-
mercial Entertainment Branch of
Special Services at Ft. Bragg.
Campus Minister
The Rev. James A. LaRue '59
plays a variety of roles in his post
as campus minister at Cuyahoga
Community College in Cleveland,
Ohio.
In an article in the March, 1970
issue of the Crusader, Jim notes:
"We have a tense situation here.
Eighty percent of our students are
white and we are in the midst of
one of our city's worst black ghet-
tos. There are 55,000 black people
living within four blocks of the
school. The pressure is on for the
college to relate meaningfully to
the community."
Jim has gone into the community
to understand its needs. For a year
he met with a group of black stu-
dents for four hours every Sunday.
"We read a book a week — every-
thing from Kant to Malcolm X.
Some would come with dictionaries
under their arms — it meant so
much for them to understand eve-
rything there was to know.
"They called me the 'Jesus cat,'
but there was never any question
that I would be working with
whites when the chips were down."
The administration and faculty
are seeking Jim's help. So Jim be-
comes an interpreter of the commu-
nity. Beyond this, Jim works with
faculty and administration in other
ways, does draft counseling, and
tries to interpret for the local
churches what is happening.
"There is a great myth floating
around that says religion and Jesus
Christ are dead on the campus,"
Jim says. "True, no one goes
around shouting 'Jesus Christ
saves,' and they may start off the
conversation by asking me, 'Say,
do you believe all that stuff about
the virgin birth?'
"But students are ready and will-
ing to talk about faith and theolo-
gy. Hardly a day goes by that they
don't bring it up. What we some-
times fail to see is that underlying
all their concerns about peace,
racism, ecology, inter-personal re-
lations and other issues is one basic
question, 'What does it mean to
be a human being in these confus-
ing times?' I can't think of a more
theological question."
Ordained in 1962, Jim is a grad-
uate of the Colgate-Rochester Di-
vinity School. He received his B.A.
degree from Bucknell and was a
member of the D. U. fraternity.
He is married to the former Cor-
inne Rover and they are parents
of two children. The LaRue fam-
ily resides in an integrated neigh-
borhood at 19902 Lanbury Ave.,
Warrensville Heights, Cleveland, O.
New Brokerage Firm
William R. Frazier, Jr. '52 has
been named president of the newly
merged firms of Woodcock, Moyer,
Fricke and French, Philadelphia,
and Cummings and Taylor, New
York, both members of the New
York Stock Exchange. Mr. Frazier
formerly served as president of
Woodcock Moyer.
Woodcock is one of the oldest
brokerage houses in the country,
having been founded in 1842. It is
a full service firm with its home
office in Philadelphia at 1500 Chest-
nut Street. Cummings and Taylor,
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
William R. Frazier, Jr. '52
located at 24 Broadway in New
York City, was founded by Donald
E. Cummings and James A. Taylor.
It has developed an institutional
and retail business as well as a
clearing operation for brokerage
firms. The merged firms have of-
fices in five states, including Port-
land, Maine, and Denver, Colorado.
William R. Frazier, Jr. became
president of Woodcock in 1969,
moving up from the executive vice
president position. He received his
B.A. degree in political science and
economics from Bucknell and has
an extensive background in com-
mercial and investment banking.
He lives at 4145 Kottler Drive,
Whitemarsh Farm, Lafayette Hill,
Pa.
Trust Officer
Russell P. Williams '48 has been
elected vice president, personnel
administration, of Long Island
Trust Company. In his new post
Mr. Williams will have over-all re-
, sponsibility for all phases of per-
sonnel administration at Long Is-
land Trust including recruitment,
training, salary administration, em-
ployee development and personnel
relations.
Prior to joining Long Island
Trust, Mr. Williams was vice presi-
dent, personnel administration, of
National Bank of North America.
From 1948 to 1955 he was em-
SEPTEMBER 1970
ployed as a personnel specialist
with Marine Midland Grace Com-
pany, New York.
Mr. Williams received a B.S. de-
gree in commerce and finance from
Bucknell University, graduated
from the American Institute of
Banking and studied at the Gradu-
ate School of Business Administra-
tion of New York University. He is
chairman of the Personnel Rela-
tions Committee, Long Island
Bankers Association.
Mr. Williams is married to the
former Lucienne Singer and they
are parents of two children, Rus-
sell, Jr. and Eden. They make their
home in Merrick, N. Y.
New President
J. Edgar Spielman, Jr. '48, for-
merly vice president of corporate
development, has been named pres-
ident of Farmbest Inc., Jackson-
ville, Fla. Mr. Spielman joined
Farmbest in June 1969 to direct the
development of a corporate diversi-
fication program. Prior to that time
he was vice president of a large
national dairy organization where
he gained extensive experience in
finance and general management.
A certified public accountant,
during World War II he served as
a naval aviator. He and his wife,
have two sons, John E. Ill, a 1970
graduate of Bucknell, and Jeff-
rey R.
The new corporate president said
he is "highly enthusiastic about the
company's current operations and
the future in the food business,"
and he said no other organizational
changes are planned.
Farmbest, formerly Foremost
Dairies of the South, processes and
distributes milk, ice cream and oth-
er dairy products under the Farm-
best label throughout the South-
east United States and Puerto Rico
and operates a refrigeration equip-
ment company.
/. Edgar Spielman, Jr. '48
Stanley C. Marshall '43
Institute Leader
Stanley C. Marshall '43, an officer
of Lando, Inc., Pittsburgh, has
been reelected president of the
Pittsburgh Commerce Institute.
The Pittsburgh Commerce Insti-
tute was established in 1967 be-
cause of the ever-growing interface
between the federal government
and the business/academic com-
munities. It aims at transporting in-
formation from the federal govern-
ment to the business man in usable
and understandable form, and pro-
viding a communications link be-
tween the public sector and the
business community.
Comprised of eleven business or-
ganizations and the graduate
schools of business of three Pitts-
burgh universities, PCI represents
a "first." No other city in the United
States has a business "organization
of organizations" of this type. From
19
its inception, the Institute has
geared itself toward the selection
of projects significant and worth-
while enough to draw Pittsburgh
business and academic communi-
ties together into major interdis-
ciplinary efforts.
Mr. Marshall shares his active
concern for community affairs with
the university, having served as a
director of the Bucknell Engineer-
ing Alumni Association and as a
member of William Bucknell Asso-
ciates. He is married to the former
Alice Zindel '42 and they are the
parents of three children.
Richard E. Fetter '47
New Position
Richard E. Fetter '47 has been
elected to the new position of vice
president — finance and administra-
tion, by Research-Cottrell, Inc. For-
merly financial vice president and
treasurer of Standard and Poor's
Corporation, Mr. Fetter has also
served as vice president and con-
troller of F. W. Dodge Company,
and manager of finance for Gen-
eral Electric Company's Industrial
Heating Department.
A 1947 graduate of Bucknell
University, Fetter holds a B.S. de-
gree in commerce and finance. Dur-
ing World War II he was a bom-
bardier with the Eighth U. S. Air
Force, stationed in England.
Fetter is a member of the Me-
tropolitan Club of New York, the
Financial Executives Institute, the
Newcomen Society, Fairmount
Country Club, and the Copper
Springs Beach and Tennis Club.
Mr. Fetter resides with his wife,
M. Virginia Gabriel '48, and daugh-
ter in Chatham Township, New
Jersey.
Scholarly Editor
Professor Peter A. Tasch '54, a
member of the faculty of Temple
University, is one of three editors
of a new publication, The Scribler-
ian, a news journal devoted to Pope
and Swift and their circle. The
scholarly journal is published in
the autumn and spring at the de-
partments of English of Temple
University, Philadelphia, and
Northeastern University, Boston.
Editor Tasch received his B.A.
degree with honors in English and
was a Junior Fellow at Harvard
University. He also did graduate
work in English at Columbia Uni-
versity.
Professor Tasch and his family
reside at 5430 Wayne Ave., Phila-
delphia 19144.
Executive Post
Mason C. Linn '54 has assumed
the top civilian post at the Toby-
hanna Army Depot, near Scranton.
As the depot's executive assistant
he will act as the principal adviser
to the command and coordinate ac-
tivities of the various depot direc-
torates and staff offices.
A 1950 graduate of Council Rock
High School, Newtown (Bucks
County), he attended Wilkes Col-
lege for one year to pursue a career
in radio and television broadcast-
ing. He transferred to Bucknell
University in 1951, graduating in
1954 with a bachelor's degree in
economics.
While at Bucknell, he worked
his way through school by doing a
variety of jobs and was the re-
cipient of scholarships during his
three years at the school. He cur-
rently is pursuing graduate studies
at the University of Scranton and
will receive his master's degree in
management in the fall.
Commissioned an Army second
lieutenant in 1954, he served on ac-
tive duty from 1955 to 1957. He at-
tended two schools at Ft. Mon-
mouth, N. J., before transferring
to Tobyhanna in September 1955.
All of his depot service with the
military was spent working in stock
control division.
He entered federal service in
May 1957, after his discharge from
the Army. He was staff assistant in
stock control division and the depu-
ty commander's office from 1957 to
I960; assistant chief of stock con-
trol from 1960 to 1963; division
chief of stock control from 1963 to
1965, and deputy director of dis-
tribution and transportation direc-
torate from 1965 until moving up
to executive assistant.
Mason is married to the former
Yvonne Bucher (University of
Pennsylvania), Lewisburg. The
Linns are parents of four children
and reside in Mt. Pocono.
John F. Riefler, Jr. '42
Sales Executive
John F. Riefler, Jr. '42 has been
promoted to vice president-sales m
manager of Thorn McAn Shoe Co.,
Worcester, Mass. He served previ-
ously as vice president-personnel.
In his new capacity, Mr. Riefler
will be in charge of sales for Thorn
McAn's 900 stores located through-
out the United States and Puerto
Rico. With the company since 1949,
Mr. Riefler joined as an assistant in
the personnel department. In 1957,
20
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
he was made director of personnel.
He became regional director of
field operations in 1960, and was
named vice president and regional
sales manager in 1961. He was ap-
pointed vice president-personnel in
1966, and later that year became
a director of Thorn McAn.
He received his B.A. degree from
Bucknell and served in the Army
Air Force during World War II,
being discharged with the rank of
captain.
He resides in Worcester with his
wife Man% and a son John, III.
New Jurist
Peter Ciolino, Esq. '54 has been
nominated by Governor William T.
Cahill (New Jersey) for appoint-
ment as judge for the Passaic Coun-
ty District Court.
A partner in the law firm of Man-
dak and Ciolino, Clifton, N. J., Mr.
Ciolino received his B.A. degree
from Bucknell and his law degree
from Fordham Law School in 1957.
He served as magistrate of the Clif-
ton Municipal Court from 1962 to
1968.
As an undergraduate, Mr. Cioli-
no served on the staff of the Buck-
nellian and was a member of the
S. A. E. fraternity. He is married
to the former Sylvia Taylor and
they are parents of three children.
The family resides at 62 Friar Lane,
Clifton, N. J.
Pittsburgh Alumni
For many years Bucknell alumni
in the Pittsburgh area have been
having informal luncheon meetings
every Friday. There have been no
reservations and no formal pro-
grams— just walk in, have lunch
and visit with some friendlv Buck-
nellians.
The meetings are now held on
the. third floor of the Bigelow
Square (near the site of the new
U. S. Steel Building), starting
around noon. Ed Klett '57, Pitts-
burgh Chapter President, has ex-
tended a cordial invitation to any
member of the Bucknell communi-
ty to join the Friday fete for good
conversation about Bucknell.
SEPTEMBER 1970
Change In Posts
Standard Oil Company (New
Jersey) announced in June the cre-
ation of a new position of Director
of Washington Affairs and the ap-
pointment of Dr. Walter G. Held
'43 to fill it. Dr. Held served pre-
viously as Director of Business Pro-
grams and senior staff member of
The Advanced Study Program of
The Brookings Institution in Wash-
ington.
Under Jersey Standard's reor-
ganized operations in Washington,
Mr. Held will work in a construc-
tive corporate role with efforts of
the federal government on major
national and international prob-
lems. Encompassed will be Jersey's
policies on air, water and land con-
servation, educational and urban
affairs and public policy analysis
and long range planning over a
broad selection of domestic and
international activities.
Dr. Held, a trustee of the Uni-
versitv, was born in Pennsylvania
but spent much of his formative
vouth in Southern New Jersey. He
holds an A.B. degree in political
science and economics from Buck-
nell. After graduate study at Har-
vard, he received M.A. and Ph.D.
degrees in Public Administration
from American University. Along
with his position at Brookings In-
stitution, he has been professorial
lecturer, George Washington Uni-
versity and during 1968 was on
leave from Brookings to serve as
visiting professor of government
and economics at The College of
William and Mary. Before joining
the Brookings staff, Dr. Held served
as director of the Government Op-
erations and Expenditures Program
of the U. S. Chamber of Com-
merce. This followed a series of
positions, including government
service, a member of the full-time
faculties of Bucknell and American
Universities, and as consultant to
federal agencies.
A former president of the Buck-
nell Alumni Association and of Phi
Gamma Delta fraternity, Walter is
married to the former Eleanor Par-
ry' '42. They are the parents of
three children and reside at 2042
Bockingham Street, McLean, Va.
Alumni
Authors
Bloodv River
J
"Because of the subject matter,
this book is a study in military his-
tory. Like all history, it is con-
cerned with the interactions of im-
personal forces, which are some-
times vast, and human beings, who
are always fallible — men who
squabble, cooperate, and, above all,
attempt to control and shape not
only the forces of destiny that move
and change them but also the indi-
viduals who stand in their way or
are amenable and serve them.
"The effect that men and their
occupations and preoccupations
have on each other may be called
the personal equation in history.
It is all too rarely mentioned in
militarv studies. Sometimes it is of
little importance. At the Bapido
Biver it was a vital consequence.
There, a conflict between ambition
and compassion, duty and morality
plaved a prominent role in the be-
havior of men who are responsible
for the lives of thousands under
their command. Their struggles —
with the enemv, with their col-
leagues, and within themselves — is
what this book is ultimately about."
These are the final two para-
graphs of the Preface to Bloody
River, the Real Tragedy of the
Rapido, by Martin Blumenson '39.
The work is one of two recently
published by the distinguished
Bucknellian, whose works include
a studv of Kasserine Pass and of
Anzio: the Gamble that Failed. Af-
ter service in the European theater
in World War II, Mr. Blumenson
commanded the Third Historical
Detachment in Korea and was the
historian of the joint task force
that conducted the atomic weapons
test in the Pacific. He was for ten
Bloody River, by Martin Blumenson.
Illustrated. ISO pp. Boston: Houghton
Mifflin Co. (1970) $4.95.
Sicily: Whose Victory?, by Martin Blu-
menson. Illustrated. 160 pp. New York:
Ballentine Books Inc. (1969) $1.00.
21
years a senior civilian historian in
the army's Office of the Chief of
Military History, and most recent-
ly served as visiting professor of
military and strategic studies at
Acadia University, Nova Scotia. He
is currently working on the papers
of General George S. Patton, Jr.
Mr. Blumenson acknowledges
that Bloody River is based in very
large part on a segment of his docu-
mented Salerno to Cassino (Wash-
ington, 1969), a volume in the se-
ries U. S. Army in World War II.
It is also the other side of the
Anzio beachhead coin and forms,
in a sense, a companion volume to
his Anzio work.
The second study published by
Mr. Blumenson, Sicily: Whose Vic-
tory? is part of Ballantine's Illus-
trated Historv of World War II
J
series. This paperback edition is
generously illustrated and exam-
ines in dramatic fashion one of the
significant battles of World War II.
All the details are there, includ-
ing Patton's wild dash to capture
Messina before Montgomery's
troops could enter that city, and
the episode involving the slap by
a general that had effects around
the world. Mr. Blumenson does not
dodge the issues or the facts, and
he does draw his own conclusions.
The same can be said for Bloody
River. This is a book which cer-
tainly will stir controversy in Texas,
for it was the men of Texas who
were at center stage in this battle.
o
"The action at the Bapido was one
of the most shocking defeats of
World War II. The 36th Division,
originally a National Guard Unit
from Texas, suffered complete dis-
aster, a debacle for American arms.
Within the shadow of Monte Cas-
sino in January, 1944, the troops
tried to cross the river against Ger-
man opposition and failed. The
casualties were heavy," Mr. Blu-
menson candidly states..
In seeking to determine who was
to blame, if the battle was even
necessary, or if it was mismanaged,
Mr. Blumenson is involved in a
detailed study of men and the
things that make men leaders of
other men. The book is introduced
with a quotation from Sun Tzu,
Martin Blumenson '39
writing On the Art of War around
500 B.C.: "There are five danger-
ous faults which may affect a gen-
eral: . . . the fifth one is solicitude
for his men . . ." But solicitude is
but one of the qualities examined.
The others include determination,
ambition, fortitude, bravery, cow-
ardice, intelligence, competence,
and insight — in short, all the quali-
ties of being human in an inhuman
situation which has kept philoso-
phical discussions going for many
centuries.
The battle of Bapido, in fact,
continues to stir controversy — only
a part of it philosophical. In 1946,
more than two years after the en-
gagement had been fought, the
Committees on Military Affairs in
both the U. S. House of Bepresen-
tatives and the U. S. Senate invited
witnesses to appear before them in
order to determine whether a full-
scale investigation of the battle was
justified. Many of the commanding
officers of the troops involved tes-
tified at these hearings. No full-
scale investigation was ever held.
Committees concluded that the evi-
dence warranted no further exami-
nation of the matter. The finding of
Bobert P. Patterson, then Secretary
of War, was confirmed: the attack
at the Bapido had been necessary.
But a real tragedy had occurred
at the Bloody River, and Mr. Blu-
menson probes skillfully and por-
travs masterfully the event and the
men involved in it.
Work on Suicide
An English translation of Thom-
as G. Masaryk's Suicide and the
Meaning of Civilization, originally
published in German, has been
made available in the Heritage of
Sociology series of the University
of Chicago Press. Dr. Morris Jano-
witz is general editor of the series.
Two Bucknellians are the trans-
lators of the work, Bobert G. Bat-
son '55 and William B. Weist '50.
Mr. Batson, a former Fulbright
scholar, is a communications con-
sultant in New York City. Mr.
Weist, a former instructor in so-
ciology at Bucknell and former
newspaper editor, is managing edi-
tor of the Bucknell University
Press. The translators acknowledge
their debt to Dr. W. Preston War-
ren, professor of philosophy, who
introduced them to the work of the
Czech philosopher during their
studies at the University.
Thomas Garrigue Masaryk ( 1850-
1937), founder and first president
of Czechoslovakia, was one of the
most revered liberal democrats of
modern times, a man who perhaps
came closer than any other to em-
bodying the Platonic ideal of the
philosopher-statesman. Suicide and
the Meaning of Civilization, pub-
lished in German in 1881, was his
first empirical study in sociology,
a pioneering attempt to analyze the
role of philosophical and moral
perspectives in the life of the indi-
vidual and society.
In the late 1960's there was a
resurgent interest in the life and
work of Thomas Masaryk. Czech
intellectual and social concerns in-
cluded a new investigation of the
alleged "suicide" of his son, Jan
Masaryk (1886-1948), Czech for-
eign minister at the time of the
Communist coup of February 26,
1948. This investigation by the
Dubcek regime, in its turn, formed
part of the background to the dra-
matic events of August, 1968.
"We surrender our intellects to
Suicide and the Meaning of Civiliza-
tion. T. G. Masaryk. Translated by Wil-
liam B. Weist and Robert G. Batson.
With an introduction by Anthony Gid-
dens. 288 pp. University of Chicago
Press (1970) $10.00.
22
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
learning, our feelings to a religion
and a church in which we no long-
er believe and which we no longer
trust — that is the single, but atro-
cious, failure of our civilization."
Masarvk characterizes this failure
with the German noun Halbbil-
dung ("half-education"), using the
term to describe the lack of unity
in the world view of a society. It is
"half-education" that rules in the
"sick" societv, and suicide rates are
an index of the depth of die illness
and the extent of the divorce be-
tween the intellect, the spirit, and
the moral act.
Masarvk noted in later works
that his work on suicide "gives in a
nutshell a philosophy of history and
an analysis of the modern era" ( The
Making of a State, English ver-
sion, 1927. p. 291 ) . He also remarks
in another book (The Spirit of Rus-
sia, Vol. 2, p. 557. English, 1919):
"In my attempts at philosophico-
historical explanations I start from
the conviction that religion consti-
tutes the central and centralising
mental force in the life of the in-
dividual and soeietv. The ethical
ideals of mankind are formed bv re-
ligion; religion gives rise to the
mental trend, to the life mood of
human beings."
Almost three decades after its
original publication, in 1910. Mas-
arvk sent the work to Tolstoy, with
whom he had discussed the sub-
ject. Tolstov. at work on an essay
on suicide, noted in his diary for
May 3, 1910: "I walked up and
down in the park and read Mas-
arvk. I thought about suicide and
again read over the book which I
had alreadv begun. It is good. It
would have been good to write.
Wrote Masarvk." (I. Silberstein.
"L. X. Tolstov and T. G. Masarvk."
Slavische Rundschau, Vol. VII
(1935), no. 3. p. 162.)
Masarvk analyzes and evaluates
a considerable volume of literature
and statistical material which had
accumulated on the subject of sui-
cide at the date of writing. He dis-
cusses suicide in relation to the ef-
fects of nature — climate, weather
and seasons; and in relation to the
conditions of societv — economics,
social and political. He also consid-
ers, as variants in suicidal behavior,
sex. health, age and population
growth, concluding with a study
of suicide among prisoners and of
the effects of one's occupation on
suicidal tendencies.
Mr. Batson, who received his
B.A. degree in religion and sociolo-
gv. resides with his wife, Bonnie,
and son, James, at 2236 2Sth St..
Long Island City, N. Y.
Mr. Weist resides with his wife,
Annamarie. and two sons, Karl and
Kurt, at 522 Pennsylvania St., Lew-
isburg.
1894
A Patron of the University, Mrs.
Gouvernor K. Wattson, the former
Ida Gertrude Greene, of the In-
stitute Class of 1894, died June 20,
1970, at her home in Mercedes,
Texas. Mrs. Wattson, at the time
of her death, was the oldest living
alumna of Bucknell. She was the
last survivor of her immediate fam-
ily which had many close ties with
Bucknell. Her father. Calvin
Greene, a Founder of the Universi-
ty, served on the Board of Trustees
from 1894 to 1908; a brother, Ed-
ward M. Greexe '95, also a Found-
er and trustee, served the Univer-
sity in the latter capacity from 1922
until his death in 1953. His wife
was the former Carolyn K. Wrr-
texmyer. Institute Class of 1891.
who died in 1942. Another brother
was Raymoxd Greexe '02 of Lew-
istown, who attended Bucknell
Academy from 1895 to 1898 and
received his B.S. degree in 1902.
He too, was a Founder of the Uni-
versity and passed away in 1935.
Mrs. Wattson had two sisters, Nora
SEPTEMBER 1970
In Memoriam
May Greene, Institute 1894, of
Lewistown, who died in 1954, and
Esther (Mrs. Hugh Hamilton). In-
stitute 1896, who had resided in the
New York Citv area and passed
awav in 1948.
Although a native of the Hunt-
ingdon area of Pennsylvania, Mrs.
Wattson had lived in Mercedes
since 1909, where her husband had
established a hardware store. She
was instrumental in bringing cul-
ture and refinement to the area of
her adopted home and was a char-
ter member of the Barlow Chapter
of the Daughters of the American
Revolution, the Rio Grande Valley
Historical Society' and the Mer-
cedes Study Club. She was the last
charter member of the First Baptist
Church of Mercedes and was active
in its work until confined to her
home the last several years. She
was one of the founding members
of the Vallev Hospital of Harlingen
(Texas) and a supporter of the
Valley Baptist Academy of Har-
lingen. On her visits to Pennsylva-
nia she usually found time to spend
a day at Bucknell and with friends
in Lewisburg.
Mrs. Wattson is survived by four
nephews, Waldo Greene, Mission.
Texas, and Edward Greene. Green-
wich, Conn., both sons of Edward
'95; Hugh Hamilton, Boca Raton.
Fla., and Raymond Hamilton. Bed-
ford, Mass., both sons of Esther
Greexe Hamilton '96.
1909
Mrs. Robert Yeager (Ida M.
Sames) of Norristown, passed
away on June 10, 1970. She is sur-
vived by a brother, Walter, of Nor-
ristown.
1914
The Rev. Johx E. Kavffmax of
Santa Ana, Calif., died June 11.
1970. He had served Presbyterian
and Congregational Christian
churches in Massachusetts, Xew
Jersey and Ohio prior to retiring
and moving to California. Survivors
include two children and several
grandchildren.
23
1916
Mrs. Stephen F. Puff '20 (Grace
E. Stare, DS'16) passed away June
10, 1970. Her death was a shock
to their many friends, especially
those who had the opportunity of
visiting with them during Mr. Puff's
50th Reunion just 12 days earlier,
their last visit to the campus. Mrs.
Puff was a member of the D. A. R.,
the Eastern Star and was retired
from the Federation for the Handi-
capped. Among her survivors are
her husband (217 Beach Blvd.,
Forked River, N. J. 08731), two
children and several grandchildren.
1918
Barton H. Mackey, former in-
surance broker of Newark, Del.,
died of an apparent heart attack
July 15, 1970. His wife passed away
in 1968 and he is survived by two
sons, Barton L., a dentist, and
David L., a medical doctor.
1920
David J. Martin of Williams-
port, a retired salesman for the
Lone Star Cement Company, died
July 16, 1970. He received a B.S.
degree from Bucknell and was a
member of the Phi Gamma Delta
fraternity. His wife, a daughter and
a sister are among his survivors.
1921
Chelten W. Smith of 17 N. W.
3rd Ave., Clearfield 16830, passed
away July 1, 1970. He was a promi-
nent church and civic leader and
was a retired executive of the Penn-
sylvania Electric Company. He re-
ceived a B.S. degree in electrical
engineering from Bucknell and was
a member of the Phi Kappa Psi fra-
ternity. Among his survivors are
his wife; a son, Chelten W., Jr. '50
of Erie; a daughter, Mrs. Jacquel-
ine Portent '53 of Miami, Fla., and
a sister, Mrs. Thelora Musser 19
of Lewisburg.
Arthur E. Harris of Hilton,
N. Y. died September 2, 1969. He
received a B.D. degree from Col-
gate-Rochester Theological School
but his career was in the field of
education. He was principal of the
24
Brighton High School in Rochester,
N. Y. and had retired in 1955.
Among his survivors is his wife,
the former Elsie Rich.
1923
Frank U. Davis, M.D., retired
eye, ear, nose and throat specialist
of Delray Beach, Fla., died April
16, 1970. He was a member of the
Kappa Sigma fraternity at Buck-
nell and received his M.D. degree
from Temple University Medical
School. He is survived by his wife,
the former Arlene Hoff, of F-23
Brinv Breezes, Delray Beach, Fla.
33444.
1926
David L. Miller, retired senior
vice president of Allegheny Air-
lines, died July 15, 1970. He had
been with the airlines 28 years af-
ter starting as a ground school in-
structor and progressing through
the ranks of traffic operations. Sur-
vivors include his wife, the former
Jeanne Porter and three sons, Jan,
Hugh and Brent, of 410 S. Ken-
sington St., Arlington, Va. 22204.
Harry F. Bird of Jersey Shore,
a former bridge and building in-
spector for the New York Central
Railroad, died June 29, 1970. He
received a B.S. degree from Buck-
nell. Survivors include his wife,
Kathryn, and several children.
1928
Dr. Paul R. Seibert, well-known
retired dentist, died suddenly
at his home on July 24, 1970. He
received his D.D.S. degree from
Temple University Dental School
and has always practiced in the
Muncy area. He was widely
known also as a fancier and breed-
er of prize winning bantam breeds
of poultry. Among his survivors are
his wife, the former Kathryn Mar-
tin Spotts, a son, Paul R. '59; a
daughter, Mrs. James Muffly of
Muncy; two step-sons and two step-
daughters.
1929
Mrs. F. Earl Bach '26 (M. Eliz-
abeth Evans) of 88 Coolidge Ave.,
Glens Falls, N. Y., died July 22,
1970 of cancer, following a long
illness. She received an A.B. degree
from Bucknell and was a member
of the Pi Beta Phi sorority. Among
her survivors are her husband, re-
tired president of the First Nation-
al Bank of Glens Falls; two daugh-
ters, Mrs. Betsy Peters and Mrs.
Kathy Medina.
1933
Henry W. Hallett, a retired
Wilmington school teacher and a
professional organist, died August
3, 1970, after a short illness of a
heart ailment. He received an A.B.
degree from Bucknell and was a
member of the Sigma Chi frater-
nity. Mr. Hallett was never mar-
ried and his only immediate survi-
vor is his sister, Mrs. Virginia Hal-
lett Stevens '35, of Brinton Lake
Club, Lake Drive, Thornton, Pa.
19373.
1938
Dr. Edward P. Kamienski, op-
tometrist of 167 Lake St., Upper
Saddle River, N. J., died August 9,
1970. He received an A.B. degree
from Bucknell and was a member
of the Sigma Alpha Epsilon fra-
ternity. His O.D. degree was
awarded by Columbia University
in 1940 and he conducted his prac-
tice in Passaic, N. J. Among his
survivors are his wife, the former
Helen Murko; two sons, Edward
and Howard; a daughter, Jane; a
brother and a sister.
1964
Attorney William S. Nelson of
Ithaca, N. Y. passed away June 8,
1970. He received a B.S. degree in
business administration from Buck-
nell and was a member of the Sig-
ma Chi fraternity. He was awarded
his law degree by the University of
Buffalo in 1967. He then served
with U. S. Army Material Com-
mand in Washington, D. C. until
1969, with plans for joining a law
firm in New York after his dis-
charge. He is survived by his par-
ents, Mr. and Mrs. Carl H. Nelson,
104 Northwav Rd., Ithaca, N. Y.
14850.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
Coach Henry ^Hank' Peters Dies
Henry N. "Hank" Peters '39 died
Saturday, August 15. Death was
ascribed to a coronary occlusion.
He was 62.
The renowned tennis coach col-
lapsed about 3:30 P. M. Saturday
at the Bucknell courts, where he
was supervising the mixed doubles
competition in Lewisburg's first in-
vitational tourney, which he organ-
ized. Coach Bill Yeomans, a com-
petitor in the event, applied mouth-
to-mouth resuscitation, but Hank
died before an ambulance arrived
on the scene.
An associate professor of physi-
cal education, Mr. Peters joined the
Bucknell faculty in 1938, serving as
coach of the varsity baseball and
basketball teams while a senior at
Bucknell. A native of Wilkes-Barre,
he graduated from Coughlin High
School and Wyoming Seminary,
completed two years of studv at
Bucknell Junior College (now
Wilkes College), and enrolled as a
junior at B. U. in 1937. He received
B.S. and M.S. in education degrees
at Bucknell and a master's degree
in physical education from Penn
State. He was a chief petty officer
in the Navy during World War II.
A stand-out athlete, "Hank" was
a member of the 1938 and 1939
varsity baseball and basketball
teams. Though he coached Bison
soccer teams from 1952 to 1964
and maintained an intense interest
in all sports, it was as a tennis '
coach that he won his greatest rec-
ognition. During his outstanding
career as "Mr. Tennis" at Bucknell,
his Orange and Blue teams won
158 matches and lost 129. His 1970
Bisons compiled a 14-0 record, re-
peating their 1969 triumph as
champions of the university divi-
sion of the M. A. C. His 1969 Bi-
sons were 11-2.
A man who developed many top
players and coaches, one sports
,-„//
4.4.
:■■--,'■■ iW:'' ' !
fc
fcr' m
Coach 'Hank' Peters '39
columnist described him this way:
"He could talk a leg off you when
the subject was tennis. And the im-
pression he gave you was that
Hank Peters had little to do with
coaching the sport. His boys won
simply because they were, as he
said, 'terrific' "
A member of Phi Kappa Psi fra-
ternity, he was scheduled to serve
as house manager this year. He was
a member of the Presbyterian
Church and of the Kratzer-Dull
American Legion Post, Lewisburg.
Coach Peters is survived by his
wife, the former Margaret G. Wil-
liams and a sister, Louise Peters.
Buck's Memorial
Contributions to a memorial in
honor of John H. Shott '22, director
of Alumni Relations at Bucknell
from 1950 to 1968, are still being
received at the University.
Although the exact nature of the
memorial has not been determined
to date, friends who wish to re-
member "Buck" may make contri-
butions to Bucknell, designating
their gifts to the John H. Shott Me-
morial Fund.
The Bison Club recently honored
Buck's long and faithful service to
the University by designating that
its scholarship fund henceforth will
be known as The John H. Shott
Memorial Scholarship Fund. Buck
served as the club's secretary for al-
most two decades.
Mrs. Beatrice Shott ("Trix") re-
cently changed her campus address
to 308 St. George St., Lewisburg
(telephone: 524-9065). She has
asked that correspondence be di-
rected to her at this new address.
o
3
cd
o
o
Qrq
a
p
o
CD
CD
©
o
T.
-r
>
-
h- 1
C/3
a
O
fl",
Q
-1
C
S
3
5
~
~
- — i
T,
SB
<
o
B-
W
B.
-
3
-
3"
3
ffl
bd
0
re_
-r
Oc
v>
o
0.
re
3
O
2
a
—
5
»
re
►B
n
n
re
3-
a
s
c
-.
n
n
•-1
re
0
3
^
>
>
— •
-!
c
3
3
-
-3
o M
£. G
S n
3* Z
» M
a, m
OS >
S ^
S. Z
< <3
re o
r
* z
3' 3
3"
3
i-d "fl
—
2
>
H
>
2
3
o
3
>
CD
<
cd"
PL,
D
3
X
CI
13
CD
3
o
to"
S3
3
2
A
mpus
Worl
o
U
2
PL
>
H
O
3
I
03
3
c
PL,
cyi
$
P
_
CD
£
cn
So
(/)
JB
3
C/l
d
M
13 13
^3 13
13
jb
B
to
a
TO TO
TO TO
TO
CD
cd
cd
T)
to
to
io
I—1
03
1— '
a>
JO
1— <
a
a
CO
o
o
o
r-t-
cr
63
O
<
o
cd
r-t-
H0 en
r
e
o
cr
CD
O
P5
EC -
1-1 Cjq
Cn en
C/5
n
X
cd
o
W
o
R
o
CD
Cd
o
o
o
cn
h-,'
cr
O
P5
P^
QTQ
Cd
*l
cn
<
63
Cn
O
*-
63
H->
C<3
65
&:
o
o
C
cr
CO
Cd
CD
CD
Q OQ
S- s,
o
c
2". P3"
Cd
o
83
P
P5
•n
o
o
cr
p
51
o
o
O
cr
to
Qrq
cT >
to
o
o
Hd
o
o
p
i-i
p
CL
CD
CO
O
P
cn
00
O
o
ia- a- £L
i P ■•
^3
Cd
o
CD
cn
cr
5
Qrq
CD
i-(
00
b
o
o s
B5
o
o 5
Cd
C
p
sr
2- CD
r
p
M-i
P
CD
CO
b
o
o
o
rf
O
cr
to
CD
o
3 h3
*-■• .
> s
cn ™
cn
O
O
DC
O
w
n
o
o
3
L^
Publish
August
sity. E
office a
on For
Si
3 "• 5. NK> 01
Is
every
Alum
ed as
ewisb
579.
fe
fe
month e
ni and fr
second-
urg, Pa.
S
Xj » 3 re
E.
00 w jx'-rt
R"
^ 3 2,^
»S-t»cr
fe
Er
R X- Si
3 &5 3 ^
(S
June
11 Un
the
reque
1
c=
and
iver-
post
■sted
©
r"
IT
H
a
C
sr
*
tJ
CD
H"
pr
tu
3
,•».
a-
a
'-I
C
>—
u
T
f—
a*
w
H'"*
•
c
<
a
CD
"T
h^-
(0
Pi
<
«
»
CD
T
CD
U.
CD
,-•
H-
T
-0
d-
c+
I
<<
T
UJ
U
-J
3
c-
cr
&>
f II 1WIIIILIL MMMM
NOVEMBER 1970
Volume LVI, Number 4
w
3
I*
01 *
PI r
a. 3
<-< x 2
§ 2. 3
*■ 9: »
W a-
I « ~'
« 9 Ol
«■ s«
a o sr
o 2 a
■* 3 ©
ft c«
a s 9
>>^ B J°
!■?»«« ai
S § 6, 8
3 3 r fl-o
*- H
- —
p M
>"d S3
c c
E n
3" §
cs >
a r
*- d
I 2
a. z
CJ en
a "
< <
-
<
Z
o
>
H
>
s
2
CD
3
o
5
<
is
g
5
3 .
CD
3
o
>
3"
n
pj
<r1
3
o
pus
Vorl
d
1 — 1
2
O
>
(0
03
a.
£
o
3
►— 1
a>
2
C/3
so
C^
SB
3
<-*
a
w
-u 13
•"O 'u
13
CD
jB
(0
a
GTQ 0Q
rjq Qrq
0)
-D
0)
■o
to
0
1 — 1
jo
05
JO
1— 1
o o
^
> 13
3 33
3 ft
■<
to cr
c sr
h
in m
3
co r
CD
o a-
or re
, CO i
> <
fa- ct
3 M
<D 2.
a.
a"
3 ^
H
3.3
0q
rt
§1
n
13
3
L_
ETcD
-J
2 C5
3 CO
CO
^
Q.T3
5
a^
M
a>
1)
s s
c
-1
K-i
13
(0
3 v;
0> -
•-1
a
c
CD
G5
3 OJ
en
XI
5 »
o
2 3
P-.
rT
7 a.
05
^
a
2.
a.
ffi
K
O
3
cd
o
o
3
)— '.
era
0
p
o
CD
©
o
td
W
>
>
0
5'
—
0)
1
CD
00
o
o
o
CT
P
Cd
on
O
S3
On
<
on
o
a>
r-t-
c-t-
en
>
3
—
r
C
o
cr
CD
O
C3
1
I—1
1— '
*>.
>
C75
O
o
o
td
O
en
<
td
r-h
Qrq
a>
1
X
o
3
CD
CD
O
3
era
o*
p
TJ
>^
P
Ch
CD
1
td
o
O
cr
w
CD
P
?r
p
en
r+
00
b
o
o
o
c
cr
td
g
n
so
o
a-
i
c
K
o
rt*
CD
CD
CD
&
era
o
td
o
p
3-
o
a
R"
CD
CD
ro
on
3
p
o
o
cr
£L
td
on*
O
13
on
O
o
O
cr
b3
o
o
O
cr
o
n
O
g
5
k
era
b
o
s
i—1
b
o
>
1
(— '
O
w
o
>
>
k
r
CD
cr
O
i-(
Ln
td
c
o
?r
on
p
p
CD
CO
r0
k
s
era
a>
►-!
00
b
o
—
CD
>
3
— ■
>
en
tn
O
O
p'
o
13
ri-
CD
1
w
b
o
CO
o
r- co H
ro
e
a*
*
u
ro
i-"
py
c
D
,■*»
cj-
ra
'1
c
•—
CJ
T
• —
3"
CW
K
•
c
<
a
(C
*n
H"
(fl
B
<
«
•
(t
1
03
U.
ro
*-*
!-■■
T
-J
cf
rt-
J.
«<
T
-0
3
P»
c-
tr
T
w
Around Campi
Faculty Reject Flan
The faculty rejected |
October ?r.i .1 resolution
Students ■ tiling for .1 m
it a special sen
Jincd "Prracct
on 011 Monday.
on o( Bucknell
n Plan." In «-
plclcd In the (mirth week uf the following semester),
Faculty Aid Admission
Staff
Twelve 'acuity member
began volunteer duties in the
Admissions Office on October 1. The professors, who
represent departments in
npjiurcrinv.. Ilie sciences and
(lit humanities, :ire interviewing candidates for admis-
sion 10 ihc University. AH
(tended two training sessions
tsions Staff prior to undcrlak-
ing this n.w t.i.l Their
inrk adds approximately 25
xk that can lie granted to
prospective students Sinn
ri-qucsls for personal intcr-
inhjJIv, Ihis faculty' effort is
a major contribution to lb.
work of Uic Admissions Stuff.
Some 1200 interviews
■id been conducted between
Mav 1 and October 15. Tin
e are now 345 Early Decision
applicants of the 1.006 pn
class admitted nest year
expected to number about
725 to 750.
Bucknell on ETV
Though details arc inco
gttae on Die. 10 will be
actional T V. stations on a
delayed basis: Stal Nib
d to carry the game include
WLVT, Bethlehem; WVM
Scran ton; WJTr, Hcrshcy;
(.-, and WQEX. Pittsburgh.
WLIW, Garden City, N.
Cheek for rhe dale and tir
e in vour local area.
T^r? f^=J Php
"The Child Is Father to the Man . . ."
Some proof that "the child is father to the man" was provided io a feature
story by Dave Wohlhuctcr, sports information director, who gathered together
baby photos of all seniors on the foiitlull team ami published them side by side
with 1970 plnitus of tliise young r Our sample includes only Co-captains Cone
Dcpow and Don Ciacomelli and Tony I.ucndamo. but some' statistics may add
sveight to the photos above. The "monster" man on defense. Tony is 5'-9* and
weighs 165. The left tackle on defense. Ccne is 6-1* and hits the scales at 235.
An offensive halfback, Don now stands at 6"-2" and weighs 200. None of this
is scientific, but neither is growing up.
♦ George K. "Lefty" James '30. outstanding end on liucknell grid learns under
Cu.ich C.11I Suavely, u-.i, installed in the Pcnnsvhani.. Spurts llall ill Fame for
1970 in ceremonies hold in Hanisburg on November 15. "Lefty." who served
from 193(3 until I960 0„ []lc coaching stall at Cornell, the lasl M years as head
football mi -ntiir. also was a stand-out baseball player in hLs student days al
Bucknell, He resides at Lansing East Apt.. Ithaca, N. V. 14S50.
Name Dr. David D. Pearson to Herbert Spencer Professorship
The Herbert Spemcr I'rolessoishlp in Biolo-
gy, created l.y a SJiTiiikkj v,r.int From the Samuel
II. Kress Foundation in Ni-w York City, has been
announced at Bucknell University.
Dr. Spencer was president of Bucknell from
19-15 to 19-10 mid from 1949 until his death in
I960, was executive director of the Kress Foun-
dation. The Foundation's work is mainly in the
fields of art and post-graduate medicine.
At the same time, it was announced that the
newly -created professorship has been awarded
10 Dr. David D. Pearson, assistant professor of
biology- at liucknell and 11 member of the Uni-
versity's faculty since 1066.
The Spencer Professorship will make possible
the development and administration of coopera-
tive program! between [luckncll and the Institute
for Medical Education and lies, arch at the Gel-
singer Medical Center in Danville. In his now
position Dr. Pearson will devote some time to
consulting on programs of research at the Insti-
tute in addition to bis regular teaching and re-
search in biology.
Recipient til bachelor uf arts and master of
science degrees from the University of Conneeti-
cut and a PhD degree from the University of
Kansas. Dr. Pearson is chairman of the five-coun-
ty Northeastern Area Committee of the Susque-
hanna Valley Regional Medical Program. His
special fields of interesl are iinmnnobiology and
biochemistry and he has published several arti-
cles on immune systems in reptiles and mammals.
In 1969, Dr. Pearson was appointed chairman
oF the Susquehanna Valley llegiun.il Medical
Program, Northeastern Area, in winch he has dis-
played an active interest in research on cancer,
heart, stroke and related diseases.
More recently, he received a grant from Penn-
sylvania Department uf Puttlit Instruction to con-
duct a conference at Bucknell on "Principles and
Problems in Mmlal Health and Menial Hctardn-
svill be held on January
I, 1971.
Greet Prime Minister
Gifts of cuff links bearing the Bucknell Uni-
versity seal were presented to Japanese Prime
Minister Eisnku Sato by the seven Boekncllians
who were his guests at a meeting in his hotel
suite in New York City on Monday, October 19.
The students also gave Mr. Sato a Pennsyl-
vania Dutch centerpiece, a wall fixture which
includes a barometer, thermometer, and the
liucknell seal, and a bos nl locally-made candy
for his wife.
The Buck 11 el I inns, all of whom have taken
work in Bueknell's Japanese Studies Center and
who made a study-tour in Japan, last August.
included Jeffrey Shcrwin, of Port Jervis, N. Y.;
Richard Matkie, ol Sloekhridge, Mass.; Healher
Entrckin, of Medina, N. Y.; John Duffy III, of
lleaeiinslield. 1 lu. bee. Canada. Helen Koons, of
Paramos. N. J,. Sally Henderson, of Zelicnoplc;
and Pamela Havens, of Johnson City, N. Y.
n Japanese, accompanied the gi
luda, Japanese counsel general,
at the meeting.
o met with New York Mayor J oho
Inwiiiglus talk with the [luck,,, lli.ms
:cd the United Nations General As-
vVcdncsday, October 21 and met with
liion on Saturday. October 2-1 before
Eastman Kodak Grants
Buekncll University has been awarded ti
grants totaling $8,750 from the Eastman Kodak
Company as part of the compaoy's S3.3 million
educational aid program for 1970.
Bucknell has received a grant of $3,750 a
one of 101 privately .suppnriMl colleges and uni-
versities awarded unrestricted grants totaling
U. S. Steel Foundation
Bucknell University has received an unre-
stricted grant of $25,000 from the United States
Steel Foundation.
Tlie grant to Bucknell is one of 25. ranging
from $15,000 to $100,000. made to colleges ^
universities by the U. S. Steel Foundation
major- purpose or capital needs.
Sor
Library Memorial
: of the friends of Mary Elizabeth Evar
'29 (Mrs. F. Earl Bach), who died in July. 1970.
have sent contributions to the Ellen Clarke Ber-
trand Library lor the purchase of books in 1
memory. Alumni interested in adding to I
fund may do su by making cheeks parable to
library and directing them to Mr. Donald You
HX|isja.siuf[ ai[i «|
salvias piiis ojouj jo aq uco a.n ipju.u in s.Sv.w JIMS
pirn '(.(poq snoouoHiuuoi| v 1011 si 1 ti\\ \pwpn\\ .njt
)iri|j nui/ip:.uj s-.'i)iui|.ii' 11 |V piiiiiiitiniiu in i|.iu
•BA c OUtUUDiap 'siiniie.iumuiuim ivudiin 111 .idruj 111
■\poq o.siieiuasojdoj .uotti pu« pa3ji-|o > siiji qii y\
lOSlpiiBOUGi [i6| jos.«wpji|i
"■"J! ""l'» jd" "I l»"!o! ■*, 111" Jo, *U-|y ]>=>N
j.iqui.u, |i.v,«| iv.i3u.iioa ino .«ou si 'am Jo «"D
„(i p in .pi.ud 'jamatis |i!(i ■Xpoq aienpeiSiapuii
nji in 11 <ji n 1 1 nqaj i[ i-iij' iimiil.i id i> oppoid poti
■dnoiu aSn su|) a.uas .aiiaq 01 sn a|qcua ||im i||uoa jo
UDisiijui sil|| .>doq j,\\ -ilvoi U-TOUiip |SU| .->1|( UiqjLW
pojvnpujtS a.u'q »i»i[i vi'viqj ^ui|ii.>i .ud.u pJCOfj oi|| uo
sii[| i[3ooii|X UU04 Jca(-.t.'it)l l! JOj pJEOfj at[i uo uiaqi
4u35y11d.il 01 suaqui.iui ijaqi jo auo nuuSisip [p.w s.1
-stop -suoiunaij iriuai puc qoy aqi pue uorionpuiS )V
lauuEiu 8uiavo|1oi .ii|l in po|u,is.ud.i] aq |n,u s-issvp
raSunoA -ii[X uoiiC|ii,is,udaj n3u mo Jo nojiJod jotuas
ail] 3ii<]iiasojdor snip 'uuaj juaX-tuiiii u joj jo)aoi|p
auo opesord oi paivmi uaaq suq qnp in)uauisj oqx
e joj aAijiijuisajdaj .urn apLsoid i>i |fa]Lsu; uaoq si'i|
uoTjcpossv sjuajitj nau^ang ,ii| ] uuai 1111-puip
u joj qoua auo 'saaisatj, jo pjuofl "|i jo "uu 03
(uot4B|a|t louitqv aqi puu '[uuiui) i|iiu ijiiji i|u|
'■"l.l. 1
:.U[1 JO pCDUC >|S1!|
j >|3t.o,
iduip .up iv suieiSnid 1
-uu puu .lAipe do|'.i.ip o| adoi| a,w |iii|i ui.ii|| i[3iioji(1
si ii puoisjiiptm [i-i.w aiinb ojb sJi|!|!(|!SOods.H puv
saiiop j|.ii|i pue .wou sjco.C oaiqi roj 8oi|ci.ido uaaq
-i.\«q sJoi*)j|p la.uisip ai|X sjO|a,ijip a3jn(-)E si pue
siopojip lauiijp it jo s|siso,u .spuis-ud pivog aqj.
iwj.i|u| pxi.iu.i9 joj pinq
OOI ."UlS ,lw ll.llj.w |«.1^|>3|J.-1AI'I MIllHlUKis Sli.lJC ST130J
J0|pq oiui 8iii~iiiji| "(i-iiii ■■"■..■jd.ij \|jidnjd ,uu .{»oq lu
-umju aqi jo siu.iuiSas puu sdnoiS 1s.1j.14u1 paaads icqi
ajnsui ||Lw loiaoiqi .iHjuj-iu aqj_ -a^t-udordde u-
luauiiAOjdiui joj suo14cpu.1un1100.1j a^cui [|lu
'piHSip siq uiijiisi siuvjfojd ji. ss.iuaAcpajj.1 aq]
-n|B.s.i |p,w 'sufiiiiviinajn niinu[i- \vno[ jo diqsjapc."
AllllinillO,! nuLUIMII LI] lijssi; ||LW .1[J |11J|.S[)1 siq Nil
sajifAiiaii Jajdeqi | j<> ioj Ai||ii]isuodsaj .sjuslu;
put |uuoHCJido % 1 - 1 1 [uu- s|s.>j ijin iuiun|v [UjauaS s
-aidaj joiaajip pu|sip at|j_ uoiMjip j3jv|-iu
SJ04U.1JIP ]OU|5|p .Ji.p-ijip jn spu;>| OAVJ OTO OJ0l[J
■saiiwipc s.uoiiei.ii i^\ |uuui[v aqi jo .wop j,i3jc|
'4U.isojd3J .Clljl 111 dlllOl H|| IjlLW Suquauiiiiui
jo 0|OJ ]in,'4Joduii aii) uuojiad tun) ui sjopiuip aqx
-uoiiepossv -ii(l '"] sii|iid .nuinii( jMstudv-i A|p
uailAy ipji|M 'OpniiUD jo i-is e appuid -.(poq 11
1EJOI oi|) JO -MiH-ilias-udu 3m, iq Aq 'sjaquLim pjro(|
[en[]i.if|iiu .111 j_ .i|qissnd n: .lAiiviuas-iid-iJ sv aq p]ln
sroiiijiQ jo pjcofi aqi ■.(p.Mja.-jijD sup op 01 s,
-jalqu uoiuuioj Jin Suiqsi(duii.vie in diqu.>pi;.i[ -1
-Old 01 J.lipaSoi iJo.w o| paau ivip sdncuS jsyu.i|ui p-'O
-ads 'SJ.Jldvqa 'S.HWj.l \t> v.i|din.n r: su uooupossi
saquasap (6861 ut [i-ndopci ugunirtmtn assu jh
,1..,,. ..,-„ „„,.v iM,.,firi.ue
osodjnd ,ii|i jo aiiiqt mms Suipurisaaputi tit no,
-sc 4_nea [ 'sqdciSi-jvd lei) v |int in || 90S .1111 1
•uoiiupossv
iuum|v ]|.iu^.i[in n|i j.i 1'iilim! |inr .^in^jn.w ,ii|| uinij
paj noA nianiqiviai. iqi ..7qe.11 i.iiea [ mm luuinp! a'e|
jo s^uvi aqi ujojj poAOiu.ij 3uo[ os lou me [ iui|4 s;
Siqi JO ||C Ol ]Ulod Ipl .(ilinUiS s iL|l[|(|tsl|(idS0J S4]
^001 qnqw duoiS maS 1111.1 yj.iA e sew 'ipej 111 'slip,
luqi uiaiedde .Hiiej.q n 31111-11111 isjy aoj ly tusioitn
-vu,i|. (ii mo lou iv n i|i\uie jiaqi jo aSnuii X]\ ■\n.\J\
uapi a[H!| peq [ 'uoisog u,i41 pue euid|..pv[iqj ui [,.vi|
qiqi .il(| iv jAiiai: ,r.« | l(" (j , , r
^i.u.i| p|in>.w ii (in ■ ■ ■ r.uu n(i j, , ■ ■■. .,
s.joia:>ji[[ .iqi poid.ioai: ] .ia.ii|.»[ [ "Xppicjj SJOjaaj
-IO 1° PJl'°fl suoquioossv munqv oi[i uo joimjiq v
su Ajauq p.i.uas pvq j 'isod su|| Suuunssir oiojag
stioi/ojou luiuniy 1013311a
oc, iiatuoagMLivf/irj
XjpaiTQ §UD[B3dg
Bucknell Parents
['ari'ills WerVenil ".is i-ieitiufi — 11 il billing a iln.t ll-tu-the-wiri
n the Bisons football nctory over Lafayc'lte. Hi-iH— and included
bold topics as Professor John Kirkland's 'What docs Bucknell
for sour $3,700 per year?"
Pi iii.sinh si-ssiniis mi .jp|nirtiinilii-i Fin giailu.ile stiidv. Inl by
I1..I.I Hay, th.liriii: I Ilie iti p.irtiniiit nl iil.illieiu.itics, Ol '■'
. h il bv Dr. Daiiil Pearson, assi-lunt prod ssnr nl hinlogy . an
onn'es, ied by Di. William Cooper, chairman ..I Hie departme
' ,-erl. Other events that met with appl
's The Mela
s of 11
lionie llan
The Hue
■aduales, contributed Sl.OOfl to the Merle M. and Franco* B. Odgers
diolarship Fund. Niinutl in honor of the president emeritus and his
ife. I he fund was established by the liucknell Parents to provide one
more full-lime scholarships Inr mnli ruraduat' ? Mr. John B. Young,
leil Ilidgc. N- J-. is piisiilenl nl the '•iganization.
Autumn Patterns
The leaves arc crimson, gold ami brown,
But tu each one comes tumblingdoion,
To me' forever they ore green,
And s])rlng's frail buds arc alwayn seen.
"IWpceC In /.title Sonj;! of Ihc Sroijn
A11 Artful Photographer
For Today's Adolescent, Home Is Just an Affectionate Hotel
By The Rev. Max Corn
Tracing lite Family's Loss
of Influence On The Young-
AndXVJwt Might Be
Done About It
*i ipecUli
ded tpeclaluallon n u
legally define our chU-
cii.ii;i- I- hasic lo ihe total personality de-
velopment of an iTbili^ itln-nl, anil l-'iu^ lan-
guage U seldom neutral il Is the major "35'
li,,|V. lalmt.. Iitn--.ii. an J wi.»u ,.( both
the fnmlly and the culluie. This has no!
.' cl„.-,.l,
iral of all I reditu Her
iehomc.1
Afcou/ trie Writer
larian Universalis!
cw
h of Canltm.
r
"Isis
*
Union Theo-
• -: /
logical Soml-
1-.i
York Oly and
f
[ -
A
ily. lie also hai
hria Ihc pjuto-
1, .-,( Crib,
d, N. Y., and has
is married Lo the
, Eniilie J.
Ire
I* parents o[
,• that permeated
s. hard work, and homc-
pce-r emnp. ihf home I clbii.ju L-ln-.s morr and
mat,- ul Us traditional impcirlantv. untd, in
laic adolc^ci-nssr, the- home beconiei an of-
a.,,1 .l.iocjit.n opernle-
For 200 years of American history, lire
Inline was the -pcci-ilcr in lire .l.-vvlopiii.-nt
of adnlls Irnin the cradle 10 the grave, be-
In our desire lo better the education oF
the s-.j.ii.g. Ilic- Crn.vlng society of specialists
iiiliiI ill" mi.iliiir .(lures ol turcnti.
dilutions were ai good 1
created Ihi-m and If their services "ere Uis-
mliLit.il ecpiilalily. il ill other ivords tlrry
,.„■..,,!,,„, |l. i, „', i.-jd ' -..,, sialic I i in..- rc-
H-r.il.U- l.urc.iiJcatic Ic.idallmi in which the-
the ...u|-.Ftuniliii el mi. ofiiprir.g ilepentliiii;
on a varicly of B.n.i-1 ■> imitii.i.al crili nil.
Where once Ihc i|iiifils nf ill,- f-imllv di-
ii.mii.-n. i.fErn today il mini Ik- the nullity "I
"tilth children ..ill !--■ plated in loslcr
homes, which cdc-cnled, which drilled.
The family alsn
It) chlld.raL.ini; fu
flucnccs. especially
..tailed l.i I,-
, ,-1 prnl.-
lals,
i:;;,;;
main source of the cmuliunal arid cultural
activities of people Until the turn of the
hood of persons was directed, n
at "'gros.iiir; up'" m rpiicUv as possible, fur
j J.i (ill ..-.I ..-as desirable.
hot who. by Taw. il,-rc nnlm.- gicn-m-Ll liiturcs
and s---i.il opp.iliiiiilic- Today the school,
not the home, determines If and when the
Second to Ihc schf.l in ehviiius impor-
tance is the legal ixi.d legislative sj-jlein
lirndinq toer-llu-i n.-llan- department, laini-
Iv court. DCtlill Institution, droit board, and
,- dclcn
.■''ico'ii'-.
.1 pl.i-rn .cnn.n in his mouth
a ..liver .jx-iip. the c-ducali.il?
n nioro than th" larnuVs c-1
thov.ered lliei. vi.nn; wilh affluence and
i.llhhcld open aiTccllon . . In n society
■ kin ln.-iiig al7.-ctli.ii.il i- authoring, or. holat-
,-d peer group he. ilei.-loj:.-.! T h ..- anli-idiill
ric-cr grf.lip, ■-.iTranci-i! Iriun 111..- adult .lorld.
has often mad,- laic adok-'L-iil-. capllv,-. Ii>
themselves. In sirch crplivil. llir-lr i.pinnn...
lu ihc vniiriL! Ihan Ih'BC n! their parents,
ilni-. .c.-jk.-iuiiL: i In- ..illicit inn il pincr ill 111..-
family.
Thl. l.-ndi-nn fur ...urn; ulirlls t.. lircil-
u.lh the lonulbl fl.c- c.f the cullure, thniiv-,
en wilh all the in..ni.-.nl ..cilncn irl Hal
Liicil "I iK-.M.nil ili-Liliii.incnt. Coniccp-en.lv.
iilnltlim.Kl ufi|H.-,.r. to be a fate v.-orse rlcjr-
...... .„.,„. ,r .... .,
K.rst' of all. parent.' reed to overcome
t.i.id n.rcc:nei u! tl.eir uwn vhildhood dnd.
cDn.nirlrt; thil .,1 the.' own children ",lh
I i It,,- il-rlt .lei'.,,, arc I.J.I.y; ...
T.-.-I a l.i-iC av lh:> Sill and rhit rl.ey an-
(othc" and mothers rrs a vpeeinl breed ni
Idinll ..1th no rights eseepl In the olf houn
when th- children, poorthlnes. must be sub-
letted to the fumbling! of the family.
The- 'ad Is. thai while parents ore cdl).
j'li't". 'vk, ",,',r.
nale rales and v
L.s pnor .tody habits.
oclety. Sometimes
or man-rn.ldi-. When the y.innL; hav. no enn-
lldcnt place on which In stond and be priind
" 'lo confldcnl in licin; ih<-
Eiiitdh's Note
This article first appeared fn Septem-
ber 7, 1970 issue of 'The National Ob-
server"-antl Is reprinted here wilh the
permission of the editors and of the
author. Reprints of the article are now
being offered to readers of "The Na-
tional Observer."
liilci.ee in their >outh and children h* mak-
ing the home more than a hotel Irum which
tli..- nll,|irinir radiate to the misleading "fun"
n the world as it
, Ihcy
ich a cullly parent Is
4o>e, InsThcd, com-
. nil), his children
■ the wilhdrauvrl by
, arid take a more active pan
r Ii-ach.-r. In piiii,K. ri.cnl ir
1 r.: wilt, ^h..:.1 .Mitl.orili.-i, l
-.irlr.^ ,.F v.h..-1-lHiiril N„.-..-linj;-.
lilion m nich a. rhi-<". pir.nn
thev .hoeld leach ih.-lr ,.t,il
;lii ciit.rr.illy templed, a
lag to adapt in order to survive, to escape;
..-.-■III.. I.i ......id rcip.-Tivililliiy. tn arr.-il ado-
lescence and hence a.Tiid adulthood.
Often, loo. wr lm.e raised children to
espev-l lilc al.va.s lo lie "fun." and when
•il. Ih.-y f.-el Iwttavcil |.y n, and by lk--
world.
Sricli. I think, arc the Imle templadcnn
What Pnrcnls Cnn Teach
Itricll., Ihi-v ran Icicli iL-.-.-.-pr.ihl,: navi .
..ili.llln... wlll.uiil fulling ml. i (I.,- d:i;-..]
so many of usdi.lilc The. ...r
dog pit I ems
........mi. The, .an l.-.lrli the
nf ..■II-c,,r,Ii,l,-ot-e by noting IS
crsons thcrnselvcs. They cnn teach
by giving a balanced account of
The Varied Worlds of Bucknellians
* All iho-ir ctrmnnLTdnh prtidjitii (fint "Pan Am makes ttK gninfi
grtat," nnd three pretty Buckiiflliiiiis aro aboard those giant 747
Lr.inspiirt jets lo testify lo Ihc fads in Ihe malter, Marili,ii G. Kvil-
joid 70 is now- based in Wnshinglon. D. C. and flits the Eutapcan
<ki-.v.i.s lor fan Amtricln. Mirvli.i I,, [lomillrai '(Vj and Baibara
Puff '69 are Hying out of New York City on jet clipper flights to
Europe, Ihc Caribbean area, Africa and the Middle and Far East.
So. v.Lilcli lot mir alumnae mi u-ur ne.lt P.ni-Am fligllll
♦ Nine Buckrull tlniversilv alutnni. including a current member
of the lliickin.il laculty, have hecn selected In appear in the 1970
edition of Oulslontling Young Men of America, an ariiutal awards
volume whi c)i recngiii/c-s icunt; mm bi-twivji the ages ut 21 and 35
who are wrirkinir. t'iw.ir.1 evcilliue their c-.trters iint! cemmunity
The Buchnelli.ins Imimr.-ii ineludc Majnt K.ilman Csc.ha, Jr. '02,
assistant profi-s.jr of mililan ieitnee at Duqucsne Univcrsiti' in
I'ittsbtiroli. mid William S. Mover '53 who i_s a refining accounting
c-i.>i..rihi..itnr fni flu., Asia S.-nicc. file in Siugapcre. Major Csoka,
who received a M.S. degree in nu-ctiLiiiicnl eiigiiicering, avsiimed his
present post in August, I960, afler scrying two lours of duty in
Vietnam. He recently received the first Oil; Leaf Cluster lo the
Uniivcc Star fur iiiiTiiuriuiis service and tin- Air Mnial. awards one
Ihrongb seven Mr. Mm it receiv.-d hiv US degn. in c-onimercc and
finance and pr.vionslv nr.rLc.l lor the Standard Oil Co, in Ihis coun-
Iry and in Manila anil Snig.in Also -elected was Dr. David A. Lutz
'59, who received a B.A. degree earn laude. Currently serving as a
lecturer in religion at the Uiiivii-ilv, he received a B.D. degree
(trim Cole. iir--li.<li. -liter Diiinili S.linnl .mil .i I'liD ilegree from
Drew University.
The other Uiictiiell .ilunnii selected are Hichard I). iloddie '01.
iliK-lii.-iter, N. Y . ii recent gradti ite u[ the Syracuse University Col-
li ce ni Law, where he was president of th.- sludenl bar association;
11.,!., rt M Ci.niiius Til, Spmic-iicU. \',i., a m.irinoemuit officer with
tin ['r.-sidtiifsCJ.riiniilli.f.jn Mental Itel.irdatiuii nf (tie Department
ol ll.allh. Education, and Welfare; Henry A, Lambert '57, New
"i ■ rj-l City, i-ieeiiliv... vie.' pi.^idcnt nl the (],inal-HnndoIph Corpora-
lion, a major real i-stalr- company; Kennclh C. Langonc '57. Mnn-
hussel, N, Y.. president of B, W. Presspricb and Co . Inc.. a leaiiini;
brokernge concern In New York City; Dr. Bobert B. Larsen '56,
Denv.r, Cell, , a [i.mier nn-iliail inissi.ir.ar-. In India and now n sur-
gical residenl in a Denver hospital, and Alan \V. Steiss '59. Blacks-
burg, Va., assi-amit r.lireelor uf the ('enter for Urban and Begional
Studies at Virginia Polytechnic Institute.
* The lk-v Di. Nicholas G. Sileo 49 has been appfiintcd dean of
student sfrriti-s .it Florida IiitirnatiiMi.il Uiiiversitv at Miami, Flo.
Me formerly served ns director of c-mmirnilv alTni'r. nl the Llruecr.
sity. The new dean is a member of the Phi Lambda Theta fraternity
and received his A II. degree fr,„„ llncta,,!! in 19-19. his B.D. degree
from Colgalc-lli-i he.lct Divinity Schotil in 1952. and his Ph.D. de-
gree in sociology fnnn l'lmid i Slate University in 1.161. An academ-
ic s'-.r-iol-'gist. he will toiiliiiiii- to teach on a regular basis. Mrs. Sileo
ii the former Nida Poteitt '■.8, a mimber of the Pi Beta Phi sorority
at Bncknell who now seryes as a sccondaiy school teacher. The
couple has five children and lives in Miami, Fla.
♦ Bobert W, Cochran '48. Cazcnovia, N. Y,. has joined CBS Lab-
oratories, a division nl Columbia lltoade.islinu System, Inc., as
director ol ni-irVeliiig fur pi.ifesilnn.il pnnlncts. He is responsible
for all profi-ssion.d ptodncts dinnestn. .mil frirtie; arkcling pro-
grams serving ill,- Itro.n leas lint; ami ,..,iiiriaiiiie.iln.iii,. iuilieilry, busi-
ness and cd ncal ion. Mr. Cochran formerly headed Ca-ni-ral E.octric's
Coin d P.-rlon v.- Nelwurk Otnininiikatiini Service and served
in several e-vetuliv.- |»-ii„,i,. with th.it company, lie received a U.S.
degree in plissjr-, Irum lluiVm-ll are! is a iinnilier of the Lambda
Chi Alpha fraternity. The Cochmns have two childrm.
♦■ Harold M. Huffman, Jr. '50. Lebanon, lias been named plant
manager o( Whitmoycr Lilsntaliirii-s. Inc., ni Micrstown. A 1050
ehcuiieal I'Hj; ■nuc gr.ulieii,, nl Hinknrll. Mr. Huffman was em-
ployed in various pruilnetinn and ilevelnpriii'iit capacities wilh
Merck 4 Co. and Bristol Lalmrakirii.-i, prior to joining Ihc WTiit-
moyer organisation in 1961. lb- is a member ol the American Chemi-
cal Snc-i.fv, American Legion and lilts. Me anil his wile. Ihe former
Victoria Turznnski, have three sons.
♦ Ernest Hendricks, Jr. '50, Tcnneek, N. J„ has been appointed an
assistant corporalc Irust officer nl Marine Midland Grace Trust
Company ol New York fin- lineVnilliaii. who received his B.S.
degree in cc icicc nnd finance in 19S1 and is a memller oF the
Phi Lambda Theta fraternity, joined tin batik in January 1970. ami
is in charge ol Ihe computer at con riling control section ol the cor-
porate trust department. Me retired as a Major in the U. S. Army ai
ihc end of 1909 after 25 years of sen-ice to his country. Mr. Hen-
dricks and his wife. Amir... are Ihe parents of two sons and live
at 156 Voorhces Street.
♦ Marvin C. K.-lly 51 is tin- ni-iv director nf management advisory
services for ILciVins and Sill-. Man, a tin uiii-al engineering gradu-
ale. joined this international public acnnmling firm in 19«i Pre-
viously, he served with the L' S Ann. Signal Corps in Alaska and
was assiK.-i.ttid ..ith tl„ (,.,ds.-ar Tile f, Hiiblur Company. Union
Carbide mil th. 1 ..^.,1. -I' dmolie,- Company. A member of Sigma
Alpha Epvl.n. it IS,i,l.r„!l \l.„v t,,Lviv,d his MI1A InMri.il
M.in.igerm.-ni ai the Univcrsiti ,,f Mitliigjn in 195S and subsequent-
ly stinliiil ,,t Columbia University. He Is married lo the former
Virgin!., Martin VI With their thildieii— Marvin. 8. Pamela, 6, and
Mark. 4— they live at 6 Vine- Br.ad. Somerset, N.J.
Bridging the fGap' Via the Marketing Media
, * . -•
Where the Market Lies
Some thougbls on how the mar-
keting media might bridge the
"generation gap" in social ideas as
well as in merchandising were ad-
vanced recently by David A.
Crimm "50. ABC Badio Network
Director of Station Relations.
Addressing leading businessmen.
retailers, advertising agency per-
sonnel and members of the faculty
of the Hadio-Tetevision Depart-
ment at Michigan State University,
Mr. Crimm stressed the potential of
,-o«ll,
iting thai "the young people are
there now, wilh discretionary dol-
lars lhal will respond lo carefully
planned, on-targel marketing: re-
sults can be measured in retail
As an example. Crimm drew
upon recent data projecting the
rapid shift in age groups.
"People age 20 to 29, for exam-
ple, increased in numbers by Dnly
two million in the 1950s. In the
decade ahead, lhal group will grou
by 15 million — far and away the
fastest growing segment of the to-
tal pop uln lion."
Crimm went on to say that "ald-
er age groups — people in the age
35 to SI bracket will tend lo be-
come somewhat less important in
the population p.. (tern Markets of
the 70s will be importantly influ-
enced by such population shifls—
and by conspicuous changes in
spending power of various gionps."
am B. Webber
nd finance and
has been appo
Audio Elc-cln.
'SO
ho received his B.S. degree in eom-
ornber of Ihe Tan kappa lipsilon fra-
manager of General Electrics newly
l,rl,,t "1" ""■"' ■ifftitdiug o. .,
er Electronic!
in 1950, had
s planning. He
m M, W.-bl.r, "1... joined General
«b ' >' ■!'" .'s manage, for
live of Uwisburg and von oi Harold
Webber, it 1U2T i;i.irlmili- .,1 lliidriell. Mr. Webber
three daughters, and resides in Fnyctlevillc, N. Y
James A, Kirk '57 has been appointed Pittsburgh district n
_ r for The
3M7 One Olio
from Buckncll
Appraisal Company. Inc. with offices a
I 'la/a Mr. Kirl: received a M.S. degree in economic
n 1957 and is a member of the Phi Gamma Dell
Mr. Grii
ited fro
study
by the National Indtistri.it Confer
eneo Hoard as an indication of what
to eypect in the 70s. "By 19S0,
with growing numbers of young
and affluent households, the 25 to
-It age onions will hold an estimat-
ed 2Bpcr cent ol tfie total spending
coniinuedt "Bui,
when we go
beyond ihe parameters of age and
income demographics to plunge
into [i.-vcliotiraplin-- tli.it we arc led
astray by fanllv character analyses
that lead us and I hem . . . totally
astray . . . until we are worlds
Quoting ftom a speech delivered
.ipproiiniaiely four and one-half
years ago, Mr. Grimm illustrated:
"A recent survey by a leading ad-
vertising agency revealed that
America's young people for the
most part want security. They want
censorship and they want lo be
treated with authority."
"But," Grimm pointed out, "to-
day's youth are not seeking Ihe pro-
leclion of authority, they arc re-
belling against it, and Ihe more
I hey ire eensored, the greater the
rebellion." Grimm added. "Mass
media lias relenllessly zeroed in on
the young, but only lo sell them
tilings, and in some eases, to over-
sell them. Mass media has relent-
lessly dramatized for (he adolescent
his predicaments Television mag-
nifies liis pimples: radio calls atten-
tion lo his had breath, magazines
caution him to use an underarm de-
ordnnt. It must seem strange to
many young people that we, as a
nation, have developed and use
even' possible product imaginable
for personal cleanliness, while we
tolerate litter and garbage in our
streets, parks and highways, and all
manner o£ dirt in our streams, riv-
ers and the air we breathe."
In looking to the future, Mr.
Grimm said, "If we arc all aware
ni their growing economic influence
in the market, and 1 think w-o are.
we should also be aware of their
passion for peace, concern for en-
vironment, hatred of hypocrisy,
their compassion for the underdog.
their cries for justice, their fear of
repression and [heir desire to be
"If all of us, as we claim, have
the means and the Facilities to pro-
mote the movement of merchan-
dise, We also have the means and
the obligation lo promote the
movement of positive, not negative
ideas, ideas and movements thai
appeal to our noblest desires, in-
stead of our lowest instincts."
In closing, Mr. Crimm turned
tlie attention of )u's audience to the
future: "fn the nest decade we can
expect steady progress am! growth,
or rapid disinlcgration. ft all de-
pends on whether we, as well as ihe
younger generation, can grow up
and face our problem-- together in
A member of (he board of direc-
tors of the Bueknel] Alumni Asso-
ciation, Dave was a member of the
S. A. E. fraternity tit Buckncll. He
is married to the former Marjorie
J. Gass and the)' arc the parents of
three children. The Crimin family
resides at 20 Goodwin Terrace,
Westwood. N. J.
ran help children lite reality I
[ them Into cnnRdcmec on real fnmi
, Utc the family budget, by givii
not play, wort to do In the hornc, m
Ihe nilK media and peer ernup ..-ill, what is
«-csik nnrl wrong anri cnl In life but only
Iho fnnirly can tfach them that to b
urupher (,ir R..«d is to hive a lovers' q'
rcl with lilc Tn leach them lo be propheU
ing In a ivoilrl of so man) i-rmp- On,:
agencies and fotco, became, for olf lb=lr
Inadequacies, onk parent! .ire th.- s fieri] lists
in loving.
II you cannot teach love by loving, nines
by valuing, trust nf life by Imitlni;. jell-
mnfidence hy l>cint: lite-] nan-, hepe liv j.ii
In ye-ur Lnvn ad ul th.-. vi\ then ^niir rhilijren
in ,ir|>lc.ni cteilinecl 1,1 I*- aliens In a tlmnge
Alumni Authors
*■ A three-act play. Ofoli, written hy
Dr. John S. Whcalcrofl '49, professor
of English, has been published in
book form here and in England. De-
scribed as a modem fable, Ofoli won
the Alcoa Playwriting Award in 1965.
The American Conservatory Theatre
and Station WQED-TV in Pittsburgh
produced it as a television play in
1966. The television production was
purchased by National Educational
Television Playhouse, and it has been
seen on national television from 1966
to 1970. The- production received a
NET award in 1966, The American
publisher is A. S. Barnes and Com-
pany. Thomas YoselolT, Ltd , London,
published the writing in England.
O/oli was first done in its original
form by Cap and Dagger at llucknclf
in 1960. Written as a stage piny. Dr.
Wheotcroft adapted it for television
in Atlanta in the spring of 196S. The
play has also been used as the basis
for a student-made Elm by a Pitts-
burgh prepanilory school. Dr. Wheat-
etoft's olher published works arc
books of poetry, Death of a Cfottin.
published in 1964, and Prodigal Son,
in 1967.
♦ Dr.
Ambrose Saritks "37 has
sunicd
liis n
■w post iis dean ol
Cradut
e Sr
of Faculties
I Wichita Stale Lin
sit}'. II
prev
nusly served as profc
of hislory and associate dean of the
Graduate School at the Uiiiversitv of
Kansas. His new address is 5001 East
Momiugside, Wicliita, KS 67207.
In Memoriam
service with the clilo Speelill Fonea
Berets.'' Me !er.-cd In Korea, T.ii.v.ri. tlli-
ilwlh. f as oris I Handing officer at the
Jl-.i Engineer Detachment In the Cam-
I..-.I nil l.or.J.-r .n.-a .. ilfi r.s.|i...L.il,ilil.
Captain Gardner n-aj married lo the
f ir Imliili Stiuc.-ii. ,1 t-U.tni.lte hum
I j---.i-ia.iiri; llic.fi Sc'i'-il mIi,. |,,iiv.l fun.
l„rf„- it,S H„,lbi.v.ii la.it March. The
.1 l-...ir,-.,li.. ^.'r. In uildlttUfl t,s hll
" children. Captain Gardner Is
.iartlyn
,1 1,1 1,
■1 I .ic.hr S
-, Pj. 10090.
minds HI
d leaching by dedicating
ao ol L Agenda. The- year-
rnfnalurc'and mankind
author of a teat In llua field. MoAtm
u plaji. Slrat, Lcol-oi nnd Happtrwsi
Wnrnw (10-17) for tj
,„(„-: ■•:. uxm. i.ii cii.i.i,-, i--. f,.. |t. '.si
L.i I I.e.- Iliii.-i-rslh Til,., p. mail Lis u liill.
nl ihe IWIrirs ,,I iln.l.ncll :,i,ii ciL-r
lomier iludenb of Dr. Stewart. Tlic
i.iitr.iil il.... hangs in Tailor Hall.
I'rnft-icir Sle.varl i. survived t,y his
nldoiv. tho Inm.cr Macv Kline. IIS
Bream St.. Lcvlsbnrg. a son, Eric '3fl,
llir,-,.- crji,ilihiliir,ii 1 I--.,, k'n-.Ll-t'r.iinJ-
l'rofessor Robert M. Ewing
Bobert M. liiring, aasodali; profcunr
.)! Kriflisli .-i.iroi. in. die.! ei. Morula.,,.
HI Hi. ai fus he „ Cruit-I \'jiI!c)
Vill-S-. t.'al.l , ..here he leas resided fur
iIm- I'J'i uto icnrs.
Puilo-nr LVI.iti |..n„,l rh:- I !...,: I: r-„ -I I
■ ■iiii.katii.ns at f'.irt M, J.I,-. Mil. 111.
Ilrn-c-i.-cil hii Hfl ilccrec Ir-.n. hrarllf)
t'nlirc.li In 10-11) and an MA de^nv
1. I'uli.ii.l.l. li|ii.,e.li- in 1013.
lie Is survived by his svidoiv, the
l..m.,-r |T,.rnlhs- |,,lim..n. a sister. Mrs.
Marguerite a,|e of Dcnvyn, III., tins
AlonD. Gardner '62
Captain Alan D. Garr
lull M.ilcl St. U-i. i-l
In an aJrcmft landing oc . .
I 111 I'll S,-- ill [-'.in, - i ..mil' in Vi'.-lniilii
|-.|ar„-2.. IT7I). „■,,„.,< - ,.
t. »l.s Thru Iratrri.ilv, the Amcriian
Society oi Civil Engiu.vrs; ]',..l,i„g
nill,-s: Ihc .-.i.sslliiiLi team, imil s,-a. in-
.inn, i,,i i .-i.if-l-.lMiici slvJivnn ni
tin- l.'nivceati. sc-rvini: a. Pic-]denl "I
its Grit skydiving club. Ills interest In
her ol the, 82ml Airlsonse Dli-islnn at
Fori flratii!. rj. C. and nl I he laiuaus
Aon, I'o-cLn-sr. Sbislivlnri Team, The
i::<-l,].„ Kinctlilt, i-.lir.fi he .-e^iai as ea-
i.-iill.i- elliLvr. Ills I.n.l Vietnam l.mr svi.
Ifu- ...111 Knpn.vr I >,qr-. ill tile l.nilil.ni;
-if Ilk' Qui. ILlhn lis.- sit[,plv i-n-,|iiplci
lie |i.I,.L--,l lor III.- llol, ll,,|V Sl.-i.i- .11
I! ini lliilu, Bay in I'Xvj and made a icc-
f-.r,|a.r, Car.lr,,-, sv... a uu-ml-r ol
1 fi. O. T. C. at Beiclnell. a DistlD-
CntlierincD. Edgctt '21
Dr. Calherlne D. Edgell '21, Lcivlj-
n. it. died 11 n ..-Alice toil I.- October 17,
07O, allc-r liiu Jjy- el liospiulLMIi.ai
hi- gre.v up in Ihe Scr-irunn Lllali-lv
r,-... ei.iilnsl,.! trom Wei Chciler fim-
id taught school
elved h,
« in 1021 Inlr
ivilh ir
tl,e t.l,.0-
u-ood. n, "
each-
thool ol Not-
i-fd her MA
o the Uniivnily ol Penrer>Ii-a-
(ttj; nftcr ishk-h ilie
in dice nf ntedl-
„n- ll.i.pml
orvstHd.
I, she be
,- Village .,!.;
.". .dull .lie U
M.in. ii.-M 'IViii
. T. C. aiinid... and upon
JANUARY, 1971
■""">" > i rtnvJilVLS
III llSIIffl 1HMII
Domestic Policy: A View from the White House
By Kenneth R. Cole, Jr. '59
The Little Man: A Forgotten Cause
By Joseph D. Hughes
The Ministry Serves in Industry
By The Rev. Howard VanDine, Jr. '49
s r
l*i
HflfHMRtiiiti
*H#
x.v-21
■'tStiii
T\ <1
L- ?*
*
5&
LV-
-V/'
T«t
.-* K-
\ f
-< ■»•
u*r
fii
-'--x^^c-v^-
i. '<
*Jt
V
#L/
>*
:«\
»' *
*-
,4 y
• . . ^* • .
* x * - ■*• -x. 2 ' % " *.
Search
for a
Symbol
By
George W.
Woodward '51
On Our Cover
Our cover photo and the photo
at left are the work of Mark Mallett
'70, a part-time graduate student in
art. The Ellen Clarke Bertrand Li-
brary tower, with Elisabeth Koons
Freas Hall in the foreground, is the
subject of the cover photo. Photo
at left shows path leading to Hunt
Hall and New Women's Dorm.
In his search for new graphic
perspectives on campus, Mark has
sought to use photographic and
darkroom techniques to "sketch"
with his camera. The black and
white renderings are in the tradi-
tion of the artist who sketches in
charcoal, the camera's lens captur-
ing the details on film for manipu-
lation by the artist-photographer in
the darkroom. Several other photos
from Mark's collection are included
in this issue.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS,
Vol. LVI, No. 6, January, 1971.
Published by Bucknell University,
Lewisburg, Pa. 17837. William B.
Weist '50, Editor.
JANUARY 1971
EDITOR'S NOTE: The board of
directors of the Bucknell Alumni
Association began last year a search
for a suitable graphic symbol.
George Woodward '51 was appoint-
ed to direct a study of graphic de-
signs and to solicit suggestions from
Alumni. This article is his prelim-
inary report on the project, which
is still in its initial stages. Anyone
icho wishes to submit ideas or
sketches for a logogram can direct
them to Mr. Woodward at 960
Oberlin Drive, Columbus, Ohio
43221.
Logogram: (logagram) a letter,
character, or symbol used to rep-
resent an entire word.
The logogram will be a character
or symbol to be used to represent
the Bucknell Alumni Association
(BAA). For this context, BAA will
be viewed as the umbrella organi-
zation from which all alumni ac-
tivity takes place.
At this point, only a logogram is
involved; only the symbol will be
created. In other words, we are not
involved in a pervasive "organiza-
tion identification" program. Ulti-
mately, we may change the name
(from BAA) . . . we may, eventu-
ally, derive a whole new set of
guidelines for "identification." But
at this time we are only interested
in the graphic symbol.
The method for selection of a
logogram will be very tight and
closed. No large campaign or con-
test will be staged. Selected pro-
fessional individuals will be re-
quested to submit proposals: from
these proposals a small alumni
committee will select a logogram
for recommendation to the Alumni
board of directors. The recom-
mendation will be the conclusion
of a committee report. This ap-
proach to logogram selection will
minimize time lag, eliminate ill
will (professionals don't get disap-
pointed), and keep expense down.
The character (charisma, nature,
etc.) of the logogram should be
such that it embodies all the posi-
tive imagery of Bucknell Univer-
sity: past, present, and future. It
might incorporate current imagery
such as: University Seal, library
tower, the Bison. The logogram
should embody the spirit of the
alumni, which in its largest sense
includes the current student body.
Unlike the static imagery of the
Seal, the logogram should exempli-
fy a dynamicism, a creative entity
of supporting students and alumni.
The planned use of the logogram
is varied. Initially, letterheads,
newsletters and magazines will dis-
play it. Longer range applications
might include: decals, on speakers'
dais, on office doors, on banners.
The desired effect is that of a
unique and memorable visual im-
pact, embodying an esoteric exclu-
siveness, calculated to induce a
desire to participate in the entity
represented.
The logogram, while primarily
a unique visual signature, should
not be solely a graphic contrivance.
It should be a sublimation of im-
agery which can be effectively and
articulately described in written
language. A written explanation of
the meaning or imagery of the
logogram is therefore an indis-
pensable part of any logogram to
be considered.
Colors — orange and blue — are
highly desirable, provided the ap-
plication is feasible and provided
the colors will reproduce satisfac-
torily. If a single color appears the
only feasible answer, then prob-
ably blue. Perhaps professionals
will be of help in this area.
Finally, a comment about the
importance of the logogram is in
order. It's a fact that the face we
put on relationships has a lot to
do with how we feel about those
relationships. It's also a fact that
an entity can change, without its
imagery changing.
Many alumni remember a Buck-
nell that isn't there any more. They
remember a genteel school smell-
ing faintly of old tennis shoes and
rotting leaves. That's gone. The
Bucknell entity has changed, and
the imagery should keep pace. The
Alumni should see the Bucknell
that is here and now, a University
that is part of the mainstream of
our culture, retaining its heritage.
A new "trade-mark" will help.
". . . It's pretty hard to market a product at a fair price
when somebody across town is giving it away free or far
below cost . . ."
An early winter scene with the campus in background and University farm in foreground. Photo by Mark Mallett 70.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
Forgotten THE LITTLE MAN
Cause
By Joseph D. Hughes
MY subject is the plight of the
independent privately sup-
ported colleges, and espe-
cially of those small liberal arts
colleges of limited resources. My
thesis is that the independent col-
leges are rendering a unique and
essential service in American edu-
cation and that their plight is more
dangerously critical than is com-
monly realized.
Before I discuss with you a prob-
lem of higher education let me
recall certain developments in Pitts-
burgh and Texas that made indus-
trial history, created one of the
world's great corporate enterprises,
and changed the face of the Ameri-
can southwest. These developments
are relevant because out of them
came some of the resources for the
foundations we administer today.
The Texas developments began
on a barren little rise — a salt dome
— on the plains south of Beaumont,
then a town of 9,000. Some people
called it "Bound Mound," but in
the fall of 1900, when a small oil
crew came in and set up a new-
fangled rotary drilling rig, they
good naturedly changed the name
to "Spindletop." Men had been
trying for ten years to make that
Mr. Hughes is administrative trustee of
the Richard King Mellon Foundation,
Pittsburgh, Pa. The article is an adapta-
tion of an address he delivered on April
9, 1970 at the Conference of Southwest
Foundations in Dallas. It is reprinted
with permission from the July-August
1970 issue of Foundation News.
mound produce oil. There was a
demand for oil, even though it was
being used almost solely for lamps
and lubrication.
These oil men were operating
with a credit of $300,000 obtained
in Pittsburgh from Andrew W. and
Bichard B. Mellon, brothers and
partners in the banking house of
T. Mellon and Sons. They drilled
for several months without bring-
ing in a well. On the morning of
January 10, 1901, at 1,020 feet, the
going had become difficult, and the
crew shut down the rig and pulled
the drill string to change the worn
bit. They were lowering the pipe
again when, unexpectedly, mud be-
gan to spurt high up the derrick.
The crew ran in all directions for
safety. As they ran, six tons of four-
inch pipe shot up through the der-
rick, knocking off the crown block.
The pipe sailed into the air, broke
into sections, and came raining
down on the open area.
Everything was quiet then. The
men returned to the well. They
started cleaning up the debris and,
as one historian put it, expressed
their feelings "in a manner of elo-
quence reserved for men in the oil
fields."
Suddenly there was a roar. The
crew scattered again. Out of the
well shot mud, shale, rocks, gas
and then a steady, solid six-inch
column of oil. This was a gusher —
a gusher like none that had ever
been seen before — 40,000 barrels a
day. It was to become the most
famous well in the world and it
would establish Texas as a major
source of American oil.
Within a few months, a group of
eight Pittsburgh investors headed
by A. W. and B. B. Mellon formed
a company to develop the Spindle-
top field. It had a Texas charter
and a capitalization of $15 million.
In November the same group cre-
ated a sister company to refine and
market the oil they were producing.
OUT of consideration for Tex-
as pride and respect for
Texas natural resources they
elected to use the name "Texas
Oil Benning Company," but when
the\' found the name pre-empted
by others, they called their com-
pany "Gulf Befining Company of
Texas."
There were problems. The Spin-
dletop wells went dry — temporari-
ly. The Spindletop oil — unlike the
greenish, light -bodied, paraffin-
based Pennsylvania crude — was
heavy, black, loaded with sulfur,
with an asphalt base; and refining
it brought enormous technical dif-
ficulties. There were no pipelines
and no refineries in Texas, and
there was only one major American
buver — the Standard Oil Company.
In 1902, at the beginning of the
automobile age, the price of Texas
oil dropped to an all-time low of
five cents a barrel.
JANUARY 1971
The decision of the Pittsburgh
investors to operate an integrated
oil company meant that they would
have to create an entire industrial
complex in a new technology, in
what easterners then considered a
rugged and remote part of the
country.
They built a refinery at Port
Arthur, and to carry their oil there,
they laid down a 450-mile pipeline
with the necessary pumping sta-
tions and tankage. They hired ex-
perts to develop new procedures.
They opened sales offices in Hous-
ton, New Orleans, Tampa, Phila-
delphia, and Boston. They formed
teams to search out new fields,
write leases and drill wells. In 1905,
they discovered oil at Glenn Pool,
near Tulsa. By 1907, their annual
sales of gasoline had reached the
respectable total of 133 million
barrels.
All this, of course, was the be-
ginning of the Gulf Oil Corporation
of which Andrew W. Mellon be-
came President in 1907. You are
no doubt aware that Pittsburgh
investors have a considerable in-
terest in that company today. Pitts-
burgh capital and southwest oil are
still associated in a productive and
creative partnership. '
Gulf Oil Corporation, created in
Pittsburgh and Beaumont sixty-nine
years ago this November, is one of a
number of business enterprises that
have provided a base for the vari-
ous charitable and foundation ac-
tivities of the Mellon Family. The
two major charitable institutions
with which I am associated are the
Richard King Mellon Foundation
and the Richard King Mellon Char-
itable Trusts. And this brings me
around to matters that concern us
as foundation executives.
There is no need in these times
and certainly not before this audi-
ence—to justify the role or the
record of higher education in
America. Education is capital in-
vestment. Indeed, trained and dis-
ciplined knowledge is one of the
nation's most valuable capital re-
sources. In the words of the philos-
opher A. N. Whitehead, "In the
conditions of modern life, the rule
is absolute: the race which does
not value trained intelligence is
doomed."
WE depend on the colleges
and universities for educat-
ed manpower in every field,
including most of our leaders in
business and industry. The educa-
tors have done a truly remarkable
job in carrying added burdens over
these past twenty-five years. They
trained 2.2 million veterans of
World War II. They reformed their
curricula after October 4, 1957, to
place more emphasis on mathe-
matics and the sciences. They re-
sisted any inclination they may
have had to remain small, selective
and exclusive — the appealing the-
ory of educating "the elite." They
expanded their facilities, built a
splendid new physical plant, and
attracted teachers and administra-
tors to accommodate the tidal wave
of students in the 1960's. There are
7.1 million undergraduates on the
campuses today — more than three
times the number of 20 years ago.
We get some measure of what
has happened in higher education
in this century when we realize that
in 1900 in this country there were
few colleges with more than 2,000
undergraduates.2
As for the product of today's
colleges, the corporate executives I
have talked with are unanimous in
saying that the young people they
are getting have worked harder
and are better qualified, better edu-
cated, and better motivated than
the generations of students that
preceded them. It is a sobering
thought that if we were eighteen
again, some of us probably would
not be admitted to our college and
might not stay the course if we
were.
This country committed itself in
the nineteenth century to a dual
system of higher education — one
that provides opportunity for both
large scale and small scale educa-
tion in terms of numbers to be
served in given institutions. To the
earlier private, independent col-
leges and universities were added
the Land Grant Colleges, the state
normal schools, and, a little later,
the state universities — a movement
called by the teacher-poet Paul
Engle "the most massive attempt
in the world's history to make high-
er education available to any quali-
fied young person who wants it."3
The dual system has served us well
for more than a hundred years.
Now, under the stresses of our
times, we re-examine the system as
all healthy societies have always
re-examined their institutions.
Today the nation's 1,200 private
colleges and universities are edu-
cating less than one-third of the
students enrolled in higher educa-
tion. That is a considerably smaller
proportion than the fifty percent
of two decades ago, but it is al-
most as many students as were
enrolled in all colleges in 1952.4
Many of these colleges, from the
largest to the smallest are operat-
ing in the red. Virtually all the
major private colleges have been
experiencing growing deficits at
least since 1966, which now ap-
pears to have been the year when
the intensified crisis began. Some
are transferring funds from their
operating reserves to meet their
payrolls. Some are borrowing mon-
ey.5
If we were to put the problem
in the simplest business terms, we
might say that the costs of build-
ing, maintaining, and staffing the
operation have risen faster than the
income it produces. Management
has raised prices, but unit cost — the
cost per student — is near the point
where it will be higher than the
price the customers will pay. With
a growing deficit in unit cost, the
difficulty is compounded by an
enormous increase in the number
of units. Unlike the factory, the
college cannot recover its costs by
increasing its output per man-hour
worked. Productivity remains rela-
tively constant on the campus.
The problem of rising costs and
insufficient income, of course, is
common to all institutions of high-
er learning; but it is especially seri-
ous for those that are privately
supported, and more serious still
for those that are privately sup-
ported, small, and not heavily en-
dowed.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
IN the first place, the indepen-
dents are competing against a
subsidized operation — that of
the growing community colleges
and the spreading state university
complexes. It's pretty hard to mar-
ket a product at a fair price when
somebody across town is giving it
away free or far below cost.
The cost gap between the inde-
pendent and the tax-supported col-
leges has been widening in these
recent years.6 The independents,
of course, can't pass their money
problems onto their state or county
governments. They may look to the
state for assistance, but they have
no formal claim and no assurance
that assistance will be given. There-
fore, they must ask for more and
larger grants from foundations,
alumni, corporations, and the fed-
eral government. Those grants have
not been forthcoming in the amount
or the manner needed, and 1970
does not look like a good vear for
an increase. Some observers be-
lieve that the economic squeeze
already being felt will intensify
greatlv.7
For one thing, the competition
for the available private dollars has
been increasing, with more people
in the act, until we begin to near
the point of diminishing returns.
The federal government has been
cutting back on its funded research
programs and is returning high-
salaried Ph.D.'s to the teaching
ranks. The alumni of the liberal
arts colleges are themselves beset
by rising costs and new tax laws
less favorable to gifts to education.
Business has tended to increase the
strings it ties to its grants, appar-
ently as a result of dissent and
violence on the campus. Founda-
tions are now operating under a
federal tax. Foundations and corpo-
rations have both undertaken new
inner-city improvement programs
and related poverty projects.
In the meantime, having tooled
themselves up for increased num-
bers, the independent colleges this
past year have seen their enroll-
ments dip — down one-half of one
percent for the first drop in sixteen
years — although national popula-
tion in higher education was up
JANUARY 1971
almost thirteen percent.8 The prob-
lem is compounded bv the fact that
graduate education — by far the
most expensive sendee a university-
renders — is largely concentrated in
the private institutions.
I
N a studv which Fortune maga-
zine did on twenty selected col-
leges, this was said:9
"By 1973 the twenty colleges will
be running a combined annual
deficit of S45 million, and probably
will have exhausted their reserves,
not to say the generosity of their
donors. By 1978 their total annual
deficit will have risen close to $110
million, or 17 percent of their op-
erating budgets. The twenty have
no idea where the money needed
to cover deficits of this size will
come from."
The article continued: "The
twenty are among the wealthiest
colleges in the United States . . .
They are the one that breathe most
easily. What about the others? No
one has yet been able to estimate
the deficit the whole community of
1,177 private four-year institutions
is piling up. The way things are
going, the combined annual deficit
ten years from now could be in the
neighborhood of five billion dol-
lars."
And Fortune concludes: "This is
obviously impossible. To one de-
gree or another then, the private
colleges and universities are faced
with the question of survival."
In recent years a number of in-
dependent colleges — especially lib-
eral arts colleges — have become
state or "state-related" institutions,
among them Houston, Buffalo,
Temple, Pittsburgh, Kansas City,
Akron, and Wichita. Observers be-
lieve that there are likely to be
more. In 1967, Dr. Allan Carrier,
Chancellor of New York Univer-
sity, declared, "Without a shift in
current trends, I would anticipate
the absorption into state systems
of all but a handful of the strongest
private universities ... It would
not be surprising to find only sev-
eral score (private liberal-arts col-
leges) left by 1980 with even a
modicum of vitality."10
Time and time again, educators
have warned us that the private
colleges and universities are in se-
rious trouble. One of my acquaint-
ances— Dr. Edward D. Eddy, Jr.,
President of Chatham College, one
of Fortune's well-endowed twenty
— told me bluntly the other da}',
"Too many of us are subsisting on
our fat. This situation is scaring
everybody. Something has got to
give." The presidents of seven
small colleges said much the same
thing before a Congressional panel
last February 4th. Thev reported
that their institutions and hundreds
of others like them were faced with
bankruptcy.11
Dr. William G. Bowen, Provost
at Princeton University and author
of the Carnegie Commission report
on "The Economics of the Major
Private Universities," allows that
college presidents, like football
coaches, are expected to talk of
grim prospects; but he adds, "Be-
cent statements about the financial
difficulties of these institutions have
a tone of gravity and a sense of
urgency which compel close atten-
tion. In the opinion of this writer,
the facts fully justify concern."12
IT is hard to see how we can
possibly ignore or seriously dis-
count what the responsible pro-
fessionals have been telling us so
insistently. If we distrust them in
their judgment on the plight of our
educational system, we certainly
should not trust them with the care
of our most precious resource. If
we do trust them, we should act
on their warnings.
What would be the consequenc-
es of a major decline in the number
and quality of the independent
colleges? What would be the effect
on higher education? What would
America lose? It seems to me that
four main points need to be made
in answering those questions.
First, we would certainly lose a
freedom of choice in higher educa-
tion — choice of place and sur-
roundings, of curriculums, of spe-
cial emphasis, of standards, of size
of college, of size of its classes.
That loss or reduction in freedom
of choice can come with disappear-
ance of the college, or its absorp-
tion into the state system, or its
decline as a quality institution, or
with increased tuition that only the
well-to-do can pay.
Secondly, we would lose the
cross-effect, sometimes synergistic,
produced by two different educa-
tional organizations working in the
same field. Generally the relation-
ship of the two is competitive;
sometimes it is cooperative; but
either way it very often has creative
results beneficial to both parties.
The state universities, for example,
are strengthened in their relation-
ship to the state boards by the
atmosphere of academic freedom
maintained by the private colleges.
They benefited in the 1950's when
the private colleges initiated and
led the drive for decent academic
salaries.13 They are emulating the
teaching values of the private col-
leges by establishing small semi-
autonomous residential colleges
within the larger university.
Each type of institution is stimu-
lated by advances in knowledge
and innovation in teaching meth-
ods developed by the other. The
private colleges are commonly said
to hold educational leadership in
innovation — a claim that the state
universities are inclined to deny
with some heat. The fact does re-
main, however, that the private
colleges have greater freedom to
experiment and innovate, since they
do not have to clear new programs
with a state board. As Fortune sees
it, "presidents of state universities
themselves are very solicitous of
the private colleges, whose higher
standards give the presidents some-
thing to shoot at, and an extra
leverage on statehouse appropria-
tion committees."14
Thirdly, it seems clear that an
absorption of the private colleges
into the state systems would add
very substantially to the cost of
education, both in terms of tax
burden and of the overall national
cost. There is a long and well-
documented history in this country
of vital private services that lan-
guished and were replaced or taken
over by a tax-supported service —
6
one that was not much different,
perhaps no better, but inevitably
several times more expensive.
In education, the University of
Buffalo is a classic case. Buffalo had
a large endowment but its cost per
student was high and it needed
additional financial support that it
could not get. The state took it
over in 1962 and was able to find
resources that had not been avail-
able to Buffalo as a private univer-
sity. It poured some hundreds of
millions of dollars into building a
new university — the State Univer-
sity of New York at Buffalo — on a
completely new campus. In 1967
the new university was costing the
state $45 million in operating sup-
port. Dr. Allan Cartter believes
that $3 to $4 million probably
would have been sufficient to let
it prosper as an independent uni-
versity. "Each new institution tak-
en over bv the states." he says,
"raises the tax burden by a factor
of ten to twenty times the amount
that might have been necessary to
keep the college as a viable inde-
pendent institution."15
The president of small Bridge-
water College in Virginia, Dr.
Wayne F. Geisert, has spoken
plaintively on this theme. "I wish
the taxpapers and state legislators,"
he says, "could be made to realize
that the real bargains for an ex-
panding higher education lie in
utilization of the unused capacity
in the private educational institu-
tions of our nation. Modest ex-
penditures ... on state scholarship
programs . . . would provide an
economical way of allowing stu-
dents to 'choose their own colleges'
and would at the same time allow
the states to avoid the temptations
to over-expand state educational
capacity at great expense to the
taxpayers."16
I HAVE no wish to become in-
volved in the never-ending de-
bate on the propriety and forms
of government aid to private col-
leges; but I do feel that one point
should be made as a warning to
those who feel that federal or state
funding is a simple and dependa-
ble solution to the plight of the
private college. Our recent expe-
riences in Pennsylvania are in-
structive. In February of this year,
the State Assembly had not been
able to agree on a tax bill for the
fiscal year that began July 1, 1969.
Appropriations for higher educa-
tion were delayed for more than
seven months, and through that un-
certain period the colleges had to
draw upon reserves or borrow mon-
ey to meet their operating expens-
es. Pitt was reported on January
15th to be paying $4,000 a day and
Penn State $5,700 a day in interest
on money they had borrowed since
last July while waiting for their
appropriations to come through.
The colleges received their appro-
priations in March.
The Pennsylvania experience is
not typical — not of Pennsylvania
which has a good record in sup-
porting our leading institutions.
Nevertheless, anyone who has been
involved with programs requiring
state or federal appropriations — in
science, space technology, poverty
programs, urban renewal, or what-
ever — knows that legislators are
under various pressures, that gov-
ernment blows hot and cold, and
that a feast may very soon become
a famine.
Finally, in allowing the indepen-
dent colleges to decline, we would
be compromising the concept on
which our dual system of higher
education is based. Mass education
on the giant state "multiversities"
would over-balance quality educa-
tion in the smaller independent col-
leges and universities.
Quality education requires em-
phasis on teaching as the primary
mission rather than on research and
publication. It means treating the
student as an individual. It requires
small classes and frequent face-to-
face contact with teachers of ex-
perience and stature rather than
with T.A.'s — Teaching Assistants.
These are essential elements of
humane learning, of the inculcation
of moral values, and of liberating
and organizing the human mind
through the communication of
knowledge. A great many responsi-
ble people feel that it is better done
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
". . . The first casualty of the academic financial crisis is
not likely to be the outright disappearance of the indepen-
dent colleges, but rather something very nearly as serious:
a reduction of services, a lowering of standards, and a de-
cline in the quality of teaching . . ."
in the small and medium-size pri-
vate colleges and universities — and
especially in those that qualify as
"centers of excellence" — than in
the state universities, which have
no control over their size and may
be educating 25 to 50 thousand or
more students in classes of 200 to
300.
At a friend's house during
Christmas vacation I questioned
his daughter about her classes and
teachers. She attends a private col-
lege, one widely known for its
teaching excellence. It has fewer
than 700 undergraduates, many of
them from out-of-town and out-of-
state and some from foreign coun-
tries. She told me that she is taught
by two full professors, one associ-
ate professor, one assistant profes-
sor, and an instructor, in classes
averaging about twenty students.
She sees nothing unusual in this
and assumes that instruction on all
campuses is like that.
THE first casualty of the aca-
demic financial crisis is not
likely to be the outright dis-
appearance of the independent col-
leges, but rather something very
nearly as serious: reduction of ser-
vices, a lowering of standards, and
a decline in the quality of teaching.
Cutback is inevitable in the face
of chronic deficits.
Dr. William Bowen discusses the
effects of such cutbacks in his eco-
nomic study. "Institutional morale,"
he writes, "is a delicate thing, and
depends at least as much on the
direction in which events are mov-
ing as on the state of affairs at any
point in time. In the face of the
kinds of decisions which would
have to accompany any process of
retrenchment, it would be veiy dif-
ficult indeed to retain key admin-
istrative and faculty personnel and
to maintain general morale . . .
Given the mission of a major pri-
vate university, 'standing still' (let
alone leaning backward) simply is
not a viable posture, and any insti-
tution which is unable to maintain
a forward momentum runs a clear
risk of losing the support of facul-
ty, prospective students, patrons
and friends — and thus exacerbating
its problems."
We must make a further distinc-
tion here, I think, among the in-
dependent institutions. Some are
large, well-endowed, and leaders in
their field — in law, or medicine, or
engineering, for example. Some
others are small but widely known
to be centers of excellence — Col-
gate, for example, or Williams, Am-
herst, Carleton, Union, or Swarth-
more. These have a special claim
as purveyors of a unique and es-
sential contribution to the public
welfare. It is unthinkable that we
will abandon such institutions.
We should have a special con-
cern, it seems to me, for a third
category — for the hundreds of
small "have-not" independents.
These are not well-endowed, are
not nationally recognized centers
of excellence, and consequently are
limited in the assistance they can
ask and get. Here the problem is
not only that of maintaining or
achieving higher quality but also
of actual survival.
All that has been said in the
rationale for the independent col-
lege applies in measure to these
institutions. Teaching and student-
related activities are their primary
aim. The classes are small, and the
students are in frequent contact
with the best teachers available.
The college offers what Howard
Lowry, past President of Wooster
College, called "a superb asset, one
that is subtle and not easily mea-
sured or explained. It answers to
one of the deepest human needs,
the need for belonging." And so
these small colleges, too, are per-
forming an essential public service
in educating a million or more of
our young men and women.17
Some of these colleges, moreover,
are on their way, and all are striv-
ing, to become recognized centers
of excellence. Some of them have
distinguished alumni to their cred-
it. The last two presidents of the
United States, after all, came from
small colleges not exactly famous
in the academic world, one private
and one state-supported: Whittier
College in Whittier, California,
1934; and Southwest State Teachers
College in San Marcos, Texas, 1930.
Among the colleges of the chair-
men and presidents of our one
hundred largest corporations are
found such names as Birmingham-
Southern, Davidson, Emory, Grove
City, Harden-Simmons, Occidental,
Susquehanna, and Wesleyan.
And yet the deserving have-not
independents are almost always in
the position of the seventh puppy
in the litter. They do not often
appear on the contribution lists of
the foundations or the corpora-
tions, and when they do appear,
they suffer exceedingly from the
set and apparently unbreakable
pattern that favors the old, the
large, and the wealthy. I mean that
when a major grant is given to a
hundred colleges across the board,
Harvard is likely to get $500,000,
which, indeed, it richly deserves,
and Waynesburg College is likely
to get $5,000, for which it will be
grateful but still in need of more.
THE largest Mellon foundation
grants and personal gifts have
been to two Pittsburgh insti-
tutions: $87 million since World
JANUARY 1971
War II to the University of Pitts-
burgh and $30 million to Carnegie
Institute of Technology, which be-
came Carnegie-Mellon University
in 1968 with the merger of Mellon
Institute. For some years, however,
the Richard King Mellon Founda-
tion has carried out a program un-
der which grants ranging from
$25,000 to $100,000 are made to
selected small colleges, most of
them in the three-state area of
Pennsylvania, Ohio, and West Vir-
ginia. Our grants are given with a
minimum of restrictions as to use,
since we believe that unrestricted
grants are an expression of con-
fidence in the recipient, and be-
cause we feel that the driving im-
pulse for a grant program that is
novel and distinctive is self-defeat-
ing. We have found quite unex-
pectedly— as perhaps others have
found — that a sizable grant to cer-
tain of the smaller and less distin-
guished colleges carries with it a
value to that college far beyond
the value of the money itself. The
prestige of a foundation's name and
the appearance of the college on
a list with more renowned institu-
tions have the effect of a vote of
confidence. It helps the college in
its approach to other donors and
even, sometimes, in its pursuit for
accreditation. The small college
which has escaped the student dis-
temper of our times may be a good
candidate for academicians and
donors alike.
What are the solutions to the
financial plight of the independent
colleges? This is a very big and very
involved matter — a subject for an-
other speech. We do know that
foundation grants are not the onlv
answer — there is not that much
money in the tills of all the founda-
tions. Support must be increased
on all levels. As McGeorge Bundy
has been insisting, "the American
rich, old and new, must plav a
much larger role as individual con-
tributors."18 There may be some
merit in a plan proposed some
years ago by the McGraw-Hill
Company but never pursued — that
American companies pay a flat sum
to a college for every one of its
graduates they employ.19 A key
question in the whole problem is
this: Who is to take the responsi-
bility for finding the means and
J O
developing the programs of saving
the colleges? The state? The col-
lege administrators? The college
associations?
Robert K. Greenleaf, retired offi-
cial of A. T. & T. and a consultant
to the Richard King Mellon Foun-
dation, advanced the thesis persua-
sively at a meeting of concerned
college people in January that the
responsibility lies with the college
trustees. He holds that the level of
trust at which the trustees function
must be substantially raised. There
is no other resource than trustees,
he savs, that is positioned to act
quickly enough and decisively
enough to reverse the deteriorating
trend in the college's finances. He
holds that it is not enough simply
to "bail out" these colleges from
their current financial dilemma. A
new constructive force is needed
and he feels that a new trustee in-
terest should provide it. It is a bold
concept and eertainlv one that is
worth exploring.20
Summary
We would do well to note these
points:
Our dual system of publicly sup-
ported and privately supported
education is a valid system.
The independent colleges are
performing a good service in train-
ing and educating young people
to assume responsible positions in
our society. It is to the public in-
terest to maintain them.
The values of education repre-
sented by the independent liberal
arts colleges are sound and should
be preserved.
The role of "the little man" in
higher education is not little. With-
in the foreseeable future there will
be more than ten million under-
graduates on our campuses — inde-
pendent and public. That figure
means problems enough for all.
Surely private philanthrophy has
the physical and intellectual re-
sources to do what needs to be
done to preserve and nourish the
duality of our system of higher
education.
NOTES
1 The story of Spindletop and of Gulf
Oil Corporation's early years is told in
the following: William Larimer Mel-
lon, Judge Mellon s Sons, Boyden
Sparkes, Collaborator, privately print-
ed, 1948; Sidney A. Swensrud, Gulf
Oil The First Fifty Years, 1901-1951
(1951); Craig Thompson, Since Spin-
dletop: A Human Story of Gulf's First
Half Century, undated; and James A.
Clark and Michel T. Halbouty, Spin-
dletop, Random House, 1952.
2 Harry Emerson Fosdick, "The Most
Critical Problem in Our American
Universities," Twenty-Third Pitcaim
Crabbe Lecture, University of Pitts-
burgh 1953.
3 Paul Engle, "In Defense of the State
Universities," Saturday Evening Post,
February 13, 1960.
4 Duncan Norton-Taylor, "Private Col-
leges: A Question of Survival," Fortune,
October, 1967; Dr. Benjamin Fine,
Pittsburgh Press, November 15, 1957.
5 Fred M. Hechinger, New York Times,
January 4, 1970, p. 9.
6 Kenneth G. Gehret, "Fiscal Bind,"
Christian Science Monitor, December
6, 1969.
7 William G. Bowen, The Economics of
the Major Private Universities, Car-
negie Commission on Higher Educa-
tion, 1968, p. 54.
8 Kenneth G. Gehret, "Private Colleges
Fight to Survive," Christian Science
Monitor, November 29, 1969.
9 Duncan Norton-Taylor, Fortune, Octo-
ber, 1967.
™Ibid, p. 153.
11 "Need for Aid is Seen at Small Col-
leges," New York Times, February 5,
1970.
12 Bowen, p. 3.
13 Bowen, p. 60.
" Fortune, October, 1967, p. 154.
IB Ibid, p. 185.
16 Kenneth G. Gehret, "Time Runs Out,"
Christian Science Monitor, December
13, 1969.
17 Howard Lowry, "The Small College:
Another View," The Atlantic Monthly,
March, 1966.
1S Fortune, October, 1967, p. 184.
19 "What Business Can Do to Help Our
Colleges and Universities," McGraw-
Hill advertisement reprint, undated,
ca. 1955.
20 Robert K. Greenleaf, "Position Paper
on the University Trustee," December
1, 1969.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
A
View
from
the
White
House
DOMESTIC POLICY
By Kenneth R. Cole, Jr. '59
Deputy Assistant to the President for
Domestic Affairs, Kenneth R. Cole, Jr.
'59 delivered these remarks to a meeting
of the Northern New Jersey Alumni
Chapter on November 20, 1970. He also
serves as assistant director of the Domes-
tic Council Staff where his duties range
JANUARY 1971
from management of the staff to final
review of domestic policy papers pre-
pared for the President, ensuring that all
options and points of view are accurately
presented. He and his wife, Marilyn,
reside in Bethesda, Maryland with their
two daughters, Connie, 4, and Megan, 2.
IN the foreword of the Twilight
of the Presidency, Mr. George
Reedy, formerly press secretary
to President Lyndon B. Johnson,
writes :
"The White House does not
provide an atmosphere in
which idealism and devotion
can flourish. Below the Presi-
dent is a mass of intrigue,
posturing, strutting, cringing
and pious commitment to ir-
relevant windhaggery. It is
designed as the perfect setting
for the conspiracy of medioc-
rity — that all too frequently
successful collection of the un-
talented, the unpassionate and
the insincere seeking to con-
vince the public that it is bril-
liant, compassionate and dedi-
cated."
Given that kind of a background,
I have nowhere to go but up. Al-
though, as a former advertising
man, I'm quite at home with ir-
relevant windbaggery.
Since I'm from the White House
and my general topic is domestic
policy, at the outset I want to re-
port on progress in one domestic
area. As you all know, the Presi-
dent is vitally concerned about air-
craft hijacking. After much re-
search on this, we have devised a
system to stop these hijackings. Up
until now it has been top secret,
but I have been authorized to make
it public. We have quietly been
disguising Secret Service Agents
as airline stewardesses aboard each
aircraft. Results to date have been
absolutely fantastic. We've had 10
arrests, five proposals and two mar-
riages that we'd rather not talk
about.
I'd be the first to admit that for-
mulation of domestic policy is
about as broad a subject as my
view of the world past and pres-
ent. What I'd like to do is give
you briefly an idea of what the
President is trying to do domesti-
cally and how we go about it with-
in the Administration and the
White House.
Let me start by noting that we've
got a very different government in
Washington than we had back in
1968. It is very different really
from what we have had since the
days of FDR, at least at the top.
The last 35 years of government
have been characterized by the
Federal Government assuming
more and more power, bringing
more and more to Washington and
assuming the responsibility for
more and more of the events of our
daily lives.
The philosophy has been that
the solution to our social problems
is that they will surely go away if
we just throw enough money and
statute books at them.
Let's look at a few statistics. In
1961, total government spending
was just a little over 92 billion dol-
lars. Today, FY 1971, the Federal
Government is going to spend over
200 billion dollars, an increase of
about 120%.
Let's look at domestic spending
alone. In 1960, it was 43 billion dol-
lars. In 1971 it will reach 121 bil-
lion dollars, an increase of 180%.
Despite all this spending, how-
ever, we all know that the prob-
lems haven't gone away.
One of the reasons I think is that
the Federal Government is trying
to call the signals for the states and
localities. The entities of the gov-
ernment which are closest to the
people have very little flexibility in
solving their own problems, at least
where it involves the use of the
Federal dollars. The Federal Gov-
ernment has been trying to coach
all of the states and localities from
the bench and sometimes I'm not
even sure that we know what the
game is.
10
THE position of the Federal
government often reminds
me of the position of the
coach in the story about the coach
and the quarterback. It was half-
time, the score was tied 14-14
and the All-American quarterback
was injured. Late in the fourth
quarter the second-string quarter-
back, who had been doing an out-
standing job, was injured with only
one minute to play and the ball
on his own four-yard line. The
coach gets the third-string quarter-
back and tells him, "Go in, run
three straight quarterback sneaks
and punt on the last play. If we
can hold them on the runback, we
can get out of here with a tie." The
quarterback went in and, on the
first play, he goes up the middle for
30 yards. On the second play, an-
other quarterback sneak, he goes
for 30 more yards. And, on the
third play, he goes for 35 more
yards right up the middle to the
one-yard line. On the fourth play
he punts. As the quarterback comes
off the field the coach runs up to
him and says, "What in the world
were you thinking about on that
last play?" The quarterback looked
at him and said, "I was thinking
what a damn poor coach we have."
The point is that the Federal
Government is involved in too
many things — areas in which states
and localities could do a better job
if they had the funds.
After three decades, you, the
taxpayers, are confronted with a
performance gap. A gap in the per-
formance of the Federal Govern-
ment. The credibility of the gov-
ernment is being threatened or has
been threatened by its own exag-
gerated rhetoric and unkept prom-
ises.
What then is President Nixon's
primary domestic objective? It is
to make government work!
This has been the thrust of the
59 special messages and legislative
proposals that the President has
sent to Congress since taking office.
These proposals run from environ-
ment, to crime, to welfare, to man-
power training, to government re-
organization, to education, to draft
reform, and to revenue sharing
with the states. But they are dif-
ferent proposals than have been
submitted in past years because
they don't always mean more pow-
er to the Federal Government and
more Federal spending. We've
tried to move the responsibilities
back to state and local govern-
ments, or even to the private sector,
if that's where we believe the job
can best be done.
Anyone who studies the Fed-
eral Government may well ask how
can we approach this when the
natural tendencies of bureaucracy,
especially the Federal bureaucracy,
are to increase rather than relin-
quish power. This is really the how
of our domestic policy formulation.
The answers sound so simple
that one really wonders why we
even go into it. But the fact is that
problems haven't been approached
this way in Washington for many
years.
LET'S look for a minute at a bit
of theory. My friend Pat
Moynihan has what he calls
the three master propositions of
government. The first is that "ev-
erything relates to everything."
From this fact comes the second
principle, and that is that there are
no social interests about which the
national government doesn't have
some policy or other, simply by vir-
tue of the indirect influences in oth-
er areas of programs normally di-
rected to one area. These are the
"hidden policies of government" —
the interconnections of programs
directed to one area with outcomes
in another.
Probably the best example of
this is the Interstate Highway Sys-
tem. When this was first started,
people really thought that all they
were going to do was build some
roads. The number of areas affect-
ed by the Interstate Highway Pro-
gram boggles the mind. It has af-
fected population distribution, ur-
ban blight, housing, land use and a
wide variety of social areas. If the
Congress knew what it was doing,
I frankly doubt that it would have
passed the Highway Program to
begin with.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
". . . The third proposition can best he stated as the 'coun-
ter intuitive nature to social problems' In short, we found
time after time that the intuitive solution to a problem is
generally wrong. Given a full disclosure of the facts, the
solution almost always differs . . ."
The third proposition can best
be stated as the "counter intuitive
nature to social problems." In short,
we have found time after time that
the intuitive solution to a problem
is generally wrong. Given a full
disclosure of the facts, the solution
almost always differs.
When we arrived in Washington,
it didn't take long for us to dis-
cover that there was no decent way
of making comprehensive domestic
policy decisions. We could decide
on programs, but the related ef-
fects of these programs, their im-
pact on domestic policy in the
whole, was rarely adequately con-
sidered. Many policy decisions
were made in the budget process
by people in the lower levels of
government.
The President, recognizing this,
recommended to the Congress a
significant reorganization of the
Executive Office.
The first step was to strengthen
and rename the Budget Bureau so
that it could take over the day to
day operations of the government.
The second was to establish a Do-
mestic Council, similar to the Na-
tional Security Council.
The purpose of the Domestic
Council is to formulate domestic
policy options for the President's
decision with a view to all domes-
january 1971
tic policy. For the first time then,
we have in government an organi-
zation whose job it is to take into
account, before recommending a
course of action, all the conse-
quences of a given decision.
Our process here becomes ex-
tremely important. It is a direct re-
flection of the way President Nixon
works.
Let me digress for a minute to
tell you the obvious. Not all Presi-
dents have the same work habits.
PRESIDENT EISENHOWER,
I am told, required that every-
thing be fully staffed. It re-
quired getting all the comments
of those concerned with an issue
before it was submitted to him for
decision. Then when it was sub-
mitted to him, it was generally sub-
mitted on one sheet of paper where
he would simply check yes or no.
There was only one recommended
course of action.
President Johnson, on the other
hand, so the stories go, relied great-
ly on oral presentation for decision
making. Also, like President Eisen-
hower, there was generally only
one recommended course of action.
President Nixon's method is quite
different. He just doesn't approve
or disapprove a single recommen-
dation that a member of his staff
or a Cabinet Officer has presented.
He requires that all reasonable
recommended solutions to a given
problem be presented. For each
problem we start with the develop-
ment of the facts. You'd be sur-
prised at how many people try to
solve problems without knowing
all the facts. The President, once
the facts are stated, then requires
a full explanation of the reasonable
alternative solutions. This requires
a full exploration of each solution,
the pros and cons and the conse-
quences of each.
One of the first questions we ask
ourselves is whether or not this
should be Federal responsibility.
If so what is the level of that re-
sponsibility, and what are the re-
sponsibilities of other levels of gov-
ernment and the private sector.
On this question of fully explor-
ing the alternatives, I am reminded
of a story of the White House staff-
er who dies (for reasons I won't
get into) and arrives at Satan's door.
Satan tells him that he has three
choices as to how he's going to
spend eternity and that he will take
him on a tour of the place, so to
speak, so he can get an idea and
make his choice. The first place
they stop is a room where everyone
is standing on their heads on a
cement floor. The young man looks
around and decides that's not really
for him and that he'd prefer to go
on. So they go on to room number
two. This is a little bit better as
everyone is standing on their feet
on a carpet. This is more to the
young man's liking but he'd like to
see the third room. So they go
down to that one. In this room ev-
eryone is standing on their feet,
knee-deep in muck and mud. The
thing here, however, is that every-
one is drinking a cup of coffee.
Now this was to the young man's
liking, and he turns to Satan and
says, "I think I like it here." Satan
said, "Remember, you have one
choice and once you have made
that choice it's irreversible." The
young man looked around again
and said, "Yes, I like it here and
I'll spend eternity here." Then Sa-
tan leaves and bolts the door. The
11
young man looks at the supervisor
and says, "I'll take my coffee now."
Just then the supervisor blows a
whistle and says, "Okay, everyone
back on their heads."
ONE of the best examples of
not considering all the al-
ternatives and implications,
in my judgment, is the Medicaid
program. This, as you know, is the
ill-conceived after-thought of Med-
icare. When devising this program
no one ever addressed what effect
this provision would have on the
status of the health of the poor, the
delivery of health services to the
poor, the system of health care and
of price of health services general-
ly. What we do know now is that
Medicaid created a demand for
health services that has outstripped
supply, and has, in some cases, cre-
ated a situation which is worse
than when the bill was passed.
The fourth step in our decision
process is for the President to gath-
er those concerned with a given
problem and hear oral arguments.
Then he retires to studv the rele-
vant papers on the issue. After this
period of thought, during which
the President may consult other
outside experts, a decision is
brought forward.
I would like to make a key point
here on the role of the President's
staff and other top Administration
officials.
There is always speculation as to
which White House staffer or
which Cabinet Officer got to the
President at the last minute to in-
fluence his decision. This is really
not relevant. Things just don't work
that way, at least not now. The role
of this President's staff is to bring
the President all of the best infor-
mation available on a given issue.
Most of us, least of all me, are not
resident experts on anything. Our
job is to collect this information so
that the President can make the
decision.
Some of you may have seen Hen-
ry Kissinger recently on Mike Wal-
lace's 60 minutes program. If you
recall, Mike asked Henry if the
President ever got mad at him if
12
for some reason he had made a
wrong decision and Henry had rec-
ommended it. Henry said no the
President doesn't get mad if the
wrong decision is made as long as
he has all the facts. But if for some
reason, the facts had been withheld
or some of the facts had been load-
ed to support a certain option, then
the President would be mad, and
with good reason.
o
CONCERNED officials are only
required to agree on the
facts. They, of course, also
should be certain that they have
presented for the President's con-
sideration all reasonable alternative
solutions. If there is a problem
which involves the Secretaries of
Health, Education and Welfare
and Housing and Urban Develop-
ment and the Director of the Of-
fice of Management and Budget,
thev need only agree on the facts
and a range of solutions. They do
not need to agree on the solution
since the President will make the
decision. The most notable exam-
ple of this system so far has been
in foreign policy. This was the
President's decision on Biological/
Chemical Warfare.
No one concerned with this prob-
lem could ever agree to ban the
U. S. role in the use of these weap-
ons, but they could agree on facts.
The facts supported a decision,
made by the President, which first
of all stopped the manufacture of
these weapons and secondly, start-
ed their phasing out. The way this
problem would have been tackled
by a previous administration, where
everyone had to agree to both the
facts and solution, had prevented a
decision from being reached. The
key here is, and it applies to other
issues both foreign and domestic,
no one in the White House nor the
President had a foreordained po-
sition. Knowing all this, people
worked toward developing the
facts and an honest range of
options.
Past Administrations, as I have
pointed out, have focused on de-
veloping one position. This Presi-
dent's activities are done in a low
key manner to avoid confrontation.
His style is not flashy and dramatic,
but thoughtful and does, in some
cases, take a little longer. But in
the long run all of you are going
to benefit.
So we believe we have a decision
making process that ensures, as
well as it can, that each major
decision is thoroughly considered
and that this will help avoid some
of the pitfalls of the past.
Last, but not least, we are mov-
ing to strengthen the evaluation
capacity of the government.
For each new program that be-
comes law, we have a set of goals
and we have established a method
to evaluate our success in meeting
these goals. Where we don't meet
the goals, we are going to restruc-
ture or terminate the programs.
We are not going to throw more
money or more laws at them.
This then is briefly the what and
how of our domestic policy.
The key — making government
work better.
TO sum this all up, the Presi-
dent's philosophy is probably
best described by this quote
from a Message he sent to Con-
gress in October of 1969:
"We do not seek more and
more of the same. We were not
elected to pile new resources
and manpower on top of old
programs. We intend to begin
a decade of government re-
form such as this nation has
not witnessed in half a cen-
tury."
I think that you will be seeing
some more dramatic evidence of
this in the days and weeks to come.
In conclusion then, I would urge
that we reexamine our present in-
clination to look upon every na-
tional ill as a subject for Federal
action.
We need not only new institu-
tions but a fresh sense of which
matters are appropriate to public
action, and where, within the Fed-
eral system, responsibility and pow-
er should be located.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
THERE is a new breed of re-
ligious journeymen on the
frontier of the American scene
today. Like his counterpart of a
century or two ago, he is immersed
in the action, participating in the
environment of the frontier and
making his effort to fulfill a con-
structive ministry to the men and
women who live on that frontier.
This time the frontier is not geo-
graphical— it's the American indus-
trial and scientific scene.
There is little doubt that the
future growth of America no long-
er lies in the habitation of her vast
plains and forests. Transportation
and communication have easily in
their technical grasp the opening
of every postage stamp of property
within the boundaries. The risk
scenes for the future are in deep
space, underwater and in the bur-
geoning cities with their ur-
gent social, scientific, and admin-
istrative problems. Vicious physical,
economic, and social environments
must be neutralized and a place
JANUARY 1971
The New
Breed
of
Religious
Journeymen
By
The Rev. Howard A.
VanDine, Jr. '49
Interested in religious activities since
childhood, the Reverend Howard A. Van
Dine, Jr. '49 had a compulsion to study
for the priesthood when he finished high
school, but put it off, mostly for what
were considered 'practical reasons.' After
military service and college, with the
demands and needs of a family, he was
able to study privately for the Holy Or-
der with the permission of the then
Bishop of Vermont. His preparation is in
many ways unique for a seminarian and
his "on the job" training, enabling him
to see firsthand the troubles of involved
personnel, has prepared him to relate
more closely with their religious, physical
and emotional needs. In 1963, he was
assigned as a non-stipendiary assistant at
St. Paul's Episcopal Church where he
assisted in services and participated in
a regular preaching assignment. Some-
time later, the Bishop became interested
in the idea of the application of the
"Worker-Priest" movement as applicable
in their part of the world, a program in
which Reverend VanDine was a "nat-
ural." Although he has accepted a call
as priest of a mission church in Under-
hill, Vt., he will continue his worker-
priest duties with the General Electric
Company. As a worker, he is manager of
Reliability and Control Systems. He is
married to the former Margaret A. Ryan
'46 and they are parents of four children.
and mechanism for personal ful-
fillment for all Americans devel-
oped if the nation is to survive the
stresses of massive population ex-
pansion which is predicted. The
Western world's industrial and po-
litical communities are depending
on technological and productive
advances in the free enterprise con-
text to provide these solutions, and
it is in these fields where the mod-
ern American pioneer will fulfill
his mission in our national develop-
ment.
The role of the "professional"
religious participant on these fron-
tiers is rather unique — much as his
pioneer counterparts were unique
compared to the established East-
ern seaboard cleric of his day. The
need and function of the traditional
pastoral ministry remains. The tra-
ditional church unit will continue
to contribute and grow. But on the
frontier, where the modern pio-
neers work out their commitment
to the hope of the future and ser-
vice to their fellows there is a
demanding and challenging mis-
sion and ministry in their nurture
and in the support of their religious
lives. And on the premise that ev-
ery part of a man's life is a part of
his religious life, that a man's min-
istry is his whole contribution, pro-
fessional, recreation, intellectual
and formal worship, the modern
religious journeyman is being found
in the shops and offices and labora-
tories of our schools and industries.
THE concept of priest- worker
or tentmaker ministry or part-
time clergy is not new. It was
not unusual for the preacher or
rabbi at the start of the Christian
Era to support himself. Paul, the
Apostle, in the Christian tradition
argues rigorously in letters to Co-
rinth and Ephesus that he has not
been an economic burden to them,
but that he supported himself and
his companions by his hands while
he worked to convert and strength-
en the church in their cities.
Throughout the modern world, na-
tional and sectarian religious com-
munities hold the worker minister
as the conventional rather than
13
unusual situation, as in western
Europe and North America.1 But
these situations are customarily
justified by economic motives. The
Church cannot afford to pay a liv-
ing stipend and still the minister
is called and compelled by this call
to minister.
The American non- stipendiary
clergy are generally not so moti-
vated. The minister functioning
within the walls of industry is not
generally unable to earn a living
but is motivated by the adventure
of serving a ministry where the
stakes are higher, the action is
swifter and more volatile, and
where he can interact with his
people under non-artificial condi-
tions compared with what he sees
in the conventional pastorate in the
Gothic structure downtown. The
peoples' real life is there and the
industrial missionary is persuaded
he must be too.
Not all of these frontier clergy
are non-stipendiary. That impres-
sion must not be left. There are
four general types of this ministry,
i.e. ( a ) traditional pastorate, ( b )
priest worker, (c) minister on in-
dustry payroll in professional re-
ligious capacity, and ( d ) organized
industrial mission. Not all religious
organizations are participating. Not
all industry is receptive. Much ex-
ploration and evaluation must con-
tinue so that a valid basis and func-
tional position can be established.
Which or what combination of
these four will make up the future
is unseen. Major Protestant denom-
inations are conducting extensive
research and experimentation to
provide the optimum benefit to the
industrial frontier and the new
American pioneer. This is intended
as an introduction to the idea to
the receiving community and a
plea for industry's participation in
seeking out and establishing a via-
ble set of ground rules and plans.
The nearest to the traditional
patterns is being explored by men
in the conventional pastorate in
industrial communities. The min-
ister recognizes that the major part
1 David M. Paton, New Forms of Min-
istry (England: Edinburgh House
Press, 1965), Section III, V.
14
of the nitty-gritty of his peoples'
total lives is happening at their
work bench or desk. The environ-
ment is normally alien to his ex-
perience and his sensitivity to the
people in his charge forces this
recognition on him. So, the pastor
makes deliberate and searching ex-
cursions into the shops, offices and
laboratories of his acquaintances.
These excursions are primarily for
the purpose of educating him and
must be timed and planned to
avoid interfering with the work of
the industry. He accomplishes a
further end by expressing in his
willingness to spend the time, the
interest and concern of his Church's
official representative in the real-
life environment of the working
world.
Much depends on the pastor's
capability to grasp in some mean-
ingful way the mechanics of the
industry where he visits. This can
be supported by sympathetic and
interested business management co-
operation and assistance. But it is
essential to the validity and useful-
ness of this form of ministry that
the visitor learn to recognize and
communicate in the language of
the industry if it avoids being a
supercilious fakery.
THE benefits of such a con-
cerned pastorate are in the
availability of a counsellor
and communicator in the city who
can be called upon to assist the de-
veloping community and maintain
contact with the employee from a
position of remote objectivity. Such
a minister can be utilized to re-
strain tensions and maintain a com-
munications link. Many individual
examples of this type of ministry
have been observed in highly eth-
nic industries such as mining and
agricultural communities represent.
In 1943 Emanuel Cardinal Su-
hard, Archbishop of Paris, estab-
lished his Mission to Paris, which
sent out priest workers into the
field to reestablish contacts which
had been lost or damaged by the
political and wartime influences in
France. For some years the experi-
ment showed signs of invigorating
a healthy sense of commitment to
Christian principle, but not without
difficulty. The experiment gained
some very strong adherents2 and
gained a generally favorable repu-
tation.'1 Some consternation accom-
panied the restraint of the move-
ment in 1954 when the Bishop of
Borne directed that it be termi-
nated.
By this time, however, the Prot-
estant and Anglican churches had
cautiously moved into the action
and established a small number of
worker ministers on a deliberately
planned basis. In the United States,
one of the better known clergy of
this sort is Bev. William G. Pollard,
executive director of the Oak Bidge
Institute of Nuclear Studies, a
practicing physicist of considerable
professional eminence and a priest
of the Protestant Episcopal
Church.4
The non-stipendiary clergy (or
worker clergy) are actually em-
ploved by and in the industrial or
secular academic plants where they
carry on their ministry. They might
be termed clerical moonlighters. As
an example of the activity of one
of these men, the author is a re-
liability and quality control pro-
gram engineer, carrying a full
technical and supervisory responsi-
bility within the General Electric
Company. All of the competitive
and business influences affecting
the progress of a department pro-
fessional employee are at work in
his work. In 1963 the Bishop of
the Episcopal Diocese of Vermont
ordained him to the sacred minis-
try and since that time, he has been
functioning as an assistant on the
staff of the Cathedral Church of
St. Paul in Burlington.
In addition to, and quite sepa-
rately from, liturgical and paro-
chial duties at the Cathedral, there
is a frequent on-call ministry at
2 Violet Welton, "Priest Worker"; F. W.
Jones, "Preacher's Class"; Theology
December 1959, Volume LXII, No.
474, pp. 501, 506.
3 David M. Paton, op. cit., New Forms of
Ministry, Section V, H. B. Porter.
4 William G. Pollard, Physicist and Chris-
tian (Greenwich, Connecticut: Seabury
Press, Inc., 1969).
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
the place of employment. The day-
to-day contact with people at
the place where the}7 work is a
valuable asset in maintaining a
conscious empathv with their
problems and environment. Their
awareness of the existence of the
ordained clergyman in the shop
makes readily available a source
of counselling and assistance to
them when needed.
THE corporation is aware and
willing to tolerate the utili-
zation of time while providing
no official sanction. A need is rec-
ognized bv the priest to avoid
abuse of this toleration, but it is
self-disciplining by virtue of the
demand to produce a competent
job or to receive unsatisfactorv ap-
praisal and potential removal for
nonperformance. Man}" of the situ-
ations evolve casually; some are
rather formal interviews, but all
seem to respond to a significant
need constructively
JANUARY 1971
The protection of the confession-
al is guaranteed to the people of
all religious persuasions who can
come and talk and receive support
and assistance in their religious
problems. As in ever}7 delicate in-
terchurch situation, referrals are
not uncommon, both to the parent
church and to professional or so-
cial agencies when the counselling
is beyond the priest's capability or
expertise, but the availability of a
pastoral resource within the work-
ing environment, who speaks the
language of the environment and
to whom one can bring a religious
problem without putting on his
"pious hat" is beneficial if the num-
ber of calls is in any way indicative.
It is not only "religious" topics
which come under discussion. The
whole life-association is open to
exploration. In terms of the minis-
ter's industrial and religious educa-
tion and experience, questions of
personal, professional, ethical and
employment problems and prac-
tices arise and are addressed. As in
The Rev. Howard A. VanDine, Jr. '49,
at right, in his role as worker-priest.
most counselling situations, it is
the minister's role to listen, to or-
ganize the facts with the person
whom he is counselling and to
guide and ad\dse in the context of
the consultation. The person's whole
life is involved, the "office confes-
sional" is open to the totality of
his experience in a significantly
easier way than the priest's office
or the church building.
The worker priest gains the ad-
vantage of a fulfilling ministry
within a real life situation with his
mission among people at their nor-
mal lifetime activity. Industry gains
the full and capable employment
of deeplv motivated, skilled people
who have the capability of support-
ing and fulfilling a much broader
role than otherwise; and, inciden-
tally, the reaction to most of these
J *
people is that they are supremely
happv in what thev are doing.
The third group of ministers on
15
the industrial frontier, ministers on
industry payroll in a professional
religious capacity, is found in the
Boston area and at least is reputed
to be represented in several other
of the industrial centers. Experi-
ence with industry-employed clergy
is rather limited. Of course the col-
lege and military chaplains have
been around for a time, but there
are significant differences from
these vital and challenging minis-
tries.
Employed by industry on a full
time basis as a chaplain, these cler-
gy fulfill a role in being an overt
part of the industrial team in their
professional capacity. This is a
highly specialized field where ex-
pertise in professional fields which
will enhance the industry's stability
and profitability are essential. So-
cio-religious problems are only part
of the work of these clergy. They
provide job counselling and per-
sonal counselling support on moral
and ethical problems and a refer-
ence sounding board for individu-
als who feel "caught up in the
amorality of business" and are
troubled by this and provide refer-
ence for industry management,
business practices, personnel rela-
tionships and unbiased union rela-
tions commentary and support.
TWO well-known, slightly di-
verse5 representatives of the
fourth type of ministry on the
frontier are B. I. M. and D. I. M.
(Boston Industrial Mission and De-
troit Industrial Mission). Detroit
Industrial Mission is an interfaith
group of ordained men who are
active in the automotive city.6
These men are entering the indus-
trial sanctum and confronting the
question of negating the dehuman-
izing tendencies of the massive in-
dustries of that city. The industry
management is enthusiastic in en-
couraging D. I. M. to carry on their
activities. Some skepticism accom-
panied early starts — like, "waiting
for the money pitch" — but as the
pitch didn't come, the real intent
of the Mission's work became more
recognizable and management
more sympathetic.
16
D. I. M. staff members describe
their accomplishments cautiously.
"They will tell you, for example,
that they have helped individuals
think through their job-related eth-
ical and human problems. That
they have improved communica-
tion. That a good many people
have consciously put their religion
into practice on the job for the
first time. That they have led some
people to talk about life's real
issues on a new basis. But some
groups fizzle, and some individuals
obviously are not reached even
when they stay in a group."7
One of the D. I. M. staffers
moved on to Boston in 1965 to set
up the B. I. M. for work especially
among the scientific and profes-
sional men on Boute 128. 8 After
working in the field at Sheffield,
England with the Industrial Mis-
sion there0 and then seven years
at D. I. M., Rev. Scott Paradise ar-
rived on the Boston scene in 1965.
He describes his work there as the
establishing of dialogue or subjects
of deep intellectual and social con-
cern to thoughtful professionals in
the R&D business. The explora-
tions concentrate on the difficult
choices that business, military tech-
nology and the social impact of
their work force. The format of
dialogue during regular luncheon
discussion sessions with groups of
scientists or business managers or
engineers is generally followed
with carefully planned and fre-
quently limited time spans. The
relevance of the message of the
Church, radically re-interpreted in
the light of present experience, is
being shown to the man on the
new frontier of America. The in-
5 Reverend Scott Paradise, A Tale of Two
Cities, 1957.
6 Detroit Industrial Mission (Detroit,
Michigan: 8646 Puritan, 1966). New-
man Cryer, "Taking the Church to the
Factory," Together ( Methodist Publish-
ing House, Detroit, January 1966).
7 Ibid.
8 "The Industrial Mission," Official Bul-
letin of the Episcopal Theological
School, Volume LVIII, No. 3, May
1966.
9 Scott Paradise, op. cit., Tale of Two
Cities.
fusion and consideration of the
Judeo-Christian plan of reference
in life's decisions is usefully pre-
sented in these discussions and the
candid searching in the openness
of the discussion group offers a
healthy perspective to address the
real-life questions of deep concern
and perplexity to the professional,
office worker and machine, process
and assembly worker in our indus-
tries.
The "man of the cloth" function-
ing creatively within the industrial
community is providing a point of
contact for an essential dialogue
between the member of that com-
munity on the frontier of American
life and the Church which has tra-
ditionally been the repository of
the moral and ethical references
for our society. The issues of per-
sonal choice in the social milieu of
religious activism, directed con-
structively to enhancing the hu-
manization of the individual while
avoiding the catastrophic destruc-
tion of industry and society, are of
deep concern and relevance. The
questions may be most aggressively
addressed on the frontier and solu-
tions considered there. Additional-
ly, personal counselling and sup-
port (and the re-establishment of
individual-to-individual relation-
ships in the depersonalizing envi-
ronment of business and industry)
are addressed by the actions of the
religious journeymen functioning
in their peculiar ministries. The
benefits of businesses' sympathetic
support and encouragement of
these activities accrue to industry
in the stabilizing and concerned
support of the employees by these
ministers. The opportunity for re-
ligious nurture and compassionate
counsel and the interpretation of
the pressing question of the mod-
ern milieu in light of religious
learning offers a pastoral ministry
not otherwise practically accessi-
ble to many employees of industry.
And there is a point of contact and
a richly fulfilling ministry available
to the religious community from
which these frontiersmen come and
for them individually which justi-
fies their participation in this field
of mission.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
The
Varied
Worlds
of Bucknellians
David Ackroyd '62
JANUARY 1971
Stage Stature
"David Ackroyd ('62) as 'Gim-
pel' gives a tender, delicate rendi-
tion of the part. There is an ease
and grace and a quality of integri-
ty in his performance which ra-
diates from his toes to his very
effective hand movements. He wise-
ly resists the temptation to overdue
a line or piece of business, or to
over-vocalize his songs . . ."
That is how one reviewer, Bert
Bertram, reacted to David Ack-
royd's lead performance in the Yale
Repertory Theater's production of
"Gimple the Fool" by Isaac Bash-
evis Singer. Critic Mel Gussow,
reviewing "Three Philip Roth Sto-
ries" for the N. Y. Times, praised
Mr. Ackroyd's performance as Marx
in "Defender of the Faith," and
applauded his interpretation of
Julian, in "St. Julian the Hospital-
er," with these words: "The most
impressive transformation is David
Ackroyd into St. Julian. Handsome,
graceful, passionate, he is an in-
tuitive killer who almost reflexively
decimates the countryside of all
living things . . . Mr. Ackroyd plays
Julian without a touch of saintli-
ness and Julian the tormented with
enormous inner conviction . . ."
The Bucknellian who has re-
ceived the enthusiastic applause of
audience and the accolades of
critics is a multi-talented man who
received some of his early stage
training as a member of BucknelT's
Cap and Dagger troupe. In fact, he
met his wife, Ruth Gail Liming '65,
when they played opposite each
other in the "Servant of Two Mas-
ters" at Bucknell in 1961. At that
time, Dave had selected the prac-
tice of law as a career, and after
receiving his B.A. degree at Buck-
nell, he attended the Rutgers Uni-
versity School of Law.
Dissatisfied with the study of
law, Dave enlisted in the Army
and renewed his interest in the
theater with an acting group at
Fort Huachuca, Arizona. Upon
completion of his military duties,
he enrolled at the Yale School of
Drama, receiving his M.F.A. de-
gree in 1968, after studying under
Stella Adler. He also began per-
forming, in 1966, at the Williams-
town Theater as a non-equity actor.
Since his first performance in the
production of "You Can't Take It
With You," he has played more
than 30 roles, among them Timmy
in "The Subject was Roses;" Duper-
ett in "Marat/Sade;" Leo in "The
Little Foxes;" Hysterium in "A
Funny Thing Happened on the
Way to the Forum;" Geoffrey in
"The Lion in Winter;" and Brids-
ley Miller in "Black Comedy." He
has also directed several plays, in-
cluding Pirandello's "Six Charac-
ters in Search of an Author."
Dave joined the Yale Repertory
Company in 1968. The group con-
sists of about 20 professional ac-
tors. Its artistic director is Mr. Rob-
ert Brustein, dean of the Yale
Drama School. Most of the mem-
bers of the acting company are
graduates of the Yale Drama
School, although outside talent is
17
recruited when required. Among
those who have appeared with the
company in recent years are Mil-
dred Dunnock, Irene Worth, Stacy
Keach, Linda Lavin, and Barry
Morse.
One of Dean Brustein's goals for
the future is an American National
Theater, and the Yale Repertory
Theater serves as a vehicle for
training men and women who can
provide the talents, dedication, im-
agination and creativity to achieve
"a tangible theater, which America
now lacks . . ."
David Ackroyd, a man of "enor-
mous inner conviction," has enlist-
ed his talents in the attempt to
bring a "tangible theater" to fru-
ition.
Alumni Leader
A Bucknell alumnus is — of all
things — the new president of the
University of Miami Alumni Asso-
ciation.
Thomas Davidson III, Esq. '45,
who received his J.D. degree from
the University of Miami School of
Law, is a practicing attorney in
Coral Gables, Florida. A native of
Scranton, he resides with his wife,
Virginia, and son, Thomas, at 1436
Ancona Avenue, Coral Gables.
Pro Grid Coach
A former 6-2, 240-pound tackle
and co-captain of the 1951 squad
who has been named to the Bison
All-Time Grid Team, George B.
Young, Jr. '52 began new duties
in October as offensive line coach
for the Baltimore Colts. George
had served since 1968 as personnel
director for the Colts.
A member of Phi Lambda Theta
fraternity at Bucknell, George re-
ceived his B.A. degree with a major
in history. He had a remarkable
record as a grid coach in Baltimore,
first at Calvert High School and
then at City High School. From
1959 through 1967, his City High
teams captured five state titles and
were runners-up for three seasons,
compiling a 60-11-5 record in eight
years.
George resides at 320 Padding-
ton Road, Baltimore, Md. 21212.
18
Aiding the Blind
The Board of Directors of the
National Accreditation Council for
Agencies Serving the Blind and
Visually Handicapped has an-
nounced the election of Mrs. Claire
W. Carlson '49, a trustee of the
University, who is head of Claire
Carlson Engineering and Legal
Consultants for Real Estate Devel-
opment, New York City, as a mem-
ber of the board.
As both a licensed engineer and
a member of the New York bar,
Mrs. Carlson stated that her ex-
perience had made her particularly
concerned with accreditation as a
way of assuring quality controls
and high standards of perform-
ance. "Therefore," she said, "I am
glad to help apply the same princi-
ples in the field of rehabilitation."
The Council is the nonprofit in-
dependent body that provides na-
tionally accepted standards by
which America's public and private
agencies and schools for the blind
can measure the quality of their
services to more than a million
men, women and children. The
Council administers a program of
accreditation whereby agencies
that are found to meet the stan-
dards are publicly identified.
Almost half a billion dollars an-
nually in contributed and tax funds
are expended by agencies serving
the blind. One purpose of accredi-
tation is to provide a way by which
the public may judge whether these
funds are being well spent.
Mrs. Carlson resides at 230 Park
Avenue, New York, N. Y.
The Man at Xerox
Dr. Robert W. Haigh '48, a trus-
tee of the University, was the sub-
ject of a feature article, "Xerox No
Dropout," in the financial section
of the New York Times issue for
Sunday, December 27, 1970.
Mr. Haigh is group vice presi-
dent and general manager of the
education division of Xerox Corp.
Formerly a member of the faculty
of the Harvard Business School and
oil company executive, Mr. Haigh
directs a group of ten companies:
Ginn & Co., an old-line Boston-
George B. Young, Jr. '52
Mrs. Claire W. Carlson '49
Dr. Robert W. Haigh '48
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
based publisher of elementary and
secondary textbooks; American Ed-
ucation Publications, a producer
of classroom periodicals such as
My Weekly Reader; R. R. Bowker,
publisher of book and library trade
magazines as well as bibliographic
and reference works; University
Microfilms, one of the world's larg-
est providers of rare and out-of-
print materials; Xerox College Pub-
lishing, a publisher of textbooks in
the humanities, social sciences and
physical sciences; Xerox Biblio-
graphies, producers of library cards
and computerized book catalogues;
Xerox Education Sciences, special-
izing in a new science program for
elementary schools; Xerox Learn-
ing System, a producer of training
programs for industry and colleges;
Gower Press, Ltd., a London-based
publisher of management books
and industrial surveys, and Xerox
Films, a producer of films for
schools and libraries.
Discussing the controversy which
has gone on during the past decade
as to how and to what extent such
new technological developments
as the computer might solve the
problems in all areas of education,
Mr. Haigh made these comments:
"We were interested in products
that would meet defined needs and
we did not let Xerox's technologi-
cal competence in the field of
graphic reproduction, communica-
tions or computers dictate the type
of products that we would offer.
"You could almost say that we
bent over backward not to use ma-
chines. Two or three years down
the road this will change. We are
at the point where we have enough
know-how to create an educational
system utilizing sophisticated hard-
ware."
Mr. Haigh also pointed out that
the problems and costs of creating
such education systems are still
enormous and noted that this is
what caused many companies to
retreat from the education business
after first wetting their feet.
"Yet one of the most sought af-
ter objectives in education since
time began has been individualized
instruction. Much of the material
we are turning out is directed
JANUARY 1971
It was an all-Buckncll huddle at a recent meeting of the Pittsfield, Mass., Quarterback
Club. The trio of Bisons includes, left to right, Jay P. Mathias '35, a trustee of the
University, Clarke Hinkle '32, arid Roger E. O'Gara '35, sports editor of the Berkshire
Eagle. Clarke Hinkle was the featured speaker at the banquet, and the two Class of
1935 teammates shared the podium for the Club's annual awards dinner.
toward this goal. It seems likely
that the computer is the key to
achieving it. We have kept this in
mind."
Some are critical when compa-
nies such as Xerox enter the edu-
cational and publishing fields. Mr.
Haigh understands this position
but would give an argument — and
has. "Most persons who are severe-
ly critical of the profit motive are
talkers not doers," he said. "On the
other hand, many people whose
personal drive is not profit can
work very well in the corporate en-
vironment." He added, "It would
be fair to say that in recent years
the most substantial impact on edu-
cation has been made by commer-
cial publishers, not by the govern-
ment."
Mr. Haigh is married to the for-
mer Jane S. Sheble '48, and they
are the parents of four children.
The Haighs are active in the PTA
at New Canaan High School, and
Mr. Haigh is one of the originators
of a parent-student dialogue. The
Haigh residence is at 677 Valley
Road, New Canaan, Conn.
New Company President
James R. Simpson '31, a trustee
of the University, has been named
president of the Citizens' Electric
Co., Lewisburg. He will begin his
new responsibilities early in 1971.
Mr. Simpson, who succeeds Dr.
George A. Irland, worked on the
line crew at the local electric com-
pany during his summer vacations
while an undergraduate. His fa-
ther, the late Professor Frank M.
Simpson '95, was professor of phys-
ics at Bucknell from 1900 until his
retirement in 1942. Professor Simp-
son served as president and chair-
man of the board of Citizens' Elec-
tric Co.
Recently elected secretary of the
University's Board of Trustees, Mr.
Simpson is currently a member of
the investment advisory depart-
ment of Goldman, Sachs and Co.,
New York City. He has previously
served as vice president of the First
National City Bank of New York,
treasurer of Kennecott Copper
Corp., as well as assistant treasur-
er and secretary of the investment
19
committee of the board of direc-
tors of Cornell University. He has
also served as a director of Kaiser
Aluminum and Chemical Corp.,
Oakland, Cal. and of the Advisors
Fund of Philadelphia.
Mrs. Simpson is the former Helen
L. Hoffner '34. The Simpsons will
move to Lewisburg in the near
future.
Top Sportsman
The Buffalo (N. Y.) Athletic Club
saluted George J. Vetter '33 as
"Sportsman of the Year" at their
36th annual dinner on December
7. An all-around player at Buck-
nell, George joined the faculty and
coaching staff of North Tonawanda
High School in 1936 as assistant
to Al Humphrey. He took over the
reins as head football coach in 1937
and has been in that post ever
since (with time out for duty as an
army officer in World War II). His
33 seasons of coaching include a
194-42-13 record, and 15 Niagara
Frontier League championships.
Sixteen young men who played un-
der him are now coaches.
George is married to the former
Nina G. Lambert '34 and they are
parents of a son. The Vetters reside
at 303 Shortle Place, North Tona-
wanda, N. Y. 14120.
New Director
The Boards of Directors of Mis-
sissippi Chemical Corporation and
Coastal Chemical Corporation have
elected as a member George L.
Palley '57, vice president of supply
operations and marketing, Missouri
Farmers Association, Inc. Missis-
sippi Chemical is the world's first
farmer-owned nitrogen fertilizer
plant. Coastal, organized as an af-
filiate of MCC, produces and mar-
kets nitrogen and mixed fertilizer.
A member of Sigma Alpha Ep-
silon fraternity at Bucknell, George
received his B.A. degree in eco-
nomics. He is married to the for-
mer Carol S. Christiansen '57, and
they are parents of three sons and
a daughter. The Palleys reside at
701 E. Bockereck Drive, Columbia,
Mo.
Unique Educator
Karen Glass Swope '63 is the
mother of a four-year old daughter,
Dawn, the wife of a practicing at-
torney, Bichard '62, and a teacher
who holds a master's degree from
Old Dominion University. Howev-
er, she spends five days per week
in the brig at the Norfolk Naval
Station, the only female allowed in
the brig on a daily basis.
It is all part of her job as coordi-
nator of adult education for the
Norfolk City School District. At
present, Karen has more than thirty
men enrolled in studies for high
school credits in programs she
helped to design. One of the first
programs of its kind, the educa-
tional program at the Naval base
brig presented some formidable
problems before it could be imple-
mented. Four male teachers now
conduct classes there under Karen's
supervision.
A teacher for three years, Karen
hopes some day to complete her
studies for the Ph.D. degree. Bight
now, she is kept quite busy as an
educator, housewife, and mother.
The Swopes reside at 3016 Hamden
Lane, Virginia Beach, Va. 23452.
Mrs. Karen Glass Swope '63 is the educational helmsman for
an innovative Navy program.
20
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
Fighting Back
The life of John F. Pooley '56 in
the past few years has been in one
sense a mix of bad luck and leger-
demain. Severely paralyzed by a
tragic accident in 1968. John's ca-
reer as a mechanical engineer in
the aerospace industry was sud-
denly interrupted. After corrective
surgery, John regained body con-
trol, but he could not spend an
eight-hour day involved in the de-
manding tasks of a project engi-
neer.
This is where legerdemain re-
placed bad luck. John had become
interested in magic at the age of
nine and began developing his
skills in prestidigitation as a boy-
hood hobby. By the time he en-
rolled at Bucknell, he enjoyed a
semi-professional status and soon
discovered a way to add to his
income with local performances of
his "magic show." One year after
his accident, in 1969, John and his
wife, Aurelia, performed for the
first time in a new show. Their new
act includes, from time to time, the
assistance of their three sons and a
rabbit and three white doves. John
has also written a book on the sub-
ject of magic and is in search of a
publisher. Meanwhile, the Pooleys
work on perfecting their magic
show as John seeks to make his
former hobby into a vocation which
can support a familv of five. The
Pooleys reside at 4341 Drexel Ave.,
Riverside, Calif.
Election Winners
Bucknellians were among the
winners in the November elections,
on local and state levels and as
candidates of both major parties.
Norman J. Levy, Esq. '52, a for-
mer assistant Nassau County Dis-
trict Attorney and chief of the
Rackets Bureau for eight years,
was elected to the New York State
Senate. A Republican, Norman will
represent the 7th senatorial dis-
trict, encompassing most of the
southwestern portion of Nassau
County. As chief of the Rackets
Bureau, the new state senator led
the fight against the attempts of
organized, syndicated crime to
JANUARY 1971
Norman J. Levy, Esq. '52
move into Nassau County. A mem-
ber of Sigma Alpha Mu fraternity,
Norman received his B.A. in his-
tory from Bucknell and is a gradu-
ate of Brooklyn Law School. He
and his wife, Joy, reside at 666
Shore Road, Long Beach, N. Y.
Herbert A. Lesher '39, a techni-
cal consultant for E. I. duPont, won
re-election to his third term as a
Republican member of the Dela-
ware State House of Representa-
tives. A chemical engineering grad-
uate of Bucknell, Herb served dur-
ing his preceding term as chairman
of the Joint Finance Committee of
the Delaware General Assembly.
Herb and his wife, Lois, are the
parents of six children and their
son, John, is a member of Buck-
nell's Class of 1971. The Leshers
reside at 1120 Harvey Road, Clay-
mont, Del. 19703.
Paul G. Ruane M.S. '59 won his
fourth term as a member of the
Pennsylvania State House of Rep-
resentatives. A Republican, Paul
resides in Shamokin and represents
the 107th district in Northumber-
land Countv. He is a teacher at
Shamokin High School. He and his
wife, Anita, reside at 1021 East
Sunbury St., Shamokin.
Carle Zimmerman '58, a research
scientist with the Marathon Oil
Co., won election as a member of
the Littleton, Colo., City Council.
He formerly served as a member
of the Citizens Advisory Commit-
tee on community planning. Carle
received his B.S. degree in chemi-
cal engineering from Bucknell and
his Ph.D. degree from Cornell Uni-
versity. A resident of Littleton for
the past six years, the new city
councilman resides with his wife
and two children at 2539 Ridge
Ct., Littleton, Colo. 80120.
Community Builder
The new president of the Long
Island Builder's Institute is Rich-
ard D. Shoenfield '49, president of
the Pickwick Corp., a real estate
and construction firm located in
Plainview, N. Y.
Married to the former Francine
L. Ringler '48, Dick is the father of
two children. He serves as presi-
dent of the Long Island Better Bus-
iness Bureau; is director of the
Nassau Citizens Development
Corp., concerned with providing
low and middle-income housing;
and is founder and trustee of the
Huntington Performing Arts Foun-
dation.
Special Ombudsman
The Reverend William R. Web-
ster '45 has begun duties in a
unique post as University Minis-
tries Ombudsman on the Bloom-
ington Campus of the University of
Indiana.
"Unfortunately, people some-
times get lost in the cracks of bu-
reaucracies designed to serve
them," the Reverend Webster not-
ed. "Their problems usually hap-
pen accidentally, but they create
human misery for individuals and
thwart the purposes of the institu-
tion. My assignment this year is to
hear the grievances of students,
facultv, staff, and administrators
who have tried the regular chan-
nels. If I accept the case, I shall try
to ascertain the facts and seek a
solution acceptable to all con-
cerned. This may mean helping the
person to understand and use the
bureaucracy. It may entail helping
to tailor the procedures to meet a
person's unique need. When a pro-
cedure fails repeatedly to serve hu-
man need, we are committed to
21
The Rev. William Webster '45
seeking the kinds of changes which
will help the individual and, at the
same time, help the university meet
its own standards of excellence. I
am neither a super-bureaucrat nor
a guerrilla leader, however. Essen-
tially I am a pastor, and our pri-
vately-funded, ecumenical organi-
zation has borrowed the Scandi-
navian model as a more effective
and responsible expression of pas-
toral care. This pastoral care will
be available to all members of the
university communitv without re-
gard to religion, race, nationality,
or sex, of course."
Mr. Webster has no official con-
nection with the university and is
appointed and accountable to Uni-
versity Ministries, an ecumenical
body formed by the Baptists, Meth-
odists, Episcopalians and United
Church of Christ. The new om-
budsman began duties at Indiana
University in 1956 as the American
Baptist minister for the First Bap-
tist Church and director of the
Boger Williams Foundation. The
whole Webster family is involved
in higher education. Mrs. Webster,
a nurse, is enrolled for evening
studies at the university, and all
three Webster children are college
students: Cindy and Terry at I. U.
and Tom at Kalamazoo College,
Mich. The Websters reside at 106
N. Hillsdale Drive, Bloomington,
Ind. 47401.
22
Paul E. Smith '50
Executive Officer
Paul E. Smith '50 has been ap-
pointed assistant vice president,
operating services, of the Peoples
Natural Gas Co., Pittsburgh. Prior
to his appointment, Paul served for
seven years as the firm's western
division manager. He joined the
company in 1952 as an engineer in
the research department. Paul re-
ceived a B.S. degree in chemical
engineering from Bucknell. He re-
sides with his wife, Barbara, and
their four children at 959 Thorn
Bun Boad, Coraopolis.
Change of Posts
Henry B. "Hank" Puff '46, a di-
rector of the Bucknell Alumni As-
sociation, has begun a new assign-
ment in Burlington, N. J., at the
Buco Division headquarters of the
Hooker Chemical Corp. A sales
executive long associated with the
plastics industry, Henry will be in
charge of polymers, assuming di-
rect responsibility for all phases of
this major segment of Buco's busi-
ness operations. Buco is the lead-
ing supplier of bulk-polymerized
polyvinyl chloride (PVC) resins to
the U. S. plastic industry. The di-
vision operates plants at Hicksville,
L. I., as well as the large Burling-
ton complex where a multi-million
dollar expansion program is near-
ing completion.
Henry B. Puff '46
Henry joined the Hooker Chemi-
cal Corp. in 1946 as a chemist after
receiving his B.S. degree at Buck-
et o
nell following two years of infantry
sendee with the U. S. Army in Eu-
rope. He switched to sales work
in 1947 and was named Chicago
district sales manager in 1956. He
served from 1959 to 1962 as man-
ager of field sales for the Durez
Division of Hooker, at headquar-
ters in North Tonawanda, N. Y.,
and was named general sales man-
ager for the division in 1962. Dur-
ing his tenure, the Durez division
enjoyed its greatest sales gains.
Henry is married to the former
Jean Ellingwood, and they are par-
ents of two children. The Puff resi-
dence, at present, is at 36 Hunting-
ton Court, Williamsville, N. Y.
New Vice President
Baymond L. Zimmerman '50 has
been elected vice president of the
Life Insurance Company of North
America. The Bucknellian joined
the firm in 1957, was elected assis-
tant secretary in 1965 and secretary
in 1966. He became assistant vice
president in 1968 and was elected
vice president of the INA Security
Corp., a subsidiary firm, in 1969.
He is married to the former Mari-
anne Hazen, and they are parents
of two sons. The Zimmermans re-
side at 211 Lansdowne Ave.,
Wayne, Pa.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
ALUMNI
AUTHORS
Test of a Nation?
"More than a United States Navy
Ship was captured on January 23,
1968, when the North Koreans hi-
jacked the U. S. S. Pueblo. A whole
nation was captured.
The traditions of the United
States, its pride, and its sense of
what is right and wrong were then
all put on trial along with the
eighty-two men from the Pueblo."
George C. Wilson '49 will prob-
ably find many who disagree with
more than this opening assumption
in his Prologue to Bridge of No
Return, a book he has co-authored
with F. Carl Schumacher, Jr., for-
mer operations officer of the Pueb-
lo." Mr. Wilson, military corres-
pondent for The Washington Post,
is sole author of the Prologue and
Epilogue to the book, but makes
clear that both "are the result of
long discussions and full under-
standing between us" and that "the
opinions and conclusions in both
the Prologue and Epilogue are
mutually held."
One of those conclusions is that
the Code of Conduct for Members
of the Armed Forces of the United
States is inadequate — woefully in-
adequate for the type of situation
which the men of the Pueblo faced.
"The Code of Conduct proved
completely untenable under tor-
ture," Wilson states in the Pro-
logue. "Yet the same code is in
effect today, even after the Navy
examined it in the light of the
Pueblo experience."
° Bridge of No Return, F. Carl Schu-
macher, Jr. and George C. Wilson,
Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, N. Y.,
1971. 242 pp. ($6.95).
JANUARY 1971
George C. Wilson '49
That code, which, incidentally,
is not reprinted as part of this book,
consists of about 250 words. It was
formulated as the result of the ex-
periences of the members of the
Armed Forces in the Korean War
and put into effect during the Pres-
idency of Dwight David Eisenhow-
er. The code dictated, as Wilson
states, "that each member of the
Pueblo crew resist and prevent"
the kind of manipulation by their
captors that resulted in "the ad-
missions of guilt, broadcast apolo-
gies, televised press conferences,
and publicized letters to the Presi-
dent of the United States." But
what code — including the Ten
Commandments — can keep a man
from cracking under repeated beat-
ings, physical torture, and enor-
mous psychological pressure? Was
the code really designed for this
extreme situation?
Though Wilson spotlights the
code in his Prologue, perhaps the
attitude he ascribes to his co-author
is more germane: "Skip Schumach-
er is one of the men who grieved
about the code and his inability to
live up to it. He felt compelled to
examine why he had not been able
to fulfill its terms. Where was the
flaw? In him? In his shipmates? In
the code? In its authors? In its ad-
ministrators? Some measure of re-
sponse to these gravely haunting
questions was essential to him. He
has steadfastly sought it."
The book is the result of Schu-
macher's search for the answers to
those questions, and his experienc-
es constitute a haunting memoir.
Reading this narrative makes one
introspective, makes one ask how
well you measure up to your own
ideals, forces one to catalog those
ideals and ask how deeply they are
held. In the end, one is forced to
ask if there is any substitute for vic-
tory— especially the victory over
one's self which becomes of crucial
importance in the face of crisis.
And what keeps recurring as a
question during the reading of this
painful, personal experience is why
the Code of Conduct has been se-
lected as the focus of concern.
Schumacher, a Trinity College
grad, bluntly states that, during his
18-week cram course in Navy
O. C. S. at Newport, R. I., "I va-
guely remember the Code of Con-
duct for American fighting men be-
ing mentioned in one of the lec-
tures. But it was not one of the
topics stressed." He points out that
he had no further training in the
Code of Conduct after he left
O. C. S., "nor did I, or any other
officer on the Pueblo, receive any
training in how to resist Commu-
nist brainwashing." All of this
seems to indicate more a fault in
Navy O. C. S. training procedure
rather than in the Code of Conduct.
23
In fact, Schumacher is quite hon-
est about his training in codes,
ideals and values. This education is
not examined in any Kirkegaardean
detail, but it is treated in outline
as a frame of reference for his ex-
perience as a prisoner of the North
Koreans.
"I was schooled in the humani-
ties, not the realities, in my world
of St. Louis Country Day School.
My objective there, of course, was
to do well enough to get into col-
lege. But just as important was to
have a good time along the way,
which was hardly toughening for
the Barn" (the first place of con-
finement by the North Koreans).
"At home, the philosophical
foundation was solid American:
hard work yields worthy rewards;
democracy is good, Communism is
bad; the Bepublicans are to be
trusted, the Democrats not so
much . . .
At Trinity College, where he ma-
jored in religion, he explored ideas,
enjoyed the challenge of his profs
and peers and sought to develop a
personal philosophy for life. "I
realized, though, somewhat self-
consciously, that St. Louis and the
people I knew there were only a
thin slice of the world. My frame
of reference was the comfortable
life. I was looking through a
crack . . ."
F. Carl Schumacher, Jr., was
seven years old when the North
Koreans crossed the 38th parallel
and ten years old when Americans
who had been captured in that con-
flict crossed their bridge at Pan-
munjon when an armistice was
signed. The details of his upper-
middle-class background are
spelled out against a brief catalog
of world events occurring in his
brief lifetime. These come together
on that fateful January day in 1968,
when he became an agent and not
an observer of history.
Of all those involved in this nar-
rative, perhaps the most important
single figure is that of Commander
Lloyd Bucher, the commanding of-
ficer of the Paeblo. Schumacher
seems to be intent on understand-
ing Bucher as much as he is in
seeking to understand himself, for
24
Bucher is a man of other circum-
stances, of a different upbringing,
of even another period of history.
His portrait of Bucher is an impor-
tant element of the book.
But perhaps the really funda-
mental question comes at the end.
"What right has the Navy and the
rest of the country to leave men
like Schumacher unrepatriated
spiritually?" Mr. Wilson asks in his
Epilogue. "This book was written
to ask that question."
It is a fair question. But it may
have been asked earlier, at the be-
ginning of the book. Indeed, "the
need for a new spirit, a return, per-
haps to that traditional concept of
Navy esprit expressed as 'loyalty
up and loyalty down.'" is really
what the book is about. Leadership,
group unity, the guts to admit error
from the top to the bottom — this is
the disturbing issue probed. And
throughout the analysis one re-
members the public reactions to an-
nouncements of "collaboration" by
American prisoners held captive in
the Korean War. Then, as now,
there was a popular disposition to
blame character defects, individual
weaknesses, or a "sick society" for
what men did. Only after years of
investigation was it learned that
captured soldiers, sailors, and ma-
rines had been demoralized by a
systematic attack upon their group
loyalties. The literature on how
the Chinese and Koreans did this
reveals much about the limits of
man's endurance.
Mr. Schumacher endured much
and the questions he asks of him-
self and of his fellow countrymen
should be asked. For it is quite
possible that we are failing our-
selves, each other, and our nation
by not examining what commit-
ments we have to one another in a
world where leadership and loyal-
ty face increasing challenge.
George C. Wilson, a native of
Orange, N. J., received his A.B.
degree in English and political
science from Bucknell University,
and attended Georgia Tech while
an aviation cadet in the Navy air
corps in 1945-46. He also studied
at the Alliance Francaise in Paris.
He has been a reporter for the
Newark Evening News and the
Washington Star, and a writer for
Congressional Quarterly News Fea-
tures, prior to joining the Washing-
ton Post. He lives in Washington,
D. C, with his wife and two chil-
dren.
The New Forest
A man who may well lay claim
to the title of The Modern Johnny
Appleseed, William G. "Turk" Jones
'29, has set down the details of his
unique career in a colorful volume,
The New Forest.
Profusely illustrated with color
photos taken by the author, as well
as by page margin drawings of
leaves, birds, animals, fruits, and
seeds indigenous to the stripped
bituminous mine acres Mr. Jones
has replanted. The New Forest is
William G. Jones '29
a guide for the laymen to many of
the wonders of nature uncovered
by a man who quickly communi-
cates why he believes Nature is
writ large. The language is direct,
non-technical, and a reward to read
by a man who calls himself "an
observer of wildlife."
As one who has planted more
than 36 million seedlings, Mr. Jones
has impressive credentials as a con-
servationist. Yet he came to his
career by indirection. In the spring
of 1946, he bought an abandoned
The New Forest, W. G. Jones, 1970;
Offset Printing Center, Boalsburg, 58 pp.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
ISO-acre farm in Clearfield County.
This farm was part of a larger 1200-
acre tract which became the first
reclaimed 'spoil" area in Pennsyl-
vania to be certified as a tree farm.
A major in biology at Bucknell,
Mr. Jones began his career in ad-
vertising in Philadelphia and New
York. However, with the acquisi-
tion of his farm, he turned his at-
tention to forestry, planting a va-
riety of seedlings on land not
looked upon as likely to yield a rich
harvest.
The harvest was really in know-
how, for when new laws on recla-
mation of bituminous strip lands
went into effect in 1958, "Turk"
Jones was one of the few men who
had any extensive experience in
large scale planting. Skeptics and
cvnics were amazed when Pitch
Pine and White Spruce began to
bloom on spoil banks thought to
be the most forbidding obstacles to
The Neiv Forest. (See Bucknell
Alumnus, January, 1967.)
And that is "Turk's" story, one
which includes his selection as the
Outstanding Conservationist of
Pennsylvania. The man who sowed
the seed for The New Forest, and
who continues to plant his seed-
lings, is married to the former Sara
Bailey '30, and they have two
daughters, Sally '57 and Jane '55.
The Jones residence is at 301 Phil-
ips Street, Philipsburg, Pa. 16866.
New Cook Book
Simple Family Favorites by Jean
Heck Shepard '51 was published by
Stein and Day on December 10,
1970. It has been made a selection
of the Cook Book Guild.
Jean has recently deserted the
New York publishing scene (most
recently director of advertising for
Scribners) and her Manhattan
apartment for country living in
southern New Hampshire. There
she still manages to write, do free
lance editorial work and act as a
publicity-promotion consultant to
nearby publishing houses (with
time out only to cook for her hus-
band and two teen-age sons).
The Shepards reside at Nichols
Lane, Peterborough, N. H. 03458.
In Memoriam
1895
Word has been received belatedly of
the death of Miss Mary H. Bakeb of a
heart attack on June 23, 1968. She was
residing in Garrison, N. Y. at the time
of her death.
1904
La Verne C. Chapin of 305 E. Main
St., East Palestine, Ohio 44413, died
very suddenly on April 5, 1970, after
returning home from Sunday School and
church services. He is survived by his
wife.
Scott P. Hilliard, who attended
Bucknell Academy 1902-04, passed away
November 30, 1970. He retired from the
electrical merchandising business in 1959,
then established a wood-working hobby
shop. Among his survivors is a daughter,
Mrs. John W. Rowell, of Carr Hill Road,
Route 6, Columbus, Ind. 47201, with
whom he resided.
1908
Mrs. William W. Long, the former
Elsie Owens of St. Petersburg, Fla., and
a member of an illustrious Bucknell fam-
ily, died following surgery, on November
6, 1970.
She had willed her body to medical
research in Florida. Mrs. Long received
a B.S. degree from Bucknell and her
R.N. certification from the Roosevelt Hos-
pital School of Nursing in 1915. She
served her country in World War I as
an Army nurse and as an anesthetist.
Mrs. Long's father, the late William G.
Owens, Class of 1880, was a professor
at Bucknell for 50 years. Her mother, the
former F. Jeannette Waffle, received
her degree from Bucknell in 1934, after
all their children had graduated from
college. A brother of Mrs. Long, Dr.
Albert W. Owens '09, passed away in
1968. Among her survivors are two sis-
ters, Mrs. William E. Burnet (Jeannette
'17) of 1100 North Shore Drive, Apt.
105, St. Petersburg, Fla. 33701, and Mrs.
Herbert L. Layden ( Katherine '23),
whose address is Box 186, Lancaster,
Mass. 01523, also a number of nieces
and nephews, several of whom are Buck-
nellians.
1911
Herbert L. Lloyd of Lilly Lake,
Wapwallopen, died December 23, 1970
in the Nesbitt Hospital. A well-known
educator and soloist, he was a teacher
in the Kingston High School until 1928,
and in the GAR High School in Wilkes-
Barre until 1954. He later taught in Egg
Harbor, N. J. He was a deacon emeritus
and a member of the choir of the First
Baptist Church. His excellent singing
voice kept him in demand by local sing-
ing groups and choirs. Mr. Lloyd re-
ceived a Ph.B. degree from Bucknell in
1911 and in 1922 earned his M.A. de-
gree. He served his alma mater, his class
and the Emeritus Club in various ways
for many years. He is survived by his
wife, the former Loraine Boyd, and a
son, Roger, who is a research chemist at
the Carnegie-Mellon University.
1912
Mrs. Wallace C. Lowther '14, the
former Elizabeth Heinslinc of Holli-
daysburg, died November 29, 1970. She
was a member of a well-known Bucknell
family, her mother having been the late
Mrs. H. T. Heinsling ( Sallie C. Lou-
don, Inst. 1884); her husband, the late
"Red" Lowther, a past president of the
General Alumni Association, and a sis-
ter, Ruth '13, who passed away in 1939.
Among her survivors are two daughters,
Mrs. Marian J. Miller (Ruth '40) of 637
E. Wesleyan Dr., Tempe, Ariz. 85281;
Mrs. Myron D. Eisenberg '41 ( E. Anne
'41 ) of 915 Allegheny St., Hollidaysburg
16648; a sister, Mrs. Clarence M. Krin-
er '17 (Henrietta '17) of 339 Main
St., Winchester, Mass. 01890, and three
grandchildren.
1913
Information has been received of the
death of Prof. Bright W. Beck, former
dean of men and professor of history at
Kutztown State College. He received
his teaching certificate from Kutz-
town in 1912 and his Ph.B. degree
from Bucknell in 1913 and was a mem-
ber of the Phi Kappa Psi fraternity. He
returned to Kutztown and spent his en-
tire professional career there and was
honored when that institution named
their new men's dormitory "Bright Beck
Hall" in 1965. He was a patron of Buck-
nell, a charter member of the Bison
Century Club and a member of William
Bucknell Associates. Mrs. Beck passed
away in March 1969. The couple had no
children.
1915
Jere B. Bates of 265 Green St., Miff-
linburg 17844, died November 26, 1970
in the Geisinger Medical Center where
he had been in a coma for ten days fol-
lowing a cerebral hemorrhage and a fall
in his home. He had received a Ph.B.
degree from Bucknell and was a member
of the Kappa Delta Rho fraternity which
he had served many years as alumni
representative. A retired educator, he
was previously a supervising principal,
then for many years, a textbook sales-
man representing the McCormick-Math-
ers Co. He had always been active in
church, civic and service club work and
following his retirement, was instrumen-
tal in organizing the Buffalo Valley Chap-
ter of the American Association of Re-
JANUARY 1971
25
tired Persons, and maintained a keen
interest in its activities. He is survived
by his wife, the former Jessie Shively,
and a granddaughter, Mrs. Donald R.
Fair of Rochester, N. Y.
1916
Edgah C. Campbell of 11 W. Main
St., Canton, died December 5, 1970 in
the Troy Hospital. He received an A.R.
degree from Bucknell in 1916, a M.A.
degree in 1942, and was a member of
the Delta Theta Upsilon (now Signa
Chi) fraternity. Mr. Campbell taught
languages in the Bucknell Academy for
two years, then became head of the
Modern Language Department of the
Danbury (Conn.) High School. In 1924,
the Riehley-Campbell Insurance Agency
was organized, but he later returned to
the teaching field at the Utica (N. Y. )
Free Academy. He suffered a slight im-
pairment resulting in a cornea transplant
which was not entirely successful. He
was a victim of arthritis also and an
early retirement was necessitated by his
health. Two of his brothers were Buck-
nellians, the late Leslie H. Campbell
'20, who passed away in 1954, and
Harry Earle Campbell '14 of 667
Sixth St., Clairton 15025.
1918
Mrs. Frederick C. Owen (Ella C.
Jones) of 30 Lincoln Ave., Montrose
18801, died June 7, 1970 after a short
illness. She had been a teacher in the
Montrose schools and had served for a
time as assistant principal. Following her
retirement she was a member of the
Montrose School Board, serving in ex-
ecutive capacities, and was active in the
First Presbyterian Church. She is sur-
vived by her husband and a son, Ralph
F. Owen '49, of 20 Skyline Dr., Roches-
ter, N. Y. 14616.
1919
Miss Irene E. Gossweiler of 118 N.
18th St., Allentown, died March 28, 1970.
She was a librarian at the Allentown
Free Library. Among her survivors is a
sister, Hildgarde, of the above address.
1920
Emil W. Holinger of Washington,
D. C, a retired mechanical engineer,
died November 27, 1970. He received
B.S. and M.S. degrees in mechanical en-
gineering from Bucknell and was a mem-
ber of the Sigma Chi fraternity. After
serving in Europe during World War I,
he worked as a courier at the Peace
Conference at Versailles, France. He
later worked for various agencies of the
Federal Government in the engineering
field until his retirement from the De-
partment of Defense in 1964. Mrs. Hol-
inger passed away in 1966, and he is sur-
vived by a sister, Mrs. Guy B. Stephen-
son of Mill Creek Town, Md.
26
Two members of Bucknell's track team, Frederick T. Weber, at left, and Peter G.
Younger, both sophomores, were fatally injured in an auto accident on Saturday, Janu-
ary 16. They were returning to campus after participating in an invitational track meet
when the accident occurred. Weber is the son of Mr. and Mrs. Frederick Weber, West-
mont, N. J. Younger is the son of Lt. Col. and Mrs. John P. Younger, Satellite Beach,
Flo. A third student, John P. Lanphear, driver of the auto was critically injured in
the accident.
1927
Donald J. Barton, writer of military
technical manuals and publications su-
pervisor for Gyrodine Electronics, died
November 22, 1970 in the Huntington
( N. Y. ) Hospital. He received a B.S.
degree in chemical engineering from
Bucknell and was past president of the
Bucknell Alumni Club of Long Island.
He is survived by his wife, the former
Mrs. Sylvia Phelps Kendall, 55 Hennessy
Dr., Huntington, LI, N. Y. 11743; two
daughters, Mrs. Marilyn Agniar and
Mrs. Doris Smith; one son, Theodore,
and several step-children. Internment was
in Albany, N. Y., the city of his birth.
Dr. Herbert E. Heim of 1214 N.
Ulster St., Allentown, died December 7,
1970 of a heart attack. He received an
A.B. degree from Bucknell and was a
member of the Phi Gamma Delta fra-
ternity. His M.D. degree was awarded
by Cornell University in 1931. His chos-
en field in medicine was psychiatry and
he served the Commonwealth of Penn-
sylvania at the State Hospital in Harris-
burg for many years. Dr. Heim was a
member of a prominent Bucknell family;
his father was the late Dr. Ephraim
Heim '93 H'98, who was instructor at
Bucknell from 1897 until his death in
1930. Among his survivors are his wife,
the former Miriam A. Diehl; two broth-
ers, Edward '21 of 79 A Street, Apt.
105, Salt Lake City, Utah 84103, and
Robert '24, of 206 Pine Rd., Briarcliff
Manor, N. Y. 10510; a sister, Mrs. Al-
bert M. Green '35 (Rachel '29) of
2406 Packard Dr., Parkersburg, W. Va.
1936
Richard W. Gilbert, former execu-
tive vice president and director of Alaska
Airlines, died August 31, 1970, of a
stroke suffered while driving his car. He
was well known in the Northwestern
business community for his consulting
work on mergers and acquisitions and
had operated his own business since
1961. He was included in Who's Who in
Commerce and Industry, Who's Who in
the West and Who's Who in World
Aviation and Astronautics. Survivors in-
clude his wife, the former Anne A. At-
kinson, 10233 Valmay Ave., N. W., Seat-
tle, Wash. 98177.
1937
Charles W. Kattenbach passed away
in August 1970. He was a member of
the football and basketball teams at
Bucknell and of the Sigma Chi fraterni-
ty. He was associated with the Hydro-
craft Corporation and more recently with
the Ark win Industries of Westbury, N. Y.
Survivors include his wife and a daugh-
ter, Deborah, both of 840 Tanglewood
Rd., West Islip, N. Y. 11795.
James A. Dillon, principal of Israel
Ben Zion Academy, died November 26,
1970, after an illness of two days. He
became affiliated with the Academy in
1969 after a 28-year period of service
with the Jenkins Township Schools and
a school administrative career with mili-
tary forces in Japan, France, Germany
and the United States. He was a former
PIAA sports official. Among his survivors
are his wife, the former Margaret
O'Haire of 1302 Main St., Pittston 18640,
and several children.
1938
Joseph T. Sbedico of 550 S. Main St.,
Elmira, N. Y. 14904, died October 15,
1970, after a long illness of cancer. He
was a recognized authority in education
and was supervisor of Education in the
Department of Correction at the Elmira
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
Reformatory. He received an A.B. degree
in biology from Bucknell and was a
member of the Alpha Phi Delta fra-
ternity which was later disbanded. He
took an active interest in the alumni
affairs of the University. Among his sur-
vivors are his wife, the former Carmela
Prochillo, one son, Arthur J., and a
brother, Attorney Julius W. Sbedico '50
of 614 S. Main St., Elmira, N. Y. 14904.
AROUND
CAMPUS
1944
Theodore Glowacki, Jr., a retired
U. S. Navy Commander, passed away
quite suddenly on November 8, 1970.
He is survived by his wife, the former
LaGretta Helsel, of 3122 Helsel Dr.,
Silver Spring, Md. 20906, and three
children.
1945
Mrs. Frederick A. Ross, the former
Phoebe Goldsmith ("Peg"), of 64
Wyatt Rd., Garden City, N. Y. 11530,
died November 6, 1970, after an illness
of several months. She was a well-known
community leader and together with her
family, was active in education as well
as civil rights and peace movements. Of
special interest was the Student Trans-
fer Education Program which enabled
black students from the deep south to
attend a northern high school, and their
family had served as a host family for
two years. Mrs. Ross received an A.B.
degree in psychology from Bucknell and
was a member of the Delta Delta Delta
sorority. Among her survivors are her
husband, who is a vice president and
general counsel of the New York Life
Insurance Co., and three children.
1948
Edward A. Myers of 140 Stanley
Ave., Landisville, died in June 1969. He
had received a B.S. degree in mechani-
cal engineering from Bucknell and soon
after graduation, joined the Hamilton
Watch Company in Lancaster as a pro-
cess engineer, later advancing to super-
visor of industrial products engineering.
1969
1st Lt. Robert A. Doten was killed
while heading a military truck convoy in
Vietnam on January 4, 1971. He com-
pleted his basic training at Fort Eustis,
Va. and had been in Vietnam only a
couple of weeks. He and his wife, the
former Sharon Simpson '70 visited the
campus with their baby son, Robert, late
in November, just prior to his leaving
for Vietnam. Lt. Doten received an A.B.
degree from Bucknell and was a member
of the Theta Chi fraternity. Among his
survivors are his wife and son of 701
Fifth Ave., (c/o F. D. Simpson, Sr.),
Williamsport 17701, and his parents,
Mr. and Mrs. Charles W. Doten, Colo-
nial Rd., Dover, Mass. 02030.
JANUARY 1971
Memorial Scholarship
The John D. Scoutten Memorial
Scholarship Fund has been estab-
lished by Mr. and Mrs. Eldon F.
Scoutten, 9377 N. Regent Rd., Mil-
waukee, Wis., in memory of their
son, John 70. The scholarship will
provide assistance to qualified ap-
plicants, with preference given to
applicants who are graduates of
the Culver Military Academy
where John completed his college
preparatory studies.
A member of Phi Gamma Delta
fraternity at Bucknell, John was
killed in a one-car accident near
Sunbury on December 1, 1970. He
received his B.A. degree in June
and completed a tour of active
duty with the U. S. Army on No-
vember 23. He returned to Lewis-
burg and had just attended his first
session of Reserve Training at the
Sunbury Armory. The fatal acci-
dent occurred as he returned to his
residence in Lewisburg.
Bucknellians who wish to con-
tribute to the scholarship may di-
rect their gifts to the John D.
Scoutten Memorial Scholarship
Fund, Bucknell University, Lewis-
burg, Pa. 17837.
Challenge Campaign
Recent foundation, corporation,
and individual pledges have
pushed the 125th Anniversary Chal-
lenge Campaign total past the
$7.5-million mark. As of Decem-
ber 31st, $7,532,617 has been
pledged towards the $12,000,000
goal. A $25,000 grant from the
Fairchild Foundation, New York,
a $10,000 pledge from Grit Pub-
lishing Company, Williamsport, in
addition to the efforts of many vol-
unteers in recent area campaigns,
have been the major factors in this
increase.
Recent area drives have includ-
ed: Special gift campaigns in
Wilkes-Barre (Chairman, Clifford
Melberger '61) and Harrisburg
(Chairman, Robert Lauman '45);
General and Special Gift cam-
paigns in Albany (Chairman, Ger-
ald Smallwood M.S. '52), Buffalo
(Chairman, Henry Puff '46), Dan-
ville-Bloomsburg (Chairman, E.
Robert Marks '47), Rochester (Co-
chairman, William Henkelman '52
and Kenneth Reinheimer '61),
Bellefonte (Chairman, Franklin
Cook '33), and Syracuse (Chairman,
Howard Kates '49). The combined
efforts of these important volun-
teer organizations have added $81,-
367 to the campaign total this au-
tumn. Plans call for the organiza-
tion in spring of a Special Gift
campaign in Williamsport, with
Harold Soars serving as chairman,
and several General Gift campaigns
in eastern and western Pennsyl-
vania.
1971 is Bucknell's 125th Anniver-
sary year. Last year, 1970, the
Challenge Campaign total in-
creased by over $2-million. This
surpasses the Trustees' timetable
for raising $7-million in three years
and an additional $5-million over
a longer period. This rapid pursuit
of the Campaign goal has been
made possible through the inten-
sive efforts of thousands of Buck-
nellians in area campaign organi-
zations and through the tireless
leadership of National Chairman
Charles J. Kushell '27.
However, not all of the total
raised to date has been pledged to
the categories anticipated. In fact,
most of the Endowment Goal of
$5-million has been raised while
the $7-million Buildings Goal runs
behind previous estimates.
Plans for 1971 have already en-
listed the volunteer help of alumni,
27
parents, and friends in support of
the University's efforts to bring in-
creased strength to its academic
program by successfully complet-
ing the overall objectives of the
125th Anniversary Challenge Cam-
paign for the 100th institution of
higher education to be chartered
in America.
Alumni Aid Admissions
Approximately 40 Alumni are
providing aid to the admissions
staff in nine metropolitan areas:
Pittsburgh, Wilmington, Chicago,
Cleveland, Boston, Hartford, Ro-
chester, and Buffalo. These Buck-
nellians interview students in their
local area when individuals can
not meet with admissions staff
members on scheduled visits.
Aiding the volunteer efforts are,
in Pittsburgh, Mr. and Mrs. Rich-
ard Klaber '55 (Judith Beattie '55);
Mrs. Nan Currington (Nannie
Moone '64); Mr. and Mrs. Charles
Mertz, Jr. '60 (Rachel Robbins '60);
Mr. and Mrs. Paul R. Pigman '56
(Eleanor R. Mackie '55), and Rob-
ert Zavorskas '67.
In Wilmington, the volunteers
are Peter R. Cheyney '65; Richard
H. Garwood '65, and William B.
Johnson '61.
Assisting in Chicago will be
James A. Carlson '59; Mr. and Mrs.
Donald S. Higgins '51 (Janet Mar-
daga '50), and Young Gul Kim '58.
Cleveland applicants will be as-
sisted by William O. Emerich '63;
Mr. and Mrs. David R. Evans '61
(Carol Smith '63); James F. Jung
'61, and Mr. and Mrs. Lucien B.
Karlovec '58 (Sandra Glenn '60).
Aiding in Boston are Dr. and
Mrs. William A. Briggs '60 (Carol
Baay '61); Cynthia J. Cox '68; Mrs.
George N. Pappas (Sandra Hjorts-
berg '60), and Mr. and Mrs. Paul
Pearson '61 (Linda Morris '61).
In the Hartford, Connecticut
area, aiding the admissions staff
are Mr. and Mrs. H. Judson Carr
'56 (Shirley L. Hall '57); Clinton
H. Gilkey '60, and Mr. and Mrs.
Henry E. S. Owen '56 (Pollyann R.
Keller '56).
Assisting in Rochester will be
Mr. and Mrs. Alfred F. Fagan, Jr.
'59 (Hope Speer '60); Thomas E.
Goldman '62; Mr. and Mrs. Arthur
Kinney '56 (Dorothy Hund '57),
and Edward J. Mizma '55.
Assisting in Buffalo are Mr. and
Mrs. James R. Rawson '66 (Carol
Schultz '67); Mrs. John F. Sallada
(Alice Hartzell '67), and Mr. and
Mrs. Peter S. Updike '57 (Carolyn
D. Fulton 60).
Increase Tuition
Bucknell University has an-
nounced an increase of $305 in tui-
tion and fees for the 1971-72 aca-
demic year.
The increase, approved at the
recent semi-annual meeting of the
school's Board of Trustees, will
raise the tuition and fees at the
University to $2,730 beginning next
September.
Other charges for students who
live in standard double rooms in
Bucknell residence halls and pur-
chase seven-day/three meal board
contracts will remain at $925,
bringing the overall yearly total
to $3,655.
President Charles H. Watts, in
a letter to parents of Bucknell stu-
dents said "We forsee a very diffi-
cult task ahead in keeping the
budget in balance in the face of
inflationary pressures and increas-
ing costs, many of which are be-
yond our ability to control . . .
We shall cut expenditures where
we can do so without detriment to
the program, but we shall also need
additional income, and there is no
alternative but to increase tuition
substantially again this year."
Expressing regret at having to
announce another increase, Dr.
Watts stated that the University
would continue to make every ef-
fort to raise other funds by addi-
tional means.
Chemistry Graduates
The high number of recipients of
baccalaureate degrees from Buck-
nell University who have continued
their studies to receive the Ph.D.
degree has been cited by a leading
foundation in making a grant to the
University's Department of Chem-
istry.
Officials of The Camille and
Henry Dreyfus Foundation of New
York City, when announcing an
$8,000 grant for the undergraduate
research program in Bucknell's
chemistry department, noted that
the University ranked 22nd among
liberal arts colleges in the country
in the number of graduates in the
period 1920-66 who went on to
receive Ph.D. degrees. A total of
350 Bucknell graduates in this pe-
riod have received Ph.D. degrees.
The grant from the Dreyfus Foun-
dation will make it possible for 20-
25 undergraduate students to con-
duct research in chemistry during
the coming summer. During the
past six years the Dreyfus Founda-
tion has awarded grants totaling
more than $27,000 for work in
Bucknell's Department of Chem-
istry.
NSF Fellows
Two Bucknell faculty members,
Dr. Charles A. Root and Dr.
Charles C. Pinter, have been
awarded National Science Founda-
tion Science Faculty Fellowships
for the 1971-72 academic year.
Dr. Root, assistant professor of
chemistry, who has been a member
of the Bucknell faculty since 1965,
will spend the next academic year
at the California Institute of Tech-
nology where he will work with
Prof. Harry B. Gray. Prof. Root's
field of special interest is inorganic
chemistry and Prof. Gray has been
a leader in research developing an
approach to "bio-inorganic" chem-
istry.
Dr. Pinter, an associate professor
of mathematics, joined the Buck-
nell faculty in 1965. He will be at
the University of California at
Berkeley for the next academic
year, where he will participate in
seminars and do research in the
field of algebraic logic.
A graduate of Ohio Wesleyan
University, Prof. Root received
M.S. and Ph.D. degrees from Ohio
State University. Prof. Pinter re-
ceived a B.S. degree from Colum-
bia University and a doctor of sci-
ence degree from the University of
Paris.
28
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
%^e a Sneafii&i - Active it oil Sefandf
Hit Europe's High Spots On One Of Our New
BUCKNELLIAN BREAK-AWAYS
It's "Let's Go Away Time"! Your Alumni Oftice has planned
two great travel plans . . . each with lots of style . . . each
with special appeals. On the SPANISH ADVENTURE you
can laze along the blue Mediterranean at a fabulous self-
contained resort with its own lovely beach, two gigantic
pools, horses, tennis, nightclub, sauna, Beauty Farm and a
beautiful 18-hole golf course. Unlimited play, free greens
fees!
Jack Brothers Says: "Join Me On This One!"
9-Day Spanish
Adventure
On The Mediterranean "Costa Del Sol"
July 10-17,1971
At The Magnificent
ATALAYA PARK
Hotel and Golf Club
Marbella, Spain
s
299
Plus S22.50 Tax and Service
Single Rooms, S369
INCLUDED IN TRIP RATE
Round-trip New York Malaga by Jet
Round-trip Airport Hotel Transfers
Sharing twin-bedded rooms with
private bath for 6 Nights at Hotel
Full Breakfast and Dinner Daily
Wine Party and Cocktail Party
Unlimited Free Golf Greens Fees
Tips and Taxes for Included Services
All of fascinating Spain is within easy
reach. There will be Optional Tours to
Madrid, Seville, Cordoba, Granada and
Tangier, Morocco. Car rentals
available on the hot3l property. A full-
time representative will be on duty to
help with alt sorts of special
arrangements.
On the PARIS, ROME, LONDON swing it's do as you please
at your own pace. Aside from minimal sightseeing and a gay
party with the gang in each city YOU choose how to spend
your time. Want to antique hunt? We'll tell you the best spots.
Want to golf? We'll tell you where and how. Are theatres, art,
museums or clothes your thing? We'll fill you in. Pick your
own BREAK AWAY and shoot in the coupon . . . you're
practically on your way!
Do Your Own Things While You Breere
Through
Paris, Rome
and London
No Regimentation —You're Free As a Bird
July 10-24,1971
• 4 Days in PARIS
• 4 Days in ROME
• 5 Days in LONDON
$599
Plus S19.50 Tax and Service
Single Rooms, $699
INCLUDED IN TRIP RATE:
Round-trip by Jet from New York in-
cluding travel between cities
Round-trip Airport Hotel Transfers
Sharing Twin-bedded Rooms with
Private Bath at First Class Hotels
English or Continental Breakfasts
throughout. One special Nightclub
or Feature Dinner in each center
Half-day Orientation Tour each city
Tips and Taxes for Included Services
Brilliant PARIS, Historic ROME and
Swinging LONDON . . . what a com-
bination of fascinating cities . . . and
plenty of leisure time to do them all on a
leisurely, fast-paced or special interest
basis. In each city your special needs
will be handled by our own multi-
lingual representative.
GENERAL INFORMATION
REGISTRATION. DEPOSITS. PAYMENTS Register by sending in
attached Application Form together with a DEPOSIT of S100 PER
PERSON. (Please make checks payable to our travel agent. ROGAL
TRAVEL SERVICE 1. Final payment due on or belore June 1, 1971. You
wilt be billed by our agent.
CANCELLATIONS, REFUNDS: Cancellation fee of $50 per person for
cancellations received any lime after registration. In addition, tor
cancellations later than June 1, 1971 an airline cancellation tee of 10 per
cent of applicable airfare.
NOT INCLUDED IN TRIP RATES: Costs of U.S. Passport and Smallpox
Vaccination; Personal expenses Such as laundry, valet, food or
beverages other than included in each Itinerary; Insurance. Optional
Tours: Excess Baggage. U.S. Departure Tax and Foreign Airport Taxes ,-
Any costs incurred through absence or deviation from the slated
itinerary lor any reason whatsoever. Any costs not specifically included.
BAGGAGE : Is limited to two pieces consisting of normal-sized suitcase
and flight bag (the latter provided by Rogal Travel Service) both
together weighing not over J4 pounds per person.
FILL IT OUT— TEAR IT OFF— MAIL IT IN
Jack Brothers, Alumni Office
BUCKNELL UNIVERSITY
Lewisburg, Pa. 17837
Thisismy our order for the following services: (CHECK DESI RED TRI P)
_ SPANISH ADVENTURE for Persons
J PARIS, ROME, LONDON for Persons
Enclosed is Deposit of S100 per person. TOTAL DEPOSIT S
NAME (Print)
Address
City Zip
Please Make
Checks
Payable To
ROGAL
Service
Class PHONES: Office.
I will be accompanied by:
. Hon
IMIIIUL
Vol. LVI, No. 6 January, 1971
Published by Bucknell University
Lewisburg, Pa. 17837
Printed for Alumni, parents, and friends
of Bucknell University through the
cooperation of
The Bucknell Alumni Association
Emil Kordish '42, President
Kenneth R. Bayless, Esq. '42,
Vice President
Jack Brothers '58,
Director of Alumni Relations
David Hayes,
Associate Director of Alumni Relations
William B. Weist 'SO, Editor
Janet Myers, Classnotes Editor
Marian Croft, Editorial Assistant
CONTRIBUTORS
Bradley Tufts,
Assistant Director of Public Relations
David Wohlhueter,
Sports Information Director
Katherine Shlmer,
Assistant in Public Relations
Ralph Laird, Photographer
Published by Bucknell University every
month except February, June and August
for alumni, parents, and friends. Entered
as second-class matter at the post office
at Lewisburg, Pa. 17837. Return request-
ed on Form 3579.
We are mailing this copy
to the address below.
Is it correct?
1
>»
i-
«J
I,
jr>
•H
J
t-
>>
tr\
T>
4-5
-O
C
.^1
t-
<S
CO
—'
4-3
<D
%
>
<
CD
•H
a.
03
B
3
»
»
ho
<n
r-4
'~
<i)
r-l
3
■>
<u
r.
•H
a
01
s:
.■4
•H
o
a
3
%4
a
«
<
cq
1
!
o
H
Q
HOW ABOUT
AN ALUMNI
DIRECTORY ?
We plan to issue an up-to-
the-Class of 1971 Alumni Di-
rectory this year.
Because of increases in
printing costs, we must charge
$3.50 per copy for this classy
register of Bucknellians — the
first issued since 1950. It will
list Alumni alphabetically, by
class, and by geographical lo-
cations.
To help us determine our
needs for this bestseller, please
fill in the form below and re-
turn it to Jack Brothers, Direc-
tor of Alumni Belations.
Jack,
I would purchase
copy(s) of The New Alumni Di-
rectory.
NAME
CLASS
STREET ADDRESS
CITY
STATE
ZIP
MAY. 197 1
[iff]
ir
mteeu inure
Cover Art by Valerie Kiernan
The January Program's 'Good Hands'
You Can Join the January Program
The second year of operation of the Jan
Plan at Bucknell is now history, and the curric-
ulum experiment shows signs of growth. This
year, in 1971, a total of 914 students were en-
gaged in projects on and off campus, working
with 128 faculty sponsors. In 1970, 698 stu-
dents and 108 faculty members participated
in the January Program.
Those are some of the statistics, but they
do no reveal how diverse are the educational
projects undertaken by Bucknell undergrad-
uates and how the overall program works.
Final examinations for the first semester at
Bucknell are given prior to the Christmas re-
cess and the month of January is set aside for
a voluntary, non-credit, unstructured program
which permits students to experiment, to study
within or outside of their major fields, to in-
vestigate a problem in depth, or to travel else-
where to pursue a special interest.
This issue of The Bucknell Alumnus is de-
voted exclusively to a report on the January
Program at the University. It is by no means
an exhaustive or complete report, but it does
provide a sample of the kind of educational
projects that are an outgrowth of the motiva-
tions and ingenuity of students and the coun-
sel and direction of faculty members.
When you have studied these accounts,
perhaps you will have some idea for projects
that could be included in the January Pro-
gram. We invite your comments and sugges-
tions. If you would like to help further the
goals of the University by participating in the
January Program, you may do so in either of
two ways:
( 1 ) By providing positions for students to
serve during January as observers, apprentices,
research assistants, or employees in business
( small or large ) , industry, social agencies, pro-
(See page 2)
In This Issue
See the squirrel! See the squirrel
peep around the tree! Well, the photo
at left is the work of Archer Bryant,
a sophomore. More of Arch's photos
appear on pages 12-15.
Our cover is the work of Valerie
Kiernan, a junior, who designed the
masthead for the ALUMNUS news-
paper edition. Valerie worked in the
art and advertising departments of the
Allstate Insurance Company as part of
her January Program and she put the
Bertrand Library in "good hands."
ENVIRONMENT
MINI-PLANNING .
PINEY WOODS . .
PHOTO GALLERY .
MARTS HALL MAZE
. page 3
. page 4
. page 9
. page 12
. page 16
A SAMPLE OF 300 PROJECTS
More than 300 projects were list-
ed for the January Program in 1971.
Some of these were conducted ov-
erseas, but most of the projects took
place on campus or at least in clos-
er proximity to the campus. A sam-
ple of the work done may provide
some idea of the broad range of
subjects and interests involved.
Projects sponsored by biology de-
partment faculty members were
conducted at such diverse sites as
the New York State Agriculture
Experiment Station in Geneva, the
Everglades National Park in Flori-
da, the Downstate Medical Center
and Kings County Hospital in
Brooklyn, and the Forty Fort Ani-
mal Hospital in Wyoming, Pa.
More than 40 pre-medical stu-
dents got a real sample of the life
and work of a doctor while spend-
ing the month in medical training
in the Evangelical Community Hos-
pital in Lewisburg and in hospitals
in their hometown areas.
Students interested in education
worked at elementary and secon-
dary schools in such places as Boy-
ertown, Pa.; Grosse Pointe, Mich.;
Summit, Oradell, and Corbin City,
N. J.; Greenlawn and Williamsville,
N. Y.; Branford and Norwalk,
Conn.; and Palm Beach Gardens,
Fla. These projects involved work-
ing with regular classes, tutoring,
studying visual discrimination in
the reading and writing behavior of
children, and assisting in the teach-
ing of deaf and handicapped chil-
dren.
(See page 2)
MAY 1971
SAMPLE OF PROJECTS
One student worked on a Nava-
jo reservation in Ganado, Arizona,
and another, working with a Head
Start program in Wisconsin Rap-
ids, Wis., studied early childhood
behavior in Indian children.
Numerous projects were spon-
sored by faculty members in the
psychology department. These in-
cluded a course on campus investi-
gating the effects of population
overcrowding; an introduction to
clinical practice in which students
lived in the staff dorm at Central
State Hospital in Milledgeville,
Georgia, the largest mental hospi-
tal in the countrv, and were as-
signed diagnostic clinical responsi-
bilities; and study at Monkey Jun-
gle in Goulds, Florida and at the
Delta Regional Primate Center in
Covington, Louisiana. A student
analyzed the racial attitudes of fifth
grade students in a Lewisburg
school; another observed the psy-
chological interaction between
owners and their pets; and several
students did research or served as
apprentice workers at the Laurel-
ton and Selinsgrove State Schools.
Another course on campus includ-
ed a study of mental health in
America.
One of the many projects which
received newspaper coverage in
the area in which it was conducted
was the work by one girl, conduct-
ed through the Community Action
Program of Lancaster (Pa.) Coun-
ty, with the Puerto Rican residents
of Lancaster. During three weeks
of intensive work Miss Linda Mum-
ford 73, who speaks fluent Span-
ish, talked with Spanish-speaking
families, educators, clergy, social
workers and others. She was main-
ly concerned with discovering some
of the most pressing problems
faced by the Puerto Ricans which
stem from differences in language
and culture.
Approximately 125 students trav-
eled to distant lands in a variety of
January Program projects. The stu-
dent trips included such places as
Argentina, Australia, England, Aus-
tria, Uruguay, the Soviet Union,
Canada, Czechoslovakia, and Italy.
YOU CAN JOIN
fessional offices (law, medicine, education,
etc.), hospitals, museums, governmental offices
at the local, state, or federal level, and so forth.
Any significant work or field stud}7 experience
will suffice as long as it promises a student the
opportunity to see the application and rele-
vance of his formal course work or to extend
his educational experiences bevond those pro-
vided in his course of study.
( 2 ) By submitting proposals for structured
projects to be conducted on or off campus and
directed or supervised by an alumnus whose
profession qualifies him to act as a temporarv
extension of the University's teaching staff.
Both of these ways in which alumni can
engage in the January Program ultimately re-
quire the approval of a faculty member, who
becomes officially the sponsor of the project
even though he may not be directly involved in
the conduct of the project. Alumni may con-
tact individual faculty members directly or
submit inquiries and ideas to the Director of
the January Program. Write or call (717-524-
1440 ) at any time from now, through the sum-
mer, up to the middle of October to:
Dr. John W. Tilton
Director of the January Program
Bucknell University
Lewisburg, Pa. 17837
Mr. Victor F. Vilella '46, at left, division engineering supervisor
for West Perm Power Company, was the alumni sponsor of Mr.
Warren Mack, a senior mechanical engineering student. Here,
the two men analyze computer sheets with voltage and load
data for a distribution substation. West Penn Power serves
Washington County and the southwest portion of Allegheny
County (just south of Pittsburgh).
Christine Ellison, a junior from Norwich, N. Y., turned a trip
to Australia into a journalistic study program and won plaudits
for her stories from "down under."
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
Pennsylvania's
Environment
FOUR Bucknell University se-
niors spent the month of Jan-
uary working in the Division
of Water Quality of the Pennsyl-
vania Department of Environmen-
tal Resources. Their project was
the brain child of two of the divis-
ion's staff — Dick Rhindress '63, a
geologist, and Karl Schaefer '60, an
aquatic biologist, who had learned
of their alma mater's "Jan Plan."
Rhindress and Schaefer, in con-
junction with Professors Richard
Nickelsen, chairman, department of
Geology, and Wayne McDiffett,
department of biology, drew up a
work-study program in Water
Quality, and four Bison seniors
were selected to participate. The
students were paid no salaries but
did receive room and board com-
pensation.
Bill Gardiner, who is a geology
major, worked with Dick Rhin-
dress, compiling data on the con-
ditions of public water supply
wells. The information is needed
for the Commonwealth's Ground
William Gardiner '71, above, worked
with Richard Rhindress '63, while Karl
Schaefer '60 was aided by Bucknell se-
niors, left to right, Phillip Titus, Thomas
Strekal, and Martha Kandelin.
Water Quality Management Sys-
tem.
Martha Kandelin, Thomas Strek-
al, and Philip Titus, all of whom
are biology majors, worked with
Karl Schaefer. A good deal of their
time was spent in the lab identify-
ing aquatic insects and animals.
They also did work in the field,
helping to conduct stream surveys.
THE students made very favor-
able impressions on the peo-
ple in Water Quality, as did
the project in general. The project
was rated a success, and the "Jan
Plan" is one program that the divi-
sion is anxious to be involved in
again.
As the Deputy Secretary for En-
vironmental Protection, Mr. Wesley
E. Gilbertson, notes: "We hope
that we have been able to show
these students something of the
state's environmental protection
work. It has been a pleasure having
these students work with us. I hope
that we can again participate in
the Jan Plan. My thanks extend to
you and to Professors Nickelsen
and McDiffett for sending us such
excellent students."
may 1971
Mini-Plan' for New Berlin
By Jim Freeman '71
"There are no strangers in this
ivorld, only friends we've never
met."
LOUIS EATON, a New Berlin
resident, used these words as
he presented symbolic "keys
to the city" to the 23 Bucknell Uni-
versity students who had spent
their January working in that small
Pennsylvania borough. For the stu-
dents, the experiences and events
which preceded that evening had
been the Mini-Plan, a January
Project in community development.
From its inception, Mini-Plan of-
fered two areas of human interac-
tion, either of which would have
been a sufficient objective for a
normally ambitious January Proj-
ect. We had the problem of how to
promote effective communication
and action among 23 students com-
ing from various backgrounds, in-
terests, and fields of study and,
second, how to relate these actions
to, and communicate with, the res-
idents of a small Pennsylvania
community, a community, one
might add, that had been function-
ing for several hundred years with-
out the students' help. These were
some of the problems that were in-
nocently concealed behind the
words describing the project in the
January Program catalogue.
At that first November meeting
of interested students, the problem
of communication within our
group became immediately obvi-
ous. Oddly enough, it was one
problem that most of us had prob-
ably not considered very deeply —
that is, until we were suddenly in a
room with students whom we may
have recognized, or known by
name only, but for the most part
did not really know. As the project
advisers began to speak — George
Fasic, of the Bucknell Institute for
Regional Affairs; Professor Richard
McGinnis, of the civil engineering
department, and Professor John
Anderson, of the department of
economics — it became clear that
although they had outlined the
general area of community devel-
opment for the project, it would be
the students' job to design and
shape it according to their own in-
terests. Considering that the 23
students involved represented such
diverse fields as political science,
geology, sociology, civil engineer-
ing, history, psychology, econom-
ics, mechanical engineering, and
business administration, there was
obviously a considerable variety of
interests and abilities present.
Although ideas and suggestions
were slow to come forth and the
pace of these pre-January meet-
ings seemed agonizingly slow at
times, with guidance from the ad-
visers Mini-Plan began to take
Mr. John Knouse, mayor of New Berlin, at center holding project report, praised Bucknell students and faculty for work done in
his community. From left to right are Jim Freeman '71, Sue Barrell '73, George Fasic (Bucknell Institute for Regional Affairs), Louis
Eaton (resident of Neiv Berlin), the mayor, Doug Honey '71, Donna Rubinoff '71 and Dr. John Anderson. (All photos in this story
are by Elwood H. Moyer, Mifflinburg.)
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
shape. New Berlin was selected
as the site for the project, and a
general time-table was established.
The first week would be spent
gathering data on the community;
the second to analyzing this data
for implications; the third to sub-
mitting several proposals to the
residents for discussion, and the
fourth week would be spent pre-
paring a final report. It was also
Jim Freeman is a major in me-
chanical engineering, Class of 71.
He began studies ivith the Class of
1966, but these were interrupted
for four years of service with the U.
S. Navy. He is contemplating a ca-
reer in planning of architecture,
with a stress on design and plan-
ning of communities, and will work
this summer in a planning capacity
on a project in Connecticut.
decided to establish an office and
work space in New Berlin, if possi-
ble, and to hold an open town
meeting each week.
Perhaps the most difficult deci-
sions were those concerning the
scope of the project and the spe-
cific areas of the community to be
investigated. It was during these
early sessions that an appreciation
for the complexity of a town be-
gan to grow. Often students re-
marked that they didn't really un-
derstand how the various func-
tions of a community interacted,
although they were familiar with
specific areas. As the Christmas
break approached, however, deci-
sions were made and five areas of
study were identified: land use,
housing, networks (transportation,
water, and sewer), social and pow-
er structure, and government and
finance. Because of the smaller size
The man with the long reach (above) is
Irvin Smith of New Berlin, one of the
volunteer ftre77ien who hosted a dinner
for students and faculty. Below, Jim
Freeman, author of this article, Sue Bar-
rell and Ed Simpson '71 review data
collected in project.
and scope of the assigned groups,
dialogue increased and the project
began to breathe life as plans were
laid for the first week's work.
NEW BEBLIN is a community
of slightly over 800, located
along Penn's Creek in south-
ern Union County. Only thirteen
miles from Lewisburg, it offered
an ideal setting in both proximity
to the campus and size. Size was
especially significant since limited
time was available for the project.
Although the borough had at first
declined interest in Mini-Plan, this
decision was later reversed and the
Borough Council extended an invi-
tation to the students. Credit must
be given to Mr. Fasic and Mayor
John Knouse, whose hard work and
perseverance largely accounted for
this reversal. It is not difficult to
understand the reservations on the
part of the community, especially
in view of the general public's
opinion of college students today.
Nor can it be said that the students
were without reservations of their
own. Considering the residents'
view of a "bunch of crazy college
kids," and the students' notions of
"Pennsylvania farmers," the two
certainly seemed unlikely allies.
Each side began with precon-
ceived ideas well in hand, but Jan-
may 1971
uary 4, 1971 arrived and the Mini-
Plan became a reality. After a
morning "organizational meeting,"
if it can honestly be called that in
retrospect, the five sub-groups set
out to make plans and collect data:
Land Use — Inventory and map
all land uses, both within the bor-
ough and the surrounding area.
Also, gather information on soil
conditions, slope, drainage, and
suitability for construction of these
areas.
Housing — Prepare a question-
naire and conduct a survey of the
borough to collect data on popula-
tion, housing conditions, length of
residence, shopping habits, social
needs, attitudes, etc.
Networks — Conduct an origin
and destination traffic survey, study
street conditions, maintenance,
curbs, lighting, signs, etc. Also,
study the borough's water and
sewer systems.
Social and Power Structure —
Analyze the community to identify
influential citizens and organiza-
tions, both within the formal bor-
ough structure and without.
Government and Finance — Study
structure and budgets of the bor-
ough's government. Catalogue all
state and federal programs which
could be of assistance as well as
identifying any other possible rev-
enue sources.
Work within the community was
greatly assisted by the United
Church of Christ in New Berlin,
which made its basement available
as a headquarters for the project
during the month. This office was
of particular value as it provided
a more direct link with the com-
munity, while serving to reinforce
the fact that we were no longer
students sitting in a classroom but
actually out in a community gain-
ing firsthand experience along with
education.
WITH the end of the first
week came the initial open
town meeting and face-to-
face confrontation with the resi-
dents of the borough. For two rea-
State police aided Ed Simpson and Jim Freeman, at right, during traffic survey.
sons, the importance of this first
meeting could not be overstated:
one, it was essential that good first
impressions be formed on both
sides; and two, it was vital to the
project to have a direct input and
expression of the residents' ideas
and problems. In an effort to stim-
ulate as much dialogue between
the two groups as possible, an in-
formal approach was used. Dis-
plays were set up in the borough's
community center using some of
the data that had already been
collected in the five areas outlined
by the students. On Thursday
evening, January 7, the residents
were invited to come in, browse,
have coffee, and discuss New Ber-
lin and Mini-Plan with the stu-
dents. Whether it was the sincere
interest of the students that in-
spired the enthusiasm of the 75
residents attending, or the oppo-
site, I would be hard-pressed to
decide. The success of the meet-
ing, however, was easily measured
in the volume of conversation that
filled the community center that
night. It was indeed a unique
meeting, one that saw a resident
in jacket and tie talking with a
student in jeans about water
sources for the community, while
in another corner sat a student in
jacket and tie and a resident in
work clothes discussing the medi-
cal needs of the borough. The ex-
citement and interest that began
that evening were to remain with
the Mini-Plan through the entire
month, and possibly beyond that.
It was indeed fortunate that we
had this enthusiasm since it was
obvious on entering the second
week's work that we no longer had
a schedule. Contrary to classroom
plans, we were already a half -week
tardy and a good portion of the
second week was needed to com-
plete gathering the information we
desired. This was a result of in-
accurate planning on our part and
also a widening of the scope of the
project. The town meeting had
identified several new areas, such
as recreation and medical and den-
tal care, which we had not initially
considered.
On Tuesday of the second week,
the origin and destination study
was conducted with the assistance
of the State Department of Trans-
portation and State Police. All
traffic entering the borough was
stopped and travelers were ques-
tioned concerning the origin, des-
tination, purpose, and frequency of
their trip. This information was
needed to identify traffic genera-
THE BUCKNTELL ALUMNUS
tors within the borough, analyze
the effectiveness of the street net-
work, and understand traffic pat-
terns of the area. All went well
with the survey, although one sad
resident was probably left with
something other than fond mem-
ories of Mini-Plan. It seems that
an underaged citizen had selected
that day to take the family car
for a drive, only to find State Police
stationed at every end of town.
May he forgive us.
THE second week also saw the
completion of the door-to-
door housing questionnaire,
with over a 65 percent response.
This particular survey provided
valuable information to all the sub-
groups of the project, since it con-
tained such loaded questions as,
Who are the three most important
people in town? Another key event
of this week was the first meeting
with a critique team made up of
three professionals: an architect-
planner, a landscape architect, and
an ecologist. The disciplines these
professional represented comple-
mented those of our advisers and
provided for a very interesting
evening of discussion, especially
in regard to how to use and interp-
ret our data.
By this time, a steering commit-
tee had evolved for the project
made up of representatives from
each of the sub-groups. It was
their decision to cancel plans for
a town meeting in the second week
and direct work towards one in the
third week. The purpose of this
meeting was to present the data
and information collected, and to
discuss various problems that had
been identified along with possible
solutions. To prepare for this meet-
ing and start pointing towards the
final report, the original five groups
were abandoned and new ones
formed to pursue specific areas.
Included were borough land use,
regional factors, water sources, wa-
ter supply systems, sewage, streets
and traffic, historic preservation,
recreation and entertainment, edu-
cation, community services, gov-
ernment and finance, and a plan-
ning commission. It was around
these basic subjects that the third
town meeting was structured. The
students brought their ideas and
proposals to the meeting, along
with the data which had led to
them, while the residents brought
their own views and the experience
Professor John Anderson, department of economics, interviews
Mrs. Emery Sassaman for housing survey.
they were founded on. Although
discussion was slow to start, it
proved quite interesting as the
evening progressed, with each side
educating the other. An added fea-
ture of this meeting for the stu-
dents was the experience gained
in public speaking, as almost ev-
eryone had a part in the presenta-
tion.
The fourth week of the project
required yet another transforma-
tion on the part of those involved.
Suddenly we were writers and edi-
tors as the final report began to
take shape. The steering commit-
tee called for two reports to be
prepared for the final town meet-
ing. One would be made up of de-
tailed reports prepared by the
aforementioned groups. Ten cop-
ies of this full report were to be
left with the Borough Council. A
second report, summarizing the
full report, was also to be prepared,
and one hundred copies made
available for distribution to those
in attendance at the final meeting.
The summary report had been de-
cided upon in a further attempt to
involve more of the citizens of
New Berlin in its affairs. Another
factor in deciding on a summary
report was the feeling that our
work and efforts would be of little
value if only read by a few. Inevi-
tably, the night of the final meeting
arrived, and although preparation
of the full final report ran past
this date, the summary reports
were available and presented at
the meeting.
SPACE does not allow for details
concerning all the recommen-
dations and findings put forth
by the Mini-Plan, but some aspects
of the project may be discussed in
general terms. Many of the propos-
als and suggestions contained in
the final presentation were not new
and revolutionary ideas brought by
the students, but ones that had
been present and talked about in
the community for some time. In
this respect, Mini-Plan served as a
catalyst and renewed interest or
gave life to these "old" ideas and
set things in motion. The level of
MAY 1971
activity that was generated within
the borough was indeed one of the
most significant outcomes of the
month's work. It is important to
note here also, that this activity was
not just on the part of the students
or residents individually, but a
truly cooperative effort. This close
working relationship that evolved
between the students, residents,
and officials of the borough was
very rewarding and educational for
all concerned.
Of course, warm feelings and ed-
ucational benefits aside, it is always
nice to have something more sub-
stantial to show for one's work. In
this regard, I can report that a bor-
ough planning commission is now
operative in New Berlin, and this
may be directly attributed to Mini-
Plan.
Planning Commission
The need for a planning commis-
sion was identified early in the
project and this became one of the
unofficial objectives of the month's
work. We saw the need for this
body in two ways: one, it would be
of obvious benefit to the commun-
ity in guiding its future develop-
ment; and second, perhaps a more
selfish one, we knew that this
would be an ideal way to insure
continuance of the work which we
had begun. A separate team was
formed within our number to pur-
sue this goal and it is to their cred-
it that on the night of the final
meeting, we were able to introduce
three individuals who had been ap-
pointed and approved by the may-
or and council to form a planning
commission. The story does not end
there, however. During the final
meeting, two more residents volun-
teered to serve on this body, and at
the time of this writing, there are
seven members actively serving on
the newly formed New Berlin Plan-
ning Commission.
Historical Society
This body has been organized
within the community and is devis-
ing plans to preserve and restore
some of the historically significant
buildings of the borough. They are
New Berlin residents and students study land use maps during special town meeting.
also planning a special weekend
in August to allow the general pub-
lic to share some of the history
which can be found in New Berlin.
Penn's Creek Water Authority
The Lions Club of New Berlin
has sponsored this body to pursue
plans for a dam across Penn's
Creek. If successful, this dam
would provide the borough with a
swimming area adjacent to its ex-
isting park.
Recreation Committee
This newly formed committee is
seeking to design and coordinate
programs for the youth of the com-
munity such as, organized sports,
dances, etc.
It should not be necessary to try
to explain the feelings these events
bring to the students who spent
their January in New Berlin. It was
certainly a most rewarding month
in many ways. After all, there are
not many places within the struc-
ture of a contemporary university
that
• an engineer would be working
with a sociologist and business
administration major on a
common objective;
• you run over to a mayor's
house to discuss a problem in
his community over a cup of
coffee;
• you find that a rumor has
started to the effect that the
little-league baseball field is to
be the site of new high-rise
apartments, and it threatens
the future of your project, even
though completely without
basis in fact;
• you and 23 others are invited
to a dinner in your behalf by
a volunteer fire company;
• vou have lunch in a combina-
j
tion hardware store-restaurant,
because it's the only place in
town;
• vou discuss the problems re-
lated to a community with a
planner, architect, economist,
landscape architect, transpor-
tation engineer, and an ecolo-
gist;
• a meeting is advertised for the
youth of a community to at-
tend, and as you sit expecting
high-school and college-age
students, you suddenly see 50
kids from grades one through
six pour through the door ex-
pecting to be entertained for
the next two hours;
• you are presented a "key to
the city."
These are but a few of the expe-
riences and events that led to that
final town meeting and the words
of Mr. Eaton. I honestly can't re-
member seeing any "crazy college
kids" or "Pennsylvania farmers" at
the community center that night,
apparently they couldn't make it.
In their place, however, were a lot
of friends who were once strangers.
S
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
Above, Professor Darina Tuhy, department of music, provides some advice for an aspir-
ing pianist. Below, Deborah Wright '72 gives some private instruction in science to a
student at Pineij Woods. (All photos are by Paul Wainwright.)
MAY 1971
Project
Piney
Woods
By Paul F. Wainwright '72
PINEY WOODS is a school for
Negro children located in the
heart of Mississippi. It was
founded in 1909 by Dr. Laurence
C. Jones, a Negro Mississippian
who was educated at Iowa State
University and who returned to the
South as a "one-man VISTA" to
try to be of help to the deprived
Negroes. At that time, education
for whites was scarce enough —
schooling for Negroes was almost
unheard of. It was Jones' belief that
these people deserved to be edu-
cated, and it was his intention to
start a school that would enable
the Negroes to live better.
The Piney Woods school was
thus founded, after many hard-
ships and setbacks, upon the prin-
ciple that "book learning" was not
everything in an education. The
main concern of the school was to
dispel fears and superstitions from
the ignorant Negroes, and to in-
struct them in manual trades, such
as farming and house-keeping, so
that they might be able to live bet-
ter. In this way, as Jones explained
to the skeptical whites in the area,
the school would benefit both
races. Not only could the Negroes
A junior at Bucknell, Paul Wain-
wright is a major in physics and a
photographer by avocation. He
serves as a staff member of The
Bucknellian and of Concern
Through Action (C.A.). His January
Program in 1970 was concerned
with communications via lasers. A
native of Amityville, N. Y., he plans
a career in teaching.
9
A group project in dress-making enlists the skills of Deborah Wright '72, center.
provide for themselves in a better
way, but they also could do better
work when employed by the white
farmers.
By the efforts of Laurence Jones
alone the Piney Woods School has
grown until today there are nearly
300 students on a 1,600-acre cam-
pus. Although the manual trades
are still offered, the emphasis of
study has shifted substantially to-
ward academics. All of the students
go to school three days a week and
work three days a week as part of
their tuition. The campus is well
maintained, partly due to this "free
labor" and partly due to the gen-
erous gifts that the school has re-
ceived in the past. However, the
financial plight of the school is still
evidenced in the faculty. Most of
the teachers are retired people who
are at Piney Woods because of
their desire to serve mankind. The
salaries that are paid are very low,
and some even work in exchange
for their room and board. Although
they are undoubtedly qualified
teachers, their age detracts from
the vitality that is so desparately
needed at Piney Woods.
THE motivation and guidance
for our project came mainly
from Mr. James D. Hammer-
lee of the Bucknell C. A. Over the
years, Jim has had many informal
10
ties with the people at Piney
Woods, and numerous Bucknell
students have, in the past, volun-
teered their services on an indi-
vidual basis. There has been a
plan in the works for a big-brother
relationship to be established be-
tween Bucknell and the junior col-
lege at Piney Woods. For Bucknell
this would mean lending teaching
support (student teaching, sabbati-
cals, etc.) on a formal basis. For
Piney Woods, it would mean, in
addition, that they would then be
eligible for state and federal funds.
This idea, however, may never
come about since the administra-
tion at Piney Woods is consider-
ing the elimination of the junior
college in order to make space
available for more of the younger
students. However, the prospects
are still bright for informal, indi-
vidual relationships with Piney
Woods; there are a number of
Bucknell people going there this
summer, and there is the possibility
of another Piney Woods Jan-Plan
next year.
Why did we go to Piney Woods?
Each, I think, went for his own,
personal reasons. Whether it was
out of curiosity about the South,
interest in Negro culture, or to
just (just?) get away from home
and Bucknell, the general, underly-
ing reason was, I feel, the desire
of each to know more about him-
Diana Thomas '74, guitarist and folk sing-
er, was guest conductor at a "sing-out."
Hi — ^
Mary Knisley '74 lends a helping hand
in sewing project.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
self. Piney Woods, we hoped,
would be the kind of experience
that would test our ability to react
in a responsible manner to trying
situations, and thus to be better
able to cope with life. Each had
his own expectations, yet, to the
best of my knowledge, Piney
Woods was in no way what any
of us expected. My prep-school
visions were not at all true. What
I did find, in some respects, should
have been expected; things that
people had told me point blank did
not sink in until I got there. Things
like the formality of the manner-
isms, the rigidness and age of the
school policies, and the quality of
the students were totally out of my
ability to imagine.
o
UR duties at Piney Woods in-
cluded the usual teaching
and tutoring — two of the
few things that were expected.
These included chemistry, biolo-
gy, math, home economics, de-
bate, and music. The musical high-
light of our month was the produc-
tion of a "Sing-Out," an impossible
feat that at first seemed hopeless:
one thing that we had not counted
on was the poor ability and lack of
refinement of the students. Because
of their poor educational back-
grounds, many were what we
would call "slow learners." Some
of my classes were downright frus-
trating. I have concluded that the
students in the South cannot be
compared or judged by Northern
standards. Any attempt to do so
would tend to stifle their chances
for progress among their own peo-
ple.
Our activities, however, went
far beyond the rudimentary tasks
mentioned above. We found that
our roles at Piney Woods were pri-
marily to act as bridges between
the culture of the students and
our own culture. Piney Woods is
run by the same people and the
same standards as it was fifty years
ago, and our presence on campus
gave the students quite a contrast-
ing viewpoint. For a school that
gets up at 5:00 A. M., wears uni-
forms all day, and is watched over
Hclynn Schwalm 72, aided by Ray Schlesinger '73 (kneeling),
demonstrates a lesson in gymnastics.
all the time, our liberal attitudes
and actions gave a sharp jolt to the
placid, antique atmosphere. Even
little things like starting an infor-
mal social hour on Sunday eve-
nings were novelties.
This educational experience,
however, was not totally one-way.
Not only did I get to know a dif-
ferent segment of humanity, but I
came to realize that these are peo-
ple too, with hopes, fears, desires,
and needs very similar in principle
to my own. Through this aware-
ness of these qualities in other peo-
ple, I have gained another small
fragment toward my own personal
development. This awareness of
self through the awareness of oth-
ers is something that everyone ex-
periences, and in this sense we are
all teachers. It has been said that
the teacher who is indeed wise
bids not that you enter the house
of his wisdom, but rather leads
you to the threshold of your own
mind.
Paul Wainwright '72, author of this article, works on project in physics lab at Bucknell.
He took all photos but this one, which is by Ralph Laird.
MAY 1971
11
Photo
Gallery
By Archer Bryant '73
SIDEWALK AND SHADOWS''
Four pages of this issue are de-
voted to a small sample of the work
of Archer Bryant, a sophomore at
Bucknell whose photos have al-
ready ivon critical acclaim.
A modest young artist, Archer
began a serious pursuit of photog-
raphy at age 12. He was elected as
photo editor of his prep school
newspaper and yearbook and
worked during his summer vaca-
tions as a staff photographer for a
daily newspaper in New London,
Conn.
In more recent years, about the
time of his entry into college, his
interests turned increasingly to
photography as an art form. "I like
to ivork with natural or organic
shapes in an attempt to present
these in an unusual way," he notes.
Some of the ivork presented here
was done as part of a project in the
January Program and was included
in a recent exhibit in the Bertrand
Library.
Archer is now engaged in sever-
al photographic projects around
campus, and we hope to present
more of his work in future issues.
12
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
:
All photos are copyrighted by Archer Bryant.
MAY 1971
13
"NORTH WATER ST. ALLEY"
14
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
"PILLAR"
MAY 1971
15
THE MARTS HALL MAZE
By June Heistand '73
and Charles Resnick '72
PROVOST WENDELL I.
SMITH '46 explains it this way:
"Colleges and universities ap-
pear to be administered in strange
ways, by many voices. One influ-
ences decisions on a campus bv
being heard and by knowing how
decisions are made."
Inevitably, colleges suffer to some
degree from bureaucracv, the side-
effect of too many people dealing
with too many other people. They
also suffer from disorganization,
the consequence of being problem-
oriented, since problems lack an
ability to alphabetize themselves or
arrange for appointments.
16
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
The administration of higher ed-
ucation adheres to the laws of
natural selection. In its evolution
it hardly resembles its forefathers.
the ecclesiastical authorities of the
fourteenth centurv, and has not vet
entered anv "post-historical" era.
As offices and departments become
ineffective, thev change or die; and
as new developments arise, new
offices respond. Like manv univer-
sities, there is a flow chart behind
Bucknell's administration; yet, a
blueprint of Marts and Freas Halls
tells more about the wav it oper-
ates.
The most logical point of entrv
A sophomore at Bucknell, June
L. Heistand is an English major
and a member of the Marching and
Symphonic Bands, Choir, Chapel
Committee, Bucknell Christian Fel-
lowship, and Alpha Lamba Delta
(freshman women's honorary). In
previous semesters she was a re-
porter for The Buckxelliax, and
in April wrote a column for the
University's 125th anniversary mag-
azine. June expects to do graduate
work in student personnel adminis-
tration, and is considering a career
in that field or in journalism. Com-
menting on the past January Plan,
she said that it strengthened her
ambitions and gave her insight into
the ivork involved in running an in-
stitution — a serendipity she could
not have obtained in her education
without the January Program.
A junior at Bucknell, Charles G.
Resnick already has extensive ex-
perience as an administrator. He
was recently elected as treasurer of
the Association of Bucknell Stu-
dents, serves as business manager
of The Buckxelliax. and as chair-
man of three committees: Student
Appropriations, Cooperative Fund-
ing and Jan Plan. In addition, he
serves as a junior counselor and as
a member of the Board of Review
for Academic Responsibility and
the Subcommittee for Long-Range
Planning. A Dean's List student for
the past three semesters, he is a
major in business administration
and a member of Sigma Phi Epsilon
fraternity.
into a stud\' of college administra-
tion, in this case into Freas Hall,
is the Admissions Office, for it svm-
bolicallv connects all who enter
with the private aspects of the aca-
demic quadrangle: Coleman Hall
and Yaughan Literature Building
and Marts Hall. The entrance
board of the University', the Ad-
missions Office determines the char-
acter of the institution bv the char-
acter of the men and women it
accepts.
Through the wonders of modem
technologv, computers and wheel-
dex files, the Admissions Office pro-
cesses approximatelv 5000 applica-
tions each vear. Before the new
vear begins, Fitz Walling '46, Garv
Ripple. Richard Skelton '60, and
Buchanan Ewing III '64 spend their
time on and off campus interview-
ing prospective students. In Jan-
uarv, with the exception of the
Earlv Decision Program, the ad-
missions staff begins the lengthv
and arduous selection process. Each
application is evaluated in terms of
high school and degree program,
and is graded A. B. or C (with
pluses or minuses) on a scale of
possibilities for individual success
at Bucknell. These grades are sub-
jectivelv determined bv scholastic
averages balanced by an under-
standing of the difficulty of the cur-
riculum and class rank. Other fac-
tors (such as standard tests) serve
as levelers. whereas talents, activi-
ties, interests and geographical area
provide the basis for choosing a
student bodv that is heterogeneous
as well as qualified. Interest in
Bucknell can also be a factor. De-
termining it and informing the
prospective student about the
school are major purposes of the
interview.
THE Admissions Office works
in conjunction with the Of-
fices of Residence Halls, Ad-
ministration and Finance, and the
Registrar. Because there is no in-
fallible index for determining how
manv students will matriculate,
these offices saw the work of ad-
missions personnel in 1970 as too
"successful." Administration and
Finance may have been pleased
with the extra tuition; however, the
Office of Residence Halls, almost
forced to putting hammocks in the
cleaning closets, reacted quite dif-
ferently to the size of the freshman
class.
Once a student has been admit-
ted to the Universitv, the Regis-
trar's Office adds his or her name
to their files. Florence Pvle and her
staff concern themselves with each
student's registration and enroll-
ment, with grade processing and
reporting, records, transcripts, com-
mencement, and "whatever house-
keeping responsibilities there are
that no one else wants to do."
Responsibility for the Universi-
ty's scholastic programs, however,
rests largelv with the two academic
deans. Dr. Leon Pacala, dean of
the College of Arts and Sciences,
has academic atmosphere as his
primarv concern; consequently, he
spends considerable time doing
what he terms "academic cheer-
leading." In this exercise he is aid-
ed by Assistant Dean John Pvper,
who oversees freshman progress.
The Office of the Dean is also in-
volved in facultv recruitment, de-
velopments and promotion.
As for promotion to his own posi-
tion, Dean Pacala considers facultv
rank a prerequisite. "To be a psv-
choanalvst," he observed, "one must
first submit to psvchotherapv. Per-
haps to be an administrator, one
must first submit to administration."
Dean Pacala also feels responsible
to inform students that thev five
in a meritocracy where thev are
constantly confronted with the need
to achieve. He believes that chili-
zation hinges on those who mea-
sure themselves on objective stan-
dards, but that the guiding motifs
of today's student culture are sub-
jectivity and immediacy.
HERBERT ECKBERG, retir-
ing dean of the College of
Engineering, considers his
most important job to be "turning
out the greatest number of quality
engineers." Instrumental in this is
his responsibility to catch students
before they are in academic diffi-
culty.
MAY 1971
17
Mrs. Walter Sterry, director of food services, Mr. Edward Hanlon, assistant director,
and Mr. Walter Geiger '34, director of physical plant, discuss layout of dining halls in
new University Center.
Regarding preparation for aca-
demic administration, in a profes-
sional field such as engineering,
law or medicine, Dean Eckberg
does not believe is necessary to rise
from the ranks of the faculty; in
Arts, however, he advocates facul-
ty experience.
Twenty-nine years with the Na-
vy have reinforced his belief that
to be effective at any level of or-
ganization, "the skipper should not
have more than seven people re-
porting to him." Both deans ob-
served that responsibility and au-
thority go hand-in-hand.
Another dean (of sorts) is Rob-
ert Latour, director of athletics,
who believes that intercollegiate
athletics provide learning experi-
ences which cannot be obtained in
the classroom. Here the philosophy-
is "not to offer professional experi-
ence, but be part of the entire edu-
cational process." Some of his du-
ties and responsibilities are to
supervise the coaches and men's
physical education instructors, co-
ordinate intercollegiate sports, rep-
resent the University in national
athletic associations, and adminis-
ter the athletic budget. In connec-
tion with the latter, the department
interacts with those of Admissions
and Financial Aid. Although re-
cruitment is the responsibility of
the individual coaches, prospective
athletes apply for admission
through the Admissions Depart-
ment, and thus must meet their
standard requirements. There is no
dual admissions policy since the
University has no "easy majors"
within which unqualified students
could be hidden.
Juxtaposed with this idea of ath-
letics as part of the educational
process, is the concept of the Buck-
nell University Press as an agent
in the dissemination of scholarly
works. One of only 82 university
presses in the United States and
Canada, it consists of an Editor,
Dr. James Carens, Professor of En-
glish, and an Editorial Board of six
faculty members. The Editor and
Board members review manuscripts
or have them reviewed by recog-
nized scholars, and then publish
those that they feel are of scholarly
worth. Managing Editor William
Weist '50 also doubles as editor of
the Bucknell Alumnus and as a
writer of speeches or other special
materials.
THE administration of each of
these areas of academic affairs
is collectively under Dr. Wen-
dell I. Smith '46, provost. As the
chief academic officer of the Uni-
versity, the provost also acts for the
president when he is absent from
the campus. In an interview, Dr.
Smith stated that "ideally, a pro-
vost's job must be kept fairly free
of routine, for if the job is formed
by the problems that come through
the door, little time remains for
initiating and encouraging new de-
velopments."
The Provost's Office bears major
responsibility for judging faculty
excellence, promotions, salaries, and
other benefits, as determined by
teaching effectiveness, scholarship,
and contributions to the University.
Dr. Smith also is concerned with
long-range planning, and serves as
the acting chairman of the Depart-
ment of Business and Finance, now
in a period of transition from the
status of a college to a department
within the College of Arts and Sci-
ences.
The successful operation of the
academic program at a college or
university depends to a great extent
on the adequacy and skill of the
management of its business and fi-
nancial operations. Obviously, the
task of defining the scholarly goals,
the content, and the instructional
methods of the academic program
are the responsibility of the faculty
and deans. But, once these goals
and methods have been defined,
responsibility falls on other admin-
istrative officers to see that the aca-
demic program has adequate fiscal
resources to operate successfully.
In an era of inflation and reces-
sion — of wavering stock market
prices and intensive debate as to
how public and private funds
should be spent — the men respon-
sible for fiscal management of anv
institution are thrust to center
stage. So, too, are their problems.
Last year, 1969-70, Bucknell's ex-
penditures exceeded her income by
$370,000. Many factors were in-
volved, but the "red ink" was dra-
matic evidence of an economic tru-
ism for the University: her existence
is directly proportional to her fiscal
solvency.
Because of the magnitude of
keeping an institution solvent, the
Office of Business and Finance is
an aggregation of several opera-
tions. It involves collecting, record-
ing, investing and dispersing the
income from gifts, endowments,
grants, and student fees. Manage-
18
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
ment of a food service, bookstore,
and physical plant are also within
its domain.
SUCH a range of responsibilities
is overseen at all colleges by a
chief business officer. At Buck-
nell, John F. Zeller III '41, vice-
president of Administration and
Finance, is somewhat unique: an
attorney, a native of Lewisburg,
and a graduate of Bucknell and the
University of Pennsylvania School
of Law, he also serves as a legal
counselor to the president and as
an advisor on local and regional
affairs.
Reporting directly to Mr. Zeller
are the business offices of Harley,
Young, and Shinier, "Inc." Comp-
troller F. Ellis Harley '59 is respon-
sible for the University's bookkeep-
ing. He records all financial trans-
actions, and since the decentraliza-
tion of the purchasing office, has
been available to departments as a
purchasing assistant. The payroll
and personnel fringe benefits, order
of supplies, and expense account of
the January Program are three of
the areas with which he contends.
Once Mr. Harley has received
and tallied the checks for tuition,
they round the corner to Mr. Don-
ald P. Young '33, who, as treasurer,
invests the money until it is needed
for debits. By placing it in short
term commercial paper, it will ac-
crue interest until its maturity prior
to the deadline for one of three
monthly payrolls.
The endowments, which are sent
directly to the Treasurer, are han-
dled by him, Morgan Guaranty,
and/or the Finance Committee of
the Board of Trustees. Endowments
are held in nominee (Booker &
Company) with the interest in one
central fund. All but $70,000 of the
University's income is in the pro-
cess of being invested three days
after being received.
Simultaneously, Bursar Robert B.
Shinier '48 is preparing statements
for the Board, helping student or-
ganizations with their financial ac-
counts, and verifying the payment
of each student's tuition.
THE Bookstore, University
Dining Service, and Physical
Plant are semi-autonomous op-
erations with their own directors
and budgets. Mr. Warren Elze '48,
one of the Trustees of the National
Association of College Stores and
Director of the University Book-
store, explained that the "book de-
partment is the store's only jutsifica-
tion for existence." Historically, the
original closed-stack Bookstore was
in The College Inn. In 1951, it
moved into the Carnegie Building
and was one of the first self-service
college stores in the country. Ac-
cording to Mr. Zeller, it will move
into the University Center this fall
"under the careful watch of other
bookstore managers across the
country." After being a faculty
member of summer management
seminars at Oberlin and Stanford,
and having designed the new col-
lege store at Lehigh University, the
construction of the University Cen-
ter has given Mr. Elze the oppor-
tunity to design his own at Buck-
nell. In his words, "the one in Car-
negie ran out of room ten years
ago."
Each year the Bookstore's profit
is incorporated into the University's
general fund and applied to varied
operating expenses. The amount
always seems large compared to
"secular" stores because the Uni-
versity does not charge its mana-
ger rent nor take his salary directly
from the profit. Yet, if the store did
not profit, it would not exist.
Although the new Bookstore will
be three times larger than the pres-
ent one, it will not have any new
departments. With Lewisburg's
commercial businesses as small as
they are, Bucknell cannot in good
conscience carry a comprehensive
range of items. Selling many non-
academic items could possibly be
damaging to the local stores, but
selling none cou
Id
lit
the
death of the Bookstore.
Like the Bookstore, the Universi-
ty Dining Service is also semi-auto-
nomous, cramped, and anxious to
move into the new University Cen-
ter. Headed by Dietician Mabel
Sterry and assisted by Edward
Hanlon, it tries to make eating as
educational as possible by expos-
ing the student body to a variety of
Vice President John Zeller '41, at left, discusses interior design of new University Center
with Mr. John Bell, assistant director of physical plant.
MAY 1971
19
foods, ergo the semi-annual Chi-
nese dinner. According to Mr. Han-
Ion, the University's food service
differs from many other colleges
in not being catered or prepared
because of the "high quality and
stability of the employees." In the
University Center, the cafeteria will
be able to feature the school's
homemade pastries and breads.
The new cafeteria, which is de-
signed to handle 900 students si-
multaneously, parallels a super-
market with numerous stations for
the various courses. Also available
will be private dining rooms and a
campus restaurant. Meal hours will
be longer, and this in turn will al-
low the administration to schedule
more class times and permit more
efficient use of the physical plant,
another of Mr. Zeller's concerns.
THE Department of the Physi-
cal Plant is responsible for
construction, inspection, se-
curity, housekeeping, maintenance,
repair, transportation and other
services for 2,000 residents, 300
staff and faculty, and 35,000 visi-
tors each year. Mr. Walter Geiger
'34, a professional engineer and
director of the Physical Plant,
equates the tasks with "running a
resort." Directly under him are As-
sistant Director John Bell and Su-
perintendent of Buildings Bernard
"Bar" Riley. Responsible to these
men are the many men and women
who maintain the beauty of the
campus and guarantee the comfort
of all who work and live at Buck-
nell.
When Bucknell received its char-
ter 125 years ago, student person-
nel administration was not a sepa-
rate function of the institution. The
same may be said for most of the
99 institutions of higher education
chartered prior to Bucknell (and
of those that followed), for in the
nineteenth century, few schools
operated with a philosophic as-
sumption that non-academic life
on campus had high educational
value. Most, under the influence of
German universities, were cold and
impersonal. However, when Ober-
lin admitted women in 1837, "it
was deemed necessary to appoint
matrons for their special supervi-
sion. In 1870, Harvard appointed a
dean to serve, in addition to his
teaching assignment, as a part-time
personnel administrator of disci-
pline and of the mechanics of en-
rollment. Johns Hopkins appointed,
in 1889, a 'chief of the faculty ad-
visors' to students."1 When Buck-
nell opened its doors to female stu-
dents, one of the first problems was
who would be responsible for the
boarding of the women at the in-
stitution. Ultimately, these duties
fell to the principal of the Female
Institute, when, as a catalog for
1856 clearly states, "Pupils from a
distance [were] required to board
in the Institute." A new post, dean
of the college women, was begun in
1897, and this title was changed in
1904 to dean of the Department for
Women. It was not until 1919, how-
ever, that the present post of dean
of women was created. The dean of
students post was created in 1932,
but was abandoned with the ap-
pointment of a dean of men in 1937.
Another post, dean of freshmen,
was instituted in 1930, but lasted
for only two years.
Obviously, all institutions, in-
cluding Bucknell, have sought
through the years to find some
proper organizational structure for
non-academic life on campus.
Changes in society are felt on cam-
puses, and with the growth and de-
velopment of Bucknell over the
past three decades, one of the areas
most affected is that of student af-
fairs. Dr. John Dunlop, dean of stu-
dent affairs, holds the post created
in 1957. He succeeded Dean John
Hayward in 1969. A review of the
areas of responsibility embraced
under the Dean's direction and of
the services provided to students,
makes one aware of how important
this function has become at Buck-
nell and at other institutions in
America.
MISS MARY JANE STEVEN-
SON, dean of women, is
well known to many grad-
uates of Bucknell. A generalist, she
notes that the organizational pat-
tern in student affairs at most col-
leges is becoming quite diversified
and that the individuals involved
are becoming more professional, a
fact that grows out of the many
specialized functions that student
affairs staff members are called up-
on to perform.
Dr. Thomas Risch is dean of
men. Though a disciplinary func-
tion has long been identified with
this office. Dean Risch perceives
the evolution of a counseling role
replacing that of the stern judge
June Heistand '73, second from left, interviews Dean Thomas Risch, Miss Brenda Gor-
don, director of freshman residence programs, and Miss Judith Judy, at right, director
of residence halls, in the preparation of this article.
20
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
meting out punishment for infrac-
tions of rules. His duties are shared
with Gerald W. Commerford, as-
sistant dean of men, who concen-
trates on the life of fraternity men
on campus.
Each dean sees his role as a "non-
academic educator in the out-of-
class laboratory." Some of their
present duties involve providing
general counseling and referral of
students, participating in the selec-
tion and orientation of undergrad-
uate residence hall staff, maintain-
ing personnel records for all stu-
dents, serving as consultants to the
Committee on Student Conduct,
developing various campus-wide
informational and educational pro-
grams and conveying and interpret-
ing the University's personal con-
duct expectations to students.
Filling the post of director of
Freshman Residence Programs, cre-
ated in 1970, is Miss Brenda E.
Gordon, formerly assistant dean of
women. Her office is responsible
for the operation of the freshman
residence halls, and a staff of un-
dergraduate junior counselors who
aid her and Mr. Ronald M. Jenkins,
assistant director, in working with
individual freshmen and groups
within each hall.
Across the hall is the office of the
director of University Residence
Halls, Miss Judith A. Judy, appoint-
ed at the beginning of the 1970-71
term. Her office is responsible for
the operation of upper-class resi-
dence halls which include two large
co-residential complexes, New Res-
idence Hall and Swartz Hall; Hunt
Hall, for women; Larison Hall, for
men; and six small houses. Fresh-
man men live in Kress, Trax, and
Larison Halls and freshman wom-
en in Old Main and Harris Hall.
The director and Mr. Leonard P.
Smolen, associate director, are aid-
ed by a staff of residence directors
and 40 undergraduate residence as-
sistants who work with individual
students and groups in each hall so
that the living units are more than
mere "hotels."
The University Counseling Ser-
vice, under the direction of Dr. Da-
vid H. Wilder, provides individual
consultation to help students use
may 1971
Charles Resnick '72, left, discusses article with Mr. Gerald Commerford, assistant dean
of men; Miss Mary Jane Stevenson and Mr. John Hayward, director of financial aid.
Since this article was prepared, Miss Stevenson has assumed new duties as executive
secretary of Alpha Lambda Delta, national honor society for women. She will remain
at Bucknell on a part-time basis as assistant to the dean of student affairs.
their talents effectively and to plan
attainable goals for the future. Last
year, in 1969-70, 278 students spent
586 hours of contact time with Dr.
Wilder. In working with students
the Counseling Service promotes
student growth and helps solve
specific educational problems.
o
NE of the specific educational
problems which cannot be
alleviated by the Counsel-
ing Service, however, is the rising
cost of tuition. This is the concern
of the former dean of student af-
fairs, John Hayward, now director
of financial aid. One of his primary
tasks is attempting to attract new
sources of assistance for students
requiring financial aid. These
sources include the "private sector,"
and state and federal agencies. In
making decisions he notes that
"there is no policy which can be
applied across the board. If there
were, the University would just be
using the computer." These are hu-
man problems which policies and
machines cannot solve alone.
When it comes to getting jobs,
students call on the services of the
director of Career Planning and
Placement, Mr. Raymond K. Irwin
'47. Mr. Irwin assists students with
employment problems and pro-
vides employers with an interview
service to obtain personnel from
the student body. He also helps to
find summer and part-time, off-
campus employment opportunities.
Teacher placement is also under
his direction.
Mr. James Hammerlee, director
of Student Programs, will have new-
opportunities to expand his con-
cerns and responsibilities when the
new University Center opens next
year. His office assists all campus
organizations, including all student
organizations, in planning and set-
ting up conferences, cultural pro-
grams, and social and recreational
events. He will add to those duties
direction of some operations of the
University Center as it, in a special
way, will provide an effective lo-
cation for co-curricular programs.
Rather than looking toward a pos-
siblv self-serving Student Union
21
Board, Mr. Hammerlee hopes that
new and worthwhile program ideas
will continue to come from a wide
variety of student organizations, as
well as from individual faculty
members.
Finally, Dr. Joseph Weightman
'37, medical director, supervises the
infirmary, providing medical ser-
vices with associate physicians, Dr.
Erwin G. Degling and Dr. J. Pres-
ton Hoyle. Dr. Harry Clay Stamey
is a consultant for psychiatric ser-
vices. The late Dr. John W. Rice
'14, who initiated Student Health
Services at Bucknell, served as its
director until his death a few
months ago.
Aiding the professionals in the
administration of student affairs
are a series of student-faculty com-
mittees which provide direction and
help determine policy for Univer-
sitv programs and services. These
committees include, anions others,
Student Affairs, Freshman Week,
Nominations for Student Relations,
Religious Programs, Scheduling
Universitv Events, Scholarship and
Financial Aid, and Commencement
Activities.
THE influence of college and
university affairs is no longer
limited to the educational
communities themselves. The so-
phistication of mass media has
transformed every individual and
every institution into a potential in-
fluence on the other. The college
turmoil of the past sLx years sub-
scribed to a modified domino
theory, and thus demanded that
every event be responsibly and in-
telligent!}' interpreted to the public.
Unfortunately this was not always
the case.
Bucknell was lucky. She was af-
fected, but not injured. Hangovers
from the walk-out, the demonstra-
tions, and the week of Ma}' 3 were
inherited by all Bucknellians, but
especially by the men and women
in the various offices of public re-
lations.
As vice-president for administra-
tion and finance, Mr. Zeller coordi-
nates the University's three chan-
nels for public contact: Public
Relations, Alumni Relations, and
Development.
According to Trennie Eisley '31,
director of Public Relations, the
purpose of her department is to
"gain the understanding and sup-
port of the publics whose good will
is important to the Universitv'," in-
cluding; students, facultv, adminis-
trators, alumni, friends, trustees,
parents, and local and national
publics. In keeping people in-
formed, "PR" emphasizes the posi-
tive aspects of the University's op-
eration and maintains that honesty
can be the only policy.
Lacking manv crises, the major
thrust of Public Relations is direct-
ed toward informing local, state,
and national media about events
and developments at Bucknell and
toward the hometown media of
the students. Mr. Bradley Tufts, as-
sistant director, bears the major re-
sponsibility along this line and is
assisted by Sports Information Di-
rector David Wohlhueter. Mrs.
Robert Shinier performs editorial
duties and aids Miss Eisley in pro-
ducing varied publications, includ-
ing the Catalog, Bucknell-In-Brief,
a quarterly newsletter, and other
materials for admissions purposes.
Aiding the Public Relations Of-
fice in following the events and
event-makers on the Bucknell scene
is a file system of cards on each un-
dergraduate. To update this serv-
ice, the Public Relations Office
hopes to transfer some of their files
to the computer. Other files which
supplement this information are in
the workroom of the Office of
Alumni Relations. Here a student
can find his sports write-ups and
letters to the editor of the Bucknel-
lian. Upon graduation, the folders
are placed in the alumni files and
the clipping service continues.
THE primary contact that
alumni have with their alma
mater is through the efforts
of their Alumni Relations Office.
Its activities include planning and
coordinating Homecoming Class
Reunions, and Freshman Recep-
tions. An emergetic effort, has been
undertaken by the office's freshman
director, Jack Brothers '58, to find
"innovative ways of breaking the
communications gap." Mr. Brothers
feels quite strongly that the rela-
tionship between the University
and its graduates should not be
just a one-way avenue of financial
support. He believes that his office
should be the prime mover in cre-
ating; an attitude which will in-
crease the alumni's sense of attach-
ment and concern.
Working with Mr. Brothers in
these efforts is David "Mike"
Haves. As associate director, Mr.
Haves spends a sizeable amount
of time planning and organizing
functions on and off campus to ease
the administrative chores of the
volunteers. This includes compiling
a basic core reunion handbook for
each class, performing supportive
office functions for the various
chapters, and executing conferenc-
es, receptions and other similar
events.
The Alumni Relations Office
keeps careful track of and com-
municates with Bucknell's more
than 22,000 living alumni in all 50
states and 53 foreign countries by
dividing them into approximately
60 local chapters. Bucknell gradu-
ates are quite mobile, however, and
the office makes about 600 changes
of address each month.
Various activities to provide real
contact with the progressive chang-
es undertaken in higher education
are encouraged for each chapter.
The seminar style programs "Buck-
nell Today" is one example of a
University attempt to be relevant
to an audience that can no longer
devote full time to the inner work-
ings of higher education. The
Alumni Office works in close con-
junction with the Offices of Public
Relations and Development.
The Development Office is one
of the most active but possibly least
known components in Bucknell's
administrative structure. Under the
direction of Ronald "Pete" Pedrick
'60, the department is now in the
last phases of the 125th Anniver-
sary Challenge Campaign, the larg-
est fund-raising campaign in the
University's history. The project is
not mislabeled a challenge, for the
22
THE BUCKXELL ALUMNUS
goal is to raise $12 million in non-
normal operating dollars for capi-
tal improvements and endowments.
This has been designated bv the
Board of Trustees as S7 million for
buildings, to be raised during the
three year campaign, and S5 mil-
lion for endowment, to be raised as
soon as possible.
DEVELOPMENT, as a full-
time profession, is compara-
tively new at Bucknell. It
was instituted in 1958 with one
man and presentlv has the services
of Richard Allen and Leonard Car-
rescia, assistant directors. Harrv
Staley '52 and Gary Hill '64. of
Marts and Lundv. will serve with
the development staff until the
completion of the campaign.
The Development Office houses
an elaborate mechanism to afford
each donor the most personal as-
surance of the utilitv and appreci-
ation of his contribution. This of-
fice does a great deal of "legwork"
in preparing reports for corporate
and foundation solicitations, most
of which are personallv made bv
the president, and in executing an-
nual alumni campaigns. Due to the
complexity of the operations, duties
are divided. Mr. Carrescia handles
the Senior Class gift, prepares cor-
porate briefs, and is in charge of
all computer data. Mr. Allen and
Mr. Hill do most of the road work.
in terms of coordinating area fund
drives with local team captains,
while Messrs. Staley and Pedrick
remain at home as coordinators. In
a time of campus concern about the
priorities of the president. Mr. Ped-
rick sees one of his major jobs as
"keeping the President's time well
occupied."
"Giving is a habit" is the more or
less unofficial motto of the office.
Accordingly, Mr. Pedrick believes
the idea of a Senior Class gift, to be
given ten years after graduation,
was "the greatest thing Bucknell
has done in its historv of develop-
ment." Again, work is being done
to transfer the wealth of informa-
tion on donors, presently in one
huge amalgamated file, into the
computer where source material is
separated by the categories of the
contribution (general, special, or
leadership) for rapid retrieval.
The Development Office aligns
itself with the offices of Alumni Re-
lations, Public Relations, Business
and Finance, and the President to
enable them to function as one
large unit which interprets the in-
stitution abroad. In addition to serv-
ing as interpreters of educational
goals and recent events, the Devel-
opment personnel educate alumni
volunteers in the fine details of
fund-raising. Their concept of an
ideal campaign is one in which
every prospect is a worker.
Since an annual-operating-ex-
penses campaign is run each vear,
it is only prudent for a college to
run a capital campaign everv ten
years, and thus a definite program
for solicitation must be outlined
and adhered to. As a result, the S12
million was arranged in a pvramid
with hvpothetical gifts ranging
from two million dollars to less than
one-thousand, with less than one
per cent of the donors providing 50
per cent of the total amount. This
is based on the theorv that "in or-
der to raise a million dollars, one
does not ask a million people for a
dollar each." Support must be con-
tinuous, and therefore must be cul-
tivated. It is Development's job to
decide who should be asked bv
whom for how much and for what
purpose. Success means another
door with a gold plate, or another
building with a personal name.
MOST autonomous of all the
administrators at Bucknell
is the University Chaplain,
the Rev. James Gardner, who in-
frequentlv consults with the presi-
dent concerning expenses, innova-
tions and special services. Respon-
sible for the non-denominational
religious activities on campus, Rev.
Gardner organizes Sunday and
mid-week worship services, and
spends approximatelv 20 hours
each week advising and counseling
students on such things as faith,
war, sex, and marriage. A member
of the faculty, he also teaches sev-
eral courses in religion.
Commenting on his job, Rev.
Gardner observes that the position
of the Chaplain is obscure when
viewed in terms of an organiza-
tional structure. Not part of the
Counseling; Service or one of the
student personnel administrators,
he performs similar tasks, vet is
outside the realm of Student Af-
fairs.
A comprehensive understanding
of the administration of an institu-
tion of higher education in the
United States requires an under-
standing of each aspect of its or-
ganization— the governing board,
the administration, and the facul-
ty. Of primary importance in the
total picture is the University
Chancellor or President. His major
responsibilities are to interpret the
will of the Board of Trustees to
the academic communitv and, si-
multaneouslv, to represent that
communitv' to the Board.
According to President Charles
H. Watts, the role of the univer-
sity president is a highly personal
one. He notes that there is an al-
most total absence of any "profes-
sional literature" on the role of a
universitv or college president, that
"great piles of reminiscence" and
personal memoirs characterize the
bulk of published works by former
heads of institutions of higher
learning. Though President Watts
finds much of this literature of
interest, he stresses that he and
his contemporaries lack an exten-
sive professional literature which
can be used for reference or train-
ing. Personal experience thus be-
comes central to philosophic devel-
opment, and Dr. Watts feels that
"being as nearly complete a person
as is possible" is a fundamental ob-
ligation of his job.
There are other obligations. In-
terpreting the academic commun-
itv to non-academic publics, guar-
anteeing the development of the
universitv's financial resources, and
assuring that the institution main-
tains its scholarlv purpose are
among some of the more important
tasks. To fulfill these obligations a
universitv president must play
manv roles and perform a wide
variety of duties. A man who fills
such a post must be willing to
make manv personal sacrifices and
may 1971
23
to assume enormous corporate re-
sponsibilities. Dr. Watts believes
that "unless one wants a life that
is completely without consequence
or completely without power and
the responsibility it entails, one
must accept certain restraints. The
trick is to accept them without be-
traying one's own convictions."
A LARGE share of the admin-
istrative duties and respon-
sibilities shouldered by Pres-
ident Watts are tempered by philo-
sophical considerations. When he
came to Bucknell in 1964, he con-
centrated authority in his office in
an attempt to let his style and per-
sonality be known. At the same
time, he sought to familiarize him-
self with the members of the fac-
ulty and administration, learning
something about the many differ-
ent personalities at the University
and their ways of doing things.
After Dr. Watts became a familiar
figure on campus, he began the
gradual decentralization of the
authority he had assumed. How-
ever, an important aspect of uni-
versity administration, as the Pres-
ident sees it, is that he seeks to
attract the best possible people and
then give them as much responsi-
bility and authority as they can
handle. He believes that it is some-
times helpful to use a "vacuum
principle" which forces others to
fill the void with their own con-
victions.
This principle relates to what
the President considers one of the
basic problems in higher educa-
tion today, the development of
leadership among those who must
assume the responsibilities of di-
recting the development of higher
education in America and the de-
velopment of desire to assume
leadership positions on the part of
students in all disciplines and all
phases of scholarship. He notes
that "out of our study and life at
college should come a familiarity
with different types of value sys-
tems so that a person is able to
choose one he can trust." And this
guiding thought is his way of en-
couraging leadership as a goal of
the University.
Asked about Bucknell's future
and that of other private universi-
ties, Dr. Watts observed: "If they
can maintain themselves in a rela-
tively free environment conducive
to unfettered thinking, then our in-
stitutions of higher education are
bound to be of great value to soci-
ety."
Translating a philosophy of edu-
cation into practice requires the
work of many people. A major di-
mension of this effort is the con-
cern of the faculty, but the men
and women who hang their hats
in Marts Hall also contribute sig-
nificantly to making the life of
Bucknell University, in the words
of President Watts, "larger than
the achievements of any scholar,
and fresher than the hopes of the
most aspiring Freshman."
'Blackwell Thomas Edward, College and
University Administration, (The Center
for Applied Research in Education, Inc.;
New York, 1966) p. 56.
Comments on the 'Jan Plan'
"The January Experience was excellent. The small discus-
sion group for my course made a great atmosphere to learn in
because there were two professors that really were on the same
level as the students, and they really led rather than dominated
discussions. The general atmosphere on campus was extremely
enjoyable. With so much free time I found I wanted to study and
read for the course. I also had time to do some other reading . . .
January was one of the most profitable of my experiences here at
Bucknell, and I was sorry that I had worked last year during
January."
"I felt that my Jan Plan in journalism was one of the most
worthwhile and educational months I have ever spent . . . This
"first hand" method of learning was so much more helpful and
interesting than any number of classroom courses I will ever
take. The knowledge I gained was very practical because it al-
ways pertained to something I was doing. It was not a case of
learning something on the presumption that I might someday
need that knowledge. Rather, when I encountered problems and
new situations, I would learn how to deal with them immediately
and be able to put the newly acquired knowledge to use."
"I must rate Jan as perhaps the most productive month of
my life. Not only did my Jan Plan contribute to this in its un-
structured looseness and informality, but the entire atmosphere
of the campus helped to make it a great month."
"We were 'observers' in the Women's Correctional Institu-
tion at Framingham, Mass. We sat in on therapy groups, board
meeting, visited other institutions within the state and conversed
with inmates, receiving a variety of views and ideas. We visited
a couple of courts and got a clear-cut view of 'justice' in action.
The program had educational and moral values. After par-
ticipating, I've changed considerably intellectually and socially!"
I worked in a bilingual early school (ages 3-5) in Corpus
Christi, Texas as a teacher's aid. Because I am interested in en-
tering some field of education when I graduate, this experience
proved very beneficial. I also enjoyed staying in Texas because of
the totally different atmosphere and environment of southwest-
ern U. S."
24
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
Dean Herbert Eckberg
Dr. James Gathings
Dr. W. Preston Warren
Three Faculty Members Retire
THREE Bucknell faculty mem-
bers— Dr. James A. Gathings,
professor of political science;
Dr. W. Preston Warren, professor
of philosophy; and Herbert F. Eck-
berg, dean of the College of Engi-
neering— have announced their in-
tentions to retire at the end of this
academic year.
One of the top-ranking members
of the faculty and known through-
out Pennsylvania as a commenta-
tor on the political scene, Dr. Gath-
ings came to Bucknell in 1932 from
Texas Christian University. In 1946
he was advanced to a full profes-
sorship and was made chairman of
Bucknell's department of political
science. He resigned the chairman-
ship in 1969. A specialist on fore-
ign relations, his skills as a teacher
have been recognized by the Uni-
versity with the presentation of the
Lindback Award for Distinguished
Teaching, and the Class of 1956
Lectureship for inspirational teach-
ing. He also received the Burma-
Bucknell Bowl "for significant con-
tributions to international under-
standing." He is a native of Peach-
land, N. C, and holds degrees
from Furman, Duke, and New
York University.
Dr. Warren was well-known as
a teacher and writer at the time
of his appointment to Bucknell in
1945. He was chairman of Furman
University's department of philos-
ophy and a visiting professor at
the University of North Carolina
before coming here. While study-
ing in Europe in the 1930s, he be-
came interested in the philosophy
of Thomas Masaryk, first president
of Czechoslovakia, and his English
translation of Masaryk's Ideals of
Humanity was published in 1938.
A revised edition, titled Humanis-
tic Ideals, was published this year
by the Bucknell University Press.
The foreword was written by Sen-
ator Hubert H. Humphrey. His ma-
jor study of the Czech leader's con-
tributions to philosophy and states-
manship, Masaryk's Democracy,
was published in 1941. Since 1948
Dr. Warren has been director of
the University course in integrative
education. An innovation in the
field of general education at the
time of its inauguration, the course
attracted nation-wide attention.
Though he retired as chairman of
Bucknell's philosophy department
in 1969, he is actively engaged in
editing the works of Roy Wood
Sellars, the dean of the American
Realist movement in philosophy,
and gave the inaugural lecture in
a new annual lecture series at
Bucknell honoring Dr. Sellars.
DEAN ECKBERG joined the
Bucknell faculty in 1956 as
a professor of mechanical
engineering. The following year he
was made director of engineering
and when the College of Engineer-
ing was created in 1961, he became
its first dean. A graduate of the
U. S. Naval Academy and recip-
ient of a master of science degree
in mechanical engineering from
the University of California, Dean
Eckberg retired from the Navy in
1956 with the rank of captain. He
was a member of the faculty and
senior naval advisor at the Army
War College in Carlisle from 1954
to 1956. Among Dean Eckberg's
achievements at Bucknell is the es-
tablishment and direction of a co-
operative program of engineering
education with Catholic University
of Cordoba in Argentina. In recog-
nition of this he was awarded the
title of Professor Honoris Causa by
that university in 1965. He is a
former president of the Association
of Engineering Colleges of Penn-
sylvania. He holds the Venezuelan
Medal of Naval Merit and two
years ago received the Burma-
Bucknell Bowl.
tm in
Vol. LVI, No. 9 May, 1971
Published by Bucknell University
Lewisburg, Pa. 17837
Printed for Alumni, parents, and friends
of Bucknell University through the
cooperation of
The Bucknell Alumni Assoclvtion
Emil Kordish '42, President
Kenneth R. Bayless, Esq. '42,
Vice President
Jack Brothers '58,
Director of Alumni Relations
David Hayes,
Associate Director of Alumni Relations
William B. Weist '50, Editor
Janet Myers, Classnotes Editor
Marian Croft, Editorial Assistant
CONTRIBUTORS
Bradley Tufts,
Associate Director of Public Relations
David Wohlhueter,
Sports Information Director
Katherine Shimer,
Assistant in Public Relations
We are mailing this copy
to the address below.
Is it correct?
Ralph Laird, Photographer
Published by Bucknell University every
month except February, June and August
for alumni, parents, and friends. Entered
as second-class matter at the post office
at Lewisburg, Pa. 17837. Return request-
ed on Form 3579.
1
4)
3
CO
c-
a «-«
c
<
a,
CO
c
o
!
o
H
Q
H
i— i
<
2
The Sigma Alpha Mu fraternity house was offi-
cially opened at ceremonies on Saturday, May 1
by the man to whom members dedicated the
new structure, Harold Stiefel '49. Hal and his
wife, "Jacquie," have been advisers, counselors,
and adopted "parents" of the Sammies for the
past 18 years, and Hal played a major role in
the rebuilding of the house after it was de-
stroyed by fire in July 1969. Present at the rib-
bon-cutting ceremonies were past SAM presi-
dents Bruce Levi '70, Stan Weindorf '71, and
Riclmrd Richter '55, and President Charles
Watts and Vice President John Zeller '41.
Fraternity President Alan Axelrod served as
master of ceremonies.
After this issue went to press, a fire on Sunday,
May 2 destroyed a biology laboratory and office
and caused extensive smoke damage on the
second floor of Taylor Hall. Details will be
reported in our July issue.
OCTOBER. 1971
TM 1ISII1E 1HMII
"Those involved in
higher education are going
to have to get their courage
back, are going to have to get
busy again advocating and defending
the pursuit of knowledge, both to
their students and to the
wider public. Many in both camps
are turned off right now,
probably because both have been
led to believe in easy solutions.
There aren't any, not when you're
working out on the edge of human
attitudes and behavior."
President Charles H. Watts II
The Paradoxes of Change
Also in This Issue:
Which Future
for Fraternities?
Assisting Admissions
Presidential Hopefuls
and Nominees
The End Comes for
The College Inn
a
©
£
on
o
PQ
o
• p*
D -r-
c 3
73. Qj
^ o 0
O _
2 -C
o o
bO.S
o „
55 W
P
O
" o
.S So
on
O
o c ■"
Sh ■ p. <u
5= >
o
o
(U
Q 53
r~ o
S "3
2c
The late Guy Payne '09 stands at entrance to College Inn. Photo is dated 1924.
The College Inn
Ends Its Days
On Campus
A Personal Reflection
by
W. B. Weist '50
Alfred North Whitehead main-
tains that philosophy "is the most
effective of all the intellectual pur-
suits. It builds cathedrals before
the workmen have moved a stone,
and it destrovs them before the
elements have worn down their
arches. It is the architect of the
buildings of the spirit, and it is
also their solvent: — and the spiri-
tual precedes the material. Philoso-
phv works slowly. Thoughts lie
dormant for ages; and then, almost
suddenly as it were, mankind finds
that thev have embodied them-
selves in institutions."*5
This noble expression of idealism
may seem too far removed from
the subject of these brief observa-
tions, but change in several of its
expressions — social, intellectual,
moral, emotional, economic, and
physical — is the subject of several
essays in this issue. And, since sci-
ence and technology — the agents of
change — are usually seen in some
role as the shapers of things —
bombs, jets, missiles, pollution, con-
traceptives, etc. — it may be well to
examine a concrete historical event
in a framework of idealism — which
may really be sentiment substitut-
ing for reason. Whatever ultimately
applies, we are compelled to report
the end of Guybo's — the College
Inn — the termination of one way
of life and the beginning of a new
one.
Since even" obituary involves
change as one of its subjects — at
least public notice of the transition
from life to death — we must note
that the official end came for the
College Inn at "the end of the day"
on Tuesday, August 31, 1971. The
coffee pots were cold. The jukebox
quieted. The crumbs from hun-
dreds of doughnuts swept from the
floor.
A native of the Bucknell campus,
the College Inn was bom in 1908.
° A. N. Whitehead, Science and the Mod-
em World, 1925, pp. VIII and IX.
OCTOBER 1971
The late Guy Payne is interviewed by an unidentified Bucknell coed.
Plwto is dated September, 1948.
As an undergraduate reporter noted
in The Woodpecker, the campus
humor magazine of an earlier era,
"While the Mandolin Club softly
discoursed 'When the Roll Is Called
Up Yonder' and other appropriate
hymns, Payne's holy hash house
for the conversion of hungry night-
hawks into personified bellyaches
was dedicated Monday evening,
October 12th, with elaborate cere-
monies."
The father of the College Inn
was the late Guy Payne '09, who, as
an enterprising student, began sell-
ing sandwiches, soft drinks and
coffee to fellow undergraduates to
help meet his tuition payments.
The first Inn was a small wooden
building which had, in Guy's words,
"all the modern inconveniences."
That structure yielded to a brick
building in 1915, and several major
additions were made to this in
1924. Although the interior was re-
modeled several times, this was the
building which Guy and his wife,
Alice, gave to the University in
1960. So, depending on how you
make your calculations, the College
Inn at its end was 63, 56, or 47.
It really doesn't matter, for Guy
Payne was the College Inn and the
College Inn was Guy Payne. The
last 10 years preserved a landmark
and some memories, but, for those
who had been served by Guy,
every trip to the Inn seemed a bit
like a visit to colonial Williams-
burg. The real "oldtimers" — those
with roots in at least the remote
past of the 1940's and 1950's— rec-
ognize that the Inn never met the
standards of Howard Johnson's or
even MacDonald's. But, then, who
knew such high standards in those
days?
Change is a reality and has had
eloquent witnesses from ancient
times to this modern age, where
not change but its tempo has be-
come the focus of analysis. Yet,
one may borrow from the mod-
erns and the ancients to ask: How
is it possible to discern change if
there is not something that per-
sists, endures, remains unchanged,
and stands as a background against
which not only change occurs, but
its relative speed is measured?
Take Guy Payne, for example.
Early in his college career he was
in trouble with some faculty mem-
bers and administrators for his edi-
torial ventures in The Woodpecker.
Indeed, though his persistent tar-
gets were booze, Sunday movies,
smoking, and assorted sins of the
flesh, he was a committed man, tak-
ing on campus and community
when he thought his cause was
right. In 1952 he spent one hour in
the Union County jail — after pre-
paring to serve a three-day sentence
by bringing along scrubbing brush-
es and pails to "clean the place
out" — for refusing to pay a five-
dollar fine on a charge of failure to
observe a stop sign. It was a matter
of principle for Guy, since he had
for some years charged local au-
thorities with paving too much at-
tention to parking meter violations
and not enough to gambling and
other offenses. (A friend paid the
fine rather than see Guy behind
bars. )
And then there was the Guy
Payne scholarship plan: a job at
the College Inn, small loans when
needed, and free food. (Coffee and
doughnuts went free to faculty
members — with some possible ex-
ceptions.) It was a form of charity
hundreds of alumni accepted be-
fore, and sometimes after, gradua-
tion.
Character — the stamp of the
personal, the enduring quality of
an individual which makes an im-
pression on other individuals and
on institutions — is at least one of
the qualities education (lower and
higher) is forever in search of ways
to mold. To find, finally locate, and
be oneself is at least one of the
goals a liberal education holds out
to those who become participants
in the "life" of a college committed
to the personal, to the creative in-
dividual expression of a life of
value to the self and society.
Perhaps that is what endures at
Bucknell and what permits us to
see change with some clarity. De-
spite the loss of the College Inn —
a very personal institution — and
even recognizing the nostalgia
which its end makes more acute,
this small event may well be in-
cluded in the loftier abstractions of
Whitehead, and it is even possible
to share his idealistic conclusion
that "philosophy works slowly" and
"the spiritual precedes the materi-
al." In fact, by sharpening our
memories, it may even be possible
to dull some of our fears of change,
remaining hopeful that impersonal
forces (in the long run) will not
overwhelm the personal aspirations
which seek to make some mark in
history.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
The Paradoxes
Of Change
By President Charles H. Watts II
This is the text of an address by
President Charles H. Watts at Con-
vocation exercises at Bucknell Uni-
versity on Wednesday, September
1,1971.
I WISH this evening to do two
things. I shall comment upon
the tremendous forces for
change which have been generat-
ed within our culture, if only be-
cause no real university escapes
them; indeed, it is at root what uni-
versities do which has unleashed
the forces of change. And I shall
comment upon what I think we
here might usefully begin to do to
ensure the continuing usefulness of
this institution.
This means that I must run the
risk of prophecy. One of the para-
doxes of our time is that virtually
every prophet finds himself instant-
ly fulfilled. Youth, for example, has
yet to devise a new life style which
does not find itself institutionalized
by Madison Avenue within the
year. As William I. Thompson
OCTOBER 1971
points out, "One can say almost
anything about human culture now
and it will be true, for everything
is going on at once . . ."] And Alvin
Toffler quotes a Chinese proverb:
"To prophesy is extremely difficult
— especially with respect to the fu-
ture."2 Even though the first of
these truths may ease the danger
of the second, it is I think central
to an understanding of our time to
realize that we don't know at pres-
ent how to measure or analyze the
future, much less how to control it.
As a member of the British Parlia-
ment commented, "Society's gone
random!"8
My text really is Toffler's book,
Future Shock. I commend it to you
at the very least as a sensitive ex-
amination of the shock waves which
dominate our culture, and because
one finds in reading it so much that
is terribly familiar from one's own
1 W. I. Thompson, At the Edge of His-
tory, 1971, p. ix.
- Alvin Toffler, Future Shock, 1970, p. 5.
■i Ibid., p. 447.
life. He coined the phrase some
years ago, and by it he meant to
describe that disorientation which
occurs within the individual and
the society when they are subjected
to too much change too fast. I take
it that one need not argue much
about how vast and how unexpect-
ed are the changes which beset us.
The subtle and core changes are
hard to measure, but they appear
mainly in the breakdown of tradi-
tional value systems and life styles,
and they produce in us all a fright-
ening sense of insecurity. The more
exotic are at the surface. Only by
devilish hindsight could one have
predicted that it would take a prag-
matic Republican president to an-
nounce a journey to Peking. The
act confounds the radical right,
who must at the least believe that
someone somewhere has been
bought, as well as the radical left,
who presumably can't conceive of
Mao allowing himself to be co-
opted in such a fashion. And if I
remember correctly, I went on va-
cation in August perfectly persuad-
ed that a wage and price freeze
would occur only if somehow FDR
were reincarnated. Only my fealty
to the New York Times permitted
me to believe what I read.
WE have made of change a
constant, and have made
impermanence permanent.
It appears that even the accelera-
tion in the rate of change is con-
stant, although finally such a state-
ment reduces itself to the absurd.
But perhaps not so absurd: The
logical end of constantly acceler-
ating change within an individual's
life or within society must be the
destruction of both, and it does
seem clear that our prime task is
to find ways to control change be-
fore it enters its final mad cycle.
I don't of course know how to do
this.
Too much of tomorrow occurs
today, while yesterday seems nev-
er to have been. Nostalgia is our
only antidote and that's fake. We
struggle with a momentum which
seems relentless even as we are
uncertain about its cause. We had
thought that our technology would
serve us, that complexity of life
must surely have a limit, even that
we had our first principles firmly
set down. We seem to have been
wrong.
Verities we still seek, and with
all our old passion, but the only
one which seems sturdy enough to
last is the very principle of uncer-
tainty itself, hardly a comforting
thought as one struggles to keep
tomorrow far enough away to per-
mit some sensible planning for it.
We suffer a kind of outraged
bafflement as we discover that even
the quantum jumps in what we
know which have occurred in the
last quarter century lead us no
closer to virtue. This seems par-
ticularly outrageous to the intellec-
tuals, who are optimists, and whose
stock in trade is thereby tarnished.
We had for a century thought that
if we but knew enough, we could
be expected to make wise choices.
It now appears that for our time
one or both of two further assump-
tions is necessary. Either we have
but barely scratched the surface
of what we need to know to bring
us to wise action, or that what we
know bears little relation to how
we choose to act. Both are discour-
aging assumptions, and I think
both are true.
Even on the surface level it
hasn't occurred to many that as we
develop more knowledge, as we
learn better how to control energy
and manipulate the environment,
we increase and enlarge the num-
ber and kind of choices available
to us, and choices involve value
judgments, which are the hardest
kind. Innocently enough, most of
us had thought otherwise. Thus the
lovely paradox: a society which
has committed its energies to ma-
terial progress, to the development
of a technocratic state, now finds
that it has forced itself to releam
how to make the old humanistic
decisions about good and bad. Per-
haps if the humanistists will hang
on long enough, somebody will ask
their opinion.
BUT on a more profound level,
we had all better — and higher
education in particular had
better — take up the first of my
earlier assumptions, namely that
we don't yet know the half of what
we must discover if knowledge and
wise action are ever to bear any
sensible relation one to the other.
I do not know how soon the money
may be found for it, but we need
right now to support the study of
human behavior with as much na-
tional enthusiasm as we put behind
science and technology in the
1950's. As one commentator has put
it:
"Millions of men and women now
have the power — and thus the ne-
cessity — to make conscious deci-
sions on matters that we once left
largely to accident, tradition, na-
ture, habit, God, or the unconscious
self. This is the thing that scares
people more than anything else
"i
Of course it scares us, because
we have only a little knowledge
about how to make the decisions.
One of the major tasks facing edu-
cation today is to convince the
know-nothings that it isn't knowl-
edge which has failed us, but sim-
plv that we haven't pushed ignor-
ance back far enough. It won't be
an easy task. When the public
says, as it does with increasing fre-
quency, that it wants more educa-
tion for less money, what it is re-
flecting is a sense of betrayal. All
that money spent, all those cam-
puses built, and still we have prob-
lems— that was not how the public
read the promise of the great edu-
cational boom of the fifties and
sixties.
Those involved in higher educa-
tion are going to have to get their
courage back, are going to have to
get busy again advocating and de-
fending the pursuit of knowledge,
both to their students and to the
wider public. Many in both camps
are turned off right now, probably
because both have been led to be-
lieve in easy solutions. There aren't
any, not when you're working out
on the edge of human attitudes and
behavior. I fear for those young
people who can't accept this. What
is needed is more knowledge, not
less; tolerance of complexity, not
simplicities. We have already ali-
enated a lot of our best students,
turned them away somehow from
a love of learning. Had we showed
them how much you need to know
to move men even an inch in the
right direction, they might have
stayed with us. If there is one task
which teaching should set for it-
self now, it is to demonstrate that
learning is in the final and purest
sense functional to life.
1 T. George Harris, National Observer,
August 30, 1971, p. 12.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
I want to make it clear how dif-
ficult that will be to do. Functional
implies an immediate translation of
idea into action, and we are at a
time of such confusion, of such
lack of orderly pattern in our na-
tional experience, that often the
immediate application of idea to
problem to produce beneficial ac-
tion, produces instead its opposite.
Our problems are too complex, our
knowledge still too limited, for it
to be otherwise. What combination
of idea to problem produced the
following, a paradoxical, overstat-
ed view of America's relations with
China?
"We are supposed to be a spir-
itual, God-fearing nation in conflict
with the Godless materialism of the
Communist countries. And yet
Mao's China is built on self-sacri-
fice, hard work, frugality, Benedic-
tine poverty, ecological respect for
nature, and deep belief in the
power of meditation on the thought
of Mao. In Mao's Mary Baker Eddy
version of Marxist dialectical ma-
terialism, if one has right thinking
he does not need machines. Mao
thinks he is creating a relis.ion-less
society, but really he has created
the largest Puritan state in the his-
tory of mankind. We think ive are
the inheritors of Plymouth Planta-
tion, but actually we are the deca-
dent Europe that the Pilgrims tried
to leave behind."1
I THINK you will see that the
kind of functionalism I am talk-
ing about is something other
than that which produces such par-
adoxes. One of the great tragedies
of the 1960's occurred when many
of us, seeing and feeling the bleed-
ing problems of our nation, charged
in with simple idea and profound
emotion to solve those problems,
only to discover that we didn't
know enough. It should be our
business to convince ourselves and
our students that only a sophisti-
cated combination of concern and
knowledge is likely to have much
1 W. I. Thompson, "We Become What
We Hate," New York Times, July 25,
1971, sec. 4, p. 11.
OCTOBER 1971
effect upon the great difficulties of
this time of accelerating change.
There is every likelihood, I be-
lieve, that institutions of higher ed-
ucation themselves will require the
application of precisely that com-
bination of concern and knowledge
if they are to remain useful, as they
must.
It is likely that the great state
systems of public higher education
will in the years ahead become
more nearly one national system,
and it is likely that we will see in
that system wide use of technologi-
cal teaching devises and standard-
ization of teaching techniques. The
system will almost surely seek to
adapt the planning techniques of
industrial corporations, and we
may expect gradually to find it
more overtly responsive to the man-
power needs of the nation, organiz-
ing its curricula more nearly in
terms of the skills in demand by
business and government. Such a
system, once it becomes overtly
national, will exert very great pow-
er over our society.
All of which leaves the indepen-
dent institutions in a quite pre-
carious position, but that shouldn't
bother them too much, for until
quite recently that was the condi-
tion they had grown accustomed
to. The obvious problem they will
face is evident now, and it is of
course financial, which is in fact
their old and continuing problem.
What will be new in their prob-
lems tomorrow will be a sharp rela-
tive decline in their influence, pos-
sibly in their prestige.
To put the matter in the simplest
way, few independent institutions
will remain strong tomorrow unless
they can identify and then market
the things they can do better than
the emerging national system. Here
at Bucknell we will begin, this
year, in anticipation of an accred-
iting visit, a difficult examination
of our goals and purposes. I would
propose that the several commit-
tees which will be involved in this
review take as their major concern
this very question. It is not an easy
one, both because it is so ab-
stract and because the society in
whose behalf we seek to be useful
is changing so rapidly. But clearly,
unless we have been kidding our-
selves, there must be some identifi-
able characteristics of life at this
institution which mark it as dif-
ferent, say, from either a land-
grant university or a state college.
What are they, and which among
them are the most valuable? Which
are likely to be most useful tomor-
row?
FOR example, we have for years
heard talk of institutions join-
ing together in consortia, the
purpose being both to save money
and to increase each institution's
variety of strengths. I have never
believed that such consortia do
much good, but they may tomorrow,
when we really do achieve the ca-
pacity to videotape lectures, to
make sophisticated use of closed
circuit television, and to hook our
libraries into a real information
retrieval system. And what, pray
tell, will that leave alive at Buck-
nell? If at the extreme it is all to
be a matter of earphones and
screens, why shouldn't each stu-
dent stay home and plug in there?
That's not as silly a question as it
may appear to be. What it means
is that we must discover and then
nourish the subtle aids and encour-
agements to learning which do in
fact permeate the air of a strong
college or university.
The task is at least twofold.
First, we must determine what
body of knowledge it is that we
wish to deal with, and build cur-
ricula which will support the ef-
fort, utilizing whatever mechani-
cal aids may be available. I think
we have, for example, a nearly
unique opportunity to bring the
study of engineering and the study
of the social sciences together, but
we are going to have to work at it
much harder tomorrow than we
have in the past. I recognize of
course that designing a curriculum
brings us up at once against the
old renaissance man question, a
question I see no solution to, but
that shouldn't discourage us from
tearing apart and putting together
the several disciplines until some-
thing more like order emerges.
Second, we really do have to look-
closely at how the structure of the
university's life, its schedules, its
physical spaces, where people are
and whom they meet, support or
detract from learning. The possi-
bilities are great if we can be imag-
inative enough. For example, if the
January Plan has taught us any-
thing it is that undergraduates can
devise learning experiences quite
outside the regular classroom pat-
terns which are very meaningful.
Some of those experiences occur
here and some occur elsewhere.
Two comments occur to me. First,
the January Plan need not occur
only in January, a profound
thought. It might in one of a dozen
versions occur even in August. If
we worked with innocent thoughts
like this hard enough, we might
even solve some of the problems
of plant utilization in the summer.
Second, we will need to make use
of the concept of the extended uni-
versity. The cloister was once a
highly functional concept, and it
still has many virtues, but there is
no point in pretending that learn-
ing occurs only on our hill. I see
considerable virtue in a curriculum
which will permit a student to earn
credit by examination, by self-di-
rected study here or elsewhere,
even through work experiences. I
see virtue too in encouraging a
concerned student to break off his
formal learning when he feels the
need; it doesn't all have to be done
in four years.
Which brings me to a possibly
heretical thought. What I have
been saying presumes the interest
and serious commitment of a large
part of the student body. If the
curriculum is to be more flexible
and if students are to have more
to say in designing their patterns
of study, as I think they should,
then we must have some assurance
that no undue number of them are
asleep and drifting through four
years on no more than craft and
native wit. I don't quite know how
to do it, but we might consider
some system of advisement — in my
worse moments I call it an audit —
which would seek to measure
whether a given student was in
general really working up near the
limit of his potential, some system
which went beyond grades, one
which would, hopefully in a kindly
fashion, urge the student to go do
something else for a time if little
learning were occurring here.
In something like the same vein,
I think we must consider too how
effective we are in counselling stu-
dents about career choices. Some
settle into rigid preparation too
early and some much too late. It
is not only the current recession
which brings me to this thought,
but more importantly the need to
aid our students in seeing how cer-
tain modes of thought relate, or
don't relate, to various careers and
life patterns. We need not let this
go until what will probably con-
tinue to be a decreasing number of
recruiters show up.
THERE are days when I think
such counselling should be di-
rected at administrators and
faculty too. Are people in universi-
ties to be the only ones in our test-
less society who can't switch gears
in midcourse? We might even de-
vise ways in which to ease tired
college presidents into more pro-
ductive ways of life. We may wish
to rethink our concept of the sab-
batical year with this in mind, and
we may wish to encourage both
faculty and staff more strongly
than we have to enroll in study
beyond their primary discipline. I
am sure at least that we must do
more to provide ways for career
refreshment and enhancement for
our administrative colleagues if we
are to hope that they will remain
productive.
If we can increase the serious-
ness of our commitment to learn-
ing, and make the curriculum more
flexible, then I hope too that we
will experiment with what might
be called intermittent learning
communities, groups of 50 or a 100
students and faculty who gather to-
gether for a time, perhaps a semes-
ter, in a place, perhaps a dormi-
tory, to pursue study of some well-
defined theme. While it may not
be apparent at first, such a group-
ing has some things in common
with the excitements which are
generated between a committed
teaching faculty in a strong de-
partment and their major students.
It can be the most efficient form
of learning of all.
We ought also to examine the
entire matter of the four-year de-
gree. There is no cabalistic signifi-
cance in the number four, and
what we ought to consider is how
we may best measure the quality
of work done rather than time in
grade. Years ago I tried to float
the idea of general examinations,
to be taken at entrance or inter-
mittently during the first two
years, successful completion of
which would entitle the student to
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
move at once into his major course
of studv. Perhaps the idea will sink
again this time, but mavbe not.
And playing with the calendar of
course permits us also to extend
the stav of students who wish to
and who are qualified. Our curricu-
la should be open-ended so far as
our resources permit. I am im-
pressed bv the success which sev-
eral departments have had with
the combined bachelors and mas-
ter's degree program. I wish we
might do more of this sort of thing,
because I am convinced that in the
long run institutions like Bucknell
will be spending most of their ener-
gies on what we would now call
the third, fourth, and fifth vears,
with the master's degree becoming
both more common and more re-
spected.
We have shown at Bucknell in
recent vears a fair willingness to
join together, students, faculty, and
administration, to work for the
good of the institution. Some im-
portant results have been obtained,
particularly I think in the demon-
strated willingness of students to
serve on vital university commit-
tees. I hope we may proceed fur-
ther to examine how all members
of our community may participate,
as their competence and their ac-
countability mav allow, in the gov-
ernment of the institution. We still
have struggling in the wings the
university senate concept, and I am
hopeful that this year it mav
emerge as part of the way in which
we do our business. It will certain-
ly be true tomorrow, if it is not
true today, that we will need both
clear authority for the central exec-
utive and some very meaningful
forum in which the inevitablv dif-
fering views of our several con-
stituencies may be reconciled. No
fundamental change occurs in a
university unless, in what may ap-
pear to be a contradiction, it is
strongly supported by administra-
tive action and strongly endorsed
by the community as a whole. We
will, in the next vear or two, be
considering matters of such funda-
mental importance that we will re-
quire a clear and strong governing
structure.
OCTOBER 1971
LET me talk finally about mon-
ey and about priorities. The
relative lack of the former
makes the latter ever more impor-
tant. We have I think done well
in recent vears to increase our re-
sources, and I will again this vear
be spending most of my time in
our continuing development effort.
Indeed I see little prospect that
anyone in my position will be per-
mitted to do much else in the fore-
seeable future. But it is clear, un-
less some totallv unexpected wind-
fall occurs, an occurrence from
which of course I would not flee,
that we must reconcile ourselves
to the fact that our budgets simplv
cannot endlesslv expand.
As I have said elsewhere, most
of us received our training and
early experience in an expanding
economv, in an educational svstem
funded more heavily each year.
The curve has clearlv flattened,
and in some areas it has fallen. I
believe that it will rise again, but
not immediatelv, and we must use
the intervening vears to devise and
accustom ourselves to a more pre-
cise definition of our priorities, to a
meaningful svstem of long-range
planning, and even to clear mea-
sures of the efficacy and efficiency
of each of our activities. I mean to
include in this all portions of the
university, administrative, academ-
ic, extracurricular — what have you.
We must examine everything from
class size to utilization of plant,
from how each of us spends his
time to how we might spend it
better.
As part of this effort, I will be
discussing shortlv with my col-
leagues the propriety of devoting
a given percentage of our operat-
ing budget in the future to what
any other corporate organization
would call research and develop-
ment. It is remarkable, after all,
that of all institutions universities
should spend so little of their funds
devising ways to do what they do
better. You will have noted, I am
sure, the camel's nose of contract
work by industrial firms in elemen-
tary education, where payment is
determined bv the quality and
amount of change measured in the
pupils involved. Thev really do be-
lieve they can do better, and per-
haps they can. But I would a lot
rather have us contract to our-
selves, as it were. It is, after all,
the fellow who owns the blanket
who makes the most out of any
poker game. And it would be won-
derful if we could get to the point
where we actuallv enjoved exam-
ining and changing our procedures,
and trusted the means wherebv we
sought to measure the effect of
what we do.
That I suppose is the root of the
problem and the possibility, in the
entire business of setting down
priorities within an academic in-
stitution. To turn the . old saw
which savs that education is too
important to be left to educators,
I would insist that its imports are
too large and its methods too fra-
gile to be left to anyone who does
not cherish learning — so we had
better get busv ourselves, with tact
but with firmness.
The members of the freshman
class who are here tonight mav
believe that I have not been speak-
ing to them, but of course I have.
What they should have gathered
from these remarks is that they
have joined a quite human, ener-
getic, contesting and ambitious en-
terprise. Hidden behind all our ef-
forts is the wildly optimistic belief
that by careful study of himself
and his world, man mav somehow
improve his lot. I can think of noth-
ing else which would justify our
struggles with our own imperfec-
tions, and if each of you really
chooses to participate in the life of
the university, you will add to our
strength, and, perhaps to your sur-
prise, you will enjoy it. We are a
selfish lot, you will find, selfish in
our respect for knowledge, and
proud too, proud of what each of
you has the capacity to make of his
life. You are very welcome here.
Which
Future
For
Fraternities?
By Dr. Wendell I. Smith '46
Provost, Bucknell University
Brothers of TKE aid Borough of Lewisburg in
April 1971 "Clean-up Campaign." Below, initiation
rites and frolic underway in fountain located in
Academic Quadrangle.
-**WKS(gfc~.'
k
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
THE scene on many campuses
these davs appears to be sim-
ilar to that which was de-
scribed recently in the Bowdoin
Orient, "Poor rushes, few pledges,
dwindling membership, financial
crisis, dining at the fraternity house
is terminated, the group spirit
wanes, the fraternity closes."
What can be done about this
scene, if anything? It is almost cer-
tain that one of the possible an-
swers offered is that better man-
agement be provided, particularly
better management of the physical
plants and all of the services which
fraternities use. For example, the
fraternities at Bucknell might in-
vent a cooperative svstem for main-
tenance of their physical plants
and for the purchase of all services
which they require, including din-
ing services. This act, bv itself,
would produce some positive re-
sults but they would tend to be
more limited than one might ex-
pect. Good management brings
about an immediate short-run bene-
fit but it does not come to grips
with the main issue, which is why
fraternity membership has become
less attractive to students.
A second possibility, one that ob-
viously is not in any disagreement
with better management practices,
is to bring the many talents of fra-
ternity alumni and undergraduates
to bear on the problem of mem-
bership by organizing a serious
study or investigation of the possi-
ble roles of fraternities in the Buck-
nell educational community. This
studv might use a variety of tech-
niques — those usually associated
with marketing, advertising, and
finance and including surveys, in-
terviews, quantitative analysis, dis-
cussions, encounter groups, scal-
ing techniques, among other
things. The study might begin by
ascertaining the specific and gen-
Provost Smith, former chairman
of the department of psychology,
has been a member of the faculty
since 1946. This article is based on
remarks to the Alumni Interfrater-
nity Council, presented on April
24, 1971.
OCTOBER 1971
eral goals of the University and
how the University plans to meet
them. Once these are determined,
the studv can then address itself
to the role which fraternities might
play in meeting the University's
goals. This would include the de-
sign of programs to meet the goals,
tests of the programs, evaluations
of them and, finally, the initiation
on a regular basis of those pro-
grams which are related to the
University's goals.
w
HY should fraternities do
these things? These are not
the traditional roles of fra-
ternities; the traditional roles are
dying so one might conclude that
the new role is "adapt or wither."
Those with a good ear seem to
be hearing the message these davs
that students want considerable re-
sponsibility for their own educa-
tion and the freedom to learn. In-
^
dividual freedom and responsibility
is a national cry, as is diversity in
goals and pluralism in programs
whether social or educational. If
fraternities wish to be a significant
part of education, it appears to me
that it would be desirable for them
to do something with the message
of individual freedom and respon-
sibility, including the freedom to
learn.
Harold Taylor, once the presi-
dent of Sarah Lawrence, has a
number of suggestions regarding
changes which might be under-
taken on some campuses to bring
about a more reasonable accom-
modation between the needs of
students and society on the one
hand and the offerings of colleges
and universities on the other. I see
no reason why some of the pro-
posals which Tavlor has made in
two books, Hoic to Change Col-
leges and Students Without Teach-
ers, cannot be applied to a lhdng
unit as well as to a college itself.
Taylor notes, "The total effect of
the svstem of higher education is
to divorce learning from life, to put
the student in a passive role, and to
force him through the studv of ma-
terials which are irrelevant to his
own interests and to the needs and
problems of the society around him.
"The social restrictions of campus
life treat the student as a child
rather than as a responsible young
adult."
CHANGE is occurring on some
campuses and it certainly is
occurring at Bucknell — rap-
idly in the case of social restric-
tions, more slowly in the case of
educational restrictions on freedom
to learn. Where have the fraterni-
ties been in this movement? What
force for change are the fraterni-
ties at Bucknell? What force could
they be?
In the past, fraternities have
tended to be organized around
three criteria: ethnic-religious, eco-
nomic, and social status. The last
two of these tend to be important
considerations at the present time
while the first, ethnic-religious,
tends to be of relatively little sig-
nificance in the recruiting practices
of most fraternities. The effect of
an organization based on these cri-
teria is to provide some sense of
belonging to a group with common
characteristics but not to a center
concerned with learning. If we con-
sider that more is learned by stu-
dents and can be learned by stu-
dents from each other than is
learned in the typical classroom,
then students might well be con-
cerned with the conditions under
which thev organize themselves
outside of the classroom for this
learning to occur. There is great
diversity in the student body at
Bucknell University, much more
diversity than is recognized by
campus voices such as The Buck-
nellian and much more than is
likelv to be found in a fraternity if
9
that fraternity restricts its criteria
to economic, social status, and some
general concern with ethnic-reli-
gious variables. If it is true that
fraternities organize around these
criteria and that by organizing
around them diversity is reduced,
then fraternity organization dis-
courages learning from each other;
instead, it encourages reinforce-
ment of the values and beliefs with
which one enters the organization
and tends to guarantee their pres-
ervation.
I
T is quite conceivable that some
fraternities could become learn-
ing centers, especially those
fraternities which are having the
greatest difficulty in filling their
houses. Solvency for some frater-
nities may lie in becoming much
more intellectually oriented than
has ever been the case in the past.
One of the difficulties with the
suggestion that fraternities concern
themselves much more with intel-
lectual matters, is that it all sounds
like an extension of the classroom
and a great bore to all but the most
dedicated students. The suggestion
is not that fraternities organize
themselves for formal learning, in-
stead it is that fraternities organize
themselves for a different style of
living, a style that emphasizes cul-
tural as well as recreational and so-
cial factors. As Dr. Woodward has
noted, I have been a neighbor of
these fraternities in this area for a
great many years, in fact, since the
Psychology Department was locat-
ed in the Library in 1951. Over the
yea'rs, I have noted a number of
occupations of the residents of
these houses, and it is not my in-
tention to suggest that any of these
occupations be reduced. For ex-
ample, throwing frisbees, playing
touch football, and shagging fly
balls is a perfectly reasonable and
pleasant pastime for men your age.
Raising the windows and entertain-
ing the campus with whatever mu-
sic is in fashion at the time, again,
is a perfectly reasonable pastime.
Beer parties, dances, dating, eating,
sleeping, etc., all are an important
part of any life style and fraterni-
10
ties need to occupy themselves
with these matters, but not to the
total exclusion of a style of life
which emphasizes other aspects of
the culture which also can bring
pleasure.
How might significant change be
brought about? Perhaps it could
occur by:
(a) Collaboration between two or
more fraternities on a program.
(b) Sponsorship of one or more
fraternities by an academic de-
partment or departments.
(c) The initiative of a single fra-
ternity.
(d) Collaboration between a fra-
ternity and an external agency.
Let me give some examples:
1. The willingness of young men to
devote time to young children is
remarkable. A number of frater-
nities gave freely of their time
and resources to programs for
young children in Lewisburg
and to those in an orphanage in
Sunbury. A tremendous amount
of pleasure and learning and
liberalizing can occur through
working with children. One of
the important programs which
this
dus might welcome
campiio
would be a combined day-care
center and child-study center.
There are many working moth-
ers in this area, as in others,
and there are almost no facili-
ties for the care of pre-school
children. When I look at the
facilities available in this house
where we are meeting and on
this floor where we have dined,
I can only marvel at what a fine
place it would be for a day-care
center operated by one or more
fraternities and sororities with
the encouragement and guid-
ance of the Department of Edu-
cation, the Department of Psy-
chology, people associated with
Head Start in Union County, and
the Lewisburg Nursery School.
With such a facility, a whole
variety of your talents could be
brought to bear in devising and
operating the program and in
conducting research on children.
A whole range of your interests
in education from economics to
human development could be
met through the program, but
most important of all would be
the satisfaction of knowing that
you were contributing to the
growth, the development, the
life of another human being.
You would be able to gain the
cooperation of a number of
Countdown begins for the cart races on campus.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
women, some of them faenltv
wives and the wives of Bueknell
staff and other women in the
community, who long for this
opportunity, also. You would
learn much as young men from
these women five to ten years
vour senior, much that will nev-
er be gained from bull sessions,
dating girls your age, class-
rooms, mass media, etc. Your
whole lives might be richer and
vour marriages much more ful-
filling through knowing both the
children and the women who
would be interested in assisting
in a program for them. Above
all, if any of you ever have the
courage to undertake this, make
it your program, not theirs. Be
responsible for it yourselves and
engage the cooperation of oth-
ers but do not become the assis-
tants to outside groups.
2. Some fraternities have a long
tradition of a strong interest in
athletics and recreation. There
is considerable "education" in
physical education and recrea-
tion to which colleges have
given very little attention. There
has been a tendency to relegate
physical education to a secon-
dary status, and Bueknell has
been no exception in this regard
since we have removed, for all
intents and purposes, anv credit
in the academic program for
physical education. A commit-
tee will propose to the Univer-
sity Faculty that we begin to
investigate seriously the role
which the body plavs in educa-
tion since the distinction be-
tween mind and body is philos-
ophically naive and of relative-
ly limited use even for conver-
sational purposes. If mind is not
physical, we are in more trouble
than we know. Why not have
one or more fraternities join to-
gether with the departments
concerned with physical educa-
tion, with the public schools of
the Lewisburg area, and with
the area recreation group to op-
erate an off-campus recreation
center? Again, the programs
could be devised by the fra-
ternities and operated by them
OCTOBER 1971
in part and in part by members
of the community. For those
who have interests in research
on so-called non-intellectual fac-
tors in education, the program
would provide excellent oppor-
tunities for that end. If we re-
member that the verb in recre-
ation is to re-create, that play
is a universal and pleasurable
experience, and that recreation
occupies potentially a very sig-
nificant place in the rest of your
lives, any fraternities which
chose to develop a project of
this type would be very much
in touch with an area that Buck-
nell's curriculum does not en-
compass to anv significant de-
gree. Furthermore, if a frater-
nity were to work regularly with
members of the community off
campus, this time more with
men probably than with women,
vou again would have an oppor-
tunity for a form of education
and a setting for education
which could be of great sig-
nificance to you. I am referring
to the opportunity to work with
young men five, ten, or fifteen
vears older than vou. men from
whom you could learn a great
many things of importance
about yourselves and for your-
selves since they would be men
who like yourselves have chosen
careers in business and in the
professions. There is no reason
why your lives and the lives of
other students must stop at the
edge of the campus and there is
no reason why the residents of
the Lewisburg area should ex-
clude themselves or feel exclud-
ed from this campus. Fraterni-
ties have as members men who
could become an important part
of the community if they wish
to do so.
3. A fraternity which has a close
and traditional association ivith
a sorority might initiate a center
for women's studies. Again, as
the Women's Liberation Move-
ment matures, there will be ex-
cellent opportunities for serious
discussion under natural condi-
tions, that is, under non-class-
room conditions, of the role of
women in all segments of Amer-
ican society. It would be mar-
velous indeed for a sorority and
a fraternity to steal a march on
a faculty and to initiate its own
formal program of concern for
educational studies for women.
I am not referring to courses but
rather to opportunities to con-
front self with self where in this
instance the sexual role has
been dominant but will become
subordinate.
4. A fraternity or more might join
with one or more of the depart-
ments concerned with fine arts
and develop a program of crea-
tive arts for the house. We have
much too little opportunity in
our lives to express ourselves
through painting, sculpting,
drawing, the dance and drama.
Again, why not recruit some
members who have these inter-
ests and devote a portion of the
space and of your time to the
support of the creative arts in
whatever form and in whatever
ways appeal to the house? I feel
quite certain that you could ob-
tain cooperation from one or
more members of those who
teach studio work in the Depart-
ment of Ait in a program which
would have very wide appeal
to most of you and to the
campus.
5. The possibility for linking to-
gether one or more fraternities, a
local economic development as-
11
satiation, and BuckneU's Insti-
tute for Regional Affairs might
be appealing to a fraternity
which has a high proportion of
its students enrolled in business
and in engineering. The frater-
nity might adopt as its theme
"A Concern for Regional Plan-
ning" and seek the cooperation
of whatever agencies are con-
cerned with these matters for
the development of its program.
OF course, for those fraterni-
ties which have not yet con-
fronted serious financial
problems, there are opportunities
for less-intensive participation. Any
fraternity ought to seek diligently
to sponsor, organize, develop, co-
ordinate, and present a symposium
or colloquy at least one weekend
each semester. A house might try
to maintain a general theme for
several years, for example, drama-
tic literature, politics, new careers.
In addition, fraternities might spon-
sor their own Jan Plans.
To be sure, there may be a fra-
ternity that wants a more intensive
experience and involvement than
anything which I have mentioned
and to that fraternity I would sug-
gest that efforts be made to or-
ganize an internal commune or liv-
ing situation in which all individu-
als intentionally teach each other
whatever they know. Again, the
selection might favor a theme such
as ecology, recreation, politics, jour-
nalism, creative writing, creative
arts, or some combination of these.
An internal or campus communal
learning center could be linked to
external communes, communes lo-
12
cated in local areas or at some dis-
tance from the campus. The New
York Times tells us that there are
now more than three thousand
well-established communes in the
country, and it is clear that this is a
form of living and life stvle which
will grow.
After a fraternity has a well-es-
tablished program, if it believes
that it has true educational merit
in a formal sense, that is, that it is
engaged in intentional learning,
then it might petition for academic
credit. I am a strong champion of
efforts to devise a three-year de-
gree based on competence and ma-
turity. Some of the ideas which are
current, including those concerned
with off-campus study and better
use of leisure time, lend themselves
quite well to utilizing thirty-six
months of one's life toward a rea-
sonably well-defined set of out-
comes. When this is accomplished,
there appears to me to be no earth-
ly reason why individuals cannot
receive credit regardless of where
their activity is carried on and that
should include the fraternity house.
One spends eight to ten hours per
day of his waking life for five or
more days per week for 28 to 30
weeks or more in a particular sit-
uation where the benefits of being
there are planned or programmed
toward outcomes, then credit
should be awarded without ques-
tion.
IN a very real sense, the stronger
the college the more unbal-
anced the lives of its students
because those lives tend to be
pushed very much into academic
pursuits by the educational pro-
grams leaving the rest of the lives
to the students' own ends. The ex-
amples which I have presented all
are intended to be a means of
bringing some balance into a stu-
dent's life between highly struc-
tured classroom experience and
unstructured fraternity life. A fra-
ternity house can and probably
ought to be more than a place to
eat, sleep, bring dates, drink,
dance, shag fly balls, throw fris-
bees, and play touch football. It
can be a place for gracious living,
for a life style different from that
which is possible in our dormitor-
ies. By varying the criteria used to
select your members and having
those criteria fit a motif or style,
a fraternity can become a cultural
center in the best sense of culture
and that does bring pleasure and
fun back into the house. My pre-
diction is that it also will bring
more members to the house and
that the financial problems of fra-
ternities at Bucknell will decrease
as the function of their ability to
adopt a theme of living and select
students for it effectively. A college
is a living place as well as a meet-
ing place and a study place. It is
a place for fostering intellectual
and personal growth, a place where
the curricula and the extra-curricu-
la "should be encouraged to con-
nect with each other."
Why not give it a try?
* f-^fTx* *
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
Assisting the Admissions Office
"Information is one of the most
valuable resources in the work of
the Admissions Office" observes
Fitz R. Walling '46, director of
admissions at Bucknell since that
office was established in 1957.
"However, what I mean by infor-
mation consists not merely of test
scores and grades — a kind of ab-
stract track record of past academic
accomplishments and potential
achievement — but also includes
some way of getting a clear picture
of an applicant's personal qualities
and out-of-the-classroom activities."
AS a professional who has been
involved since 1953 with the
admission of students at
Bucknell (he joined the staff of the
Registrar's Office as admissions
counselor when that office included
the admissions program), Mr. Wal-
ling notes that "information works
both ways, and one of the critical
OCTOBER 1971
tasks of admissions work is to see
that each applicant has an under-
standing of Bucknell's degree pro-
grams, the overall environment of
the University and some sense of
its history. In other words, the in-
dividual applying for admission
must get a clear picture of how
Bucknell can meet his or her plans,
aspirations, and needs. Some of this
can be provided by printed materi-
als and supplemented by motion
pictures or slides, but some of it
must also come from personal con-
tacts."
Since information and a two-way
channel for information are such
essential elements of the admis-
sions program, members of the
staffs of the alumni office, the ad-
missions office and of the board of
directors of the Bucknell Alumni
Association began consultations
several years ago in an effort to
design a program in which selected
alumni could serve as an extension
of the information arm of the Ad-
missions Office.
"The program we planned delib-
erately excluded recruitment of
new students. We did not wish to
have alumni volunteers involved in
a 'sales' promotion for admissions,"
Mr. Walling stressed. "The num-
ber of applicants for admission to
Bucknell has exceeded 4,500 for
the past six years, while our fresh-
man class has averaged around 725.
So, we really focused upon two
goals: the ways to provide appli-
cants with all the pertinent infor-
mation about Bucknell, and the
means to obtain the clearest pic-
Above, Fitz R. Walling '46, director of
admissions, studies application materials
with Richard C. Skelton '60, associate
director of admissions.
13
Participants in the admissions workshop,
above, held on campus September 17 and
18, discuss sessions with Gary Ripple, at
right, assistant director of admissions.
Alumni include, left to right, Paul Pig-
man '56, 268 Rutledge Drive, Bridgeville,
Pa.; Peter Cheyney '65, 6 Bisbee Drive,
Newark, Del.; and Lucien Karlovec '58,
2811 Kersdale Road, Pepper Pike, Ohio.
Below, James Carlson '59 and his wife,
Lynne, talk about volunteer program.
ture possible of the personal quali-
ties and non-academic achieve-
ments of applicants for admission,"
Mr. Walling observed.
THE result of this careful
planning effort is the Alumni
Admissions Assistance Pro-
gram (AAAP) now aiding interest-
ed students and their families in
local schools and communities in
twelve major metropolitan areas
of the nation.
G. Gary Ripple, assistant direc-
tor of admissions who has worked
with alumni volunteers during the
past two years, explained that the
areas in which the Alumni Admis-
sions Assistance Program operates
mm0®m §r*
>
14
are carefully selected by the Ad-
missions Office staff. "There are
just not enough days of the year
or man-hours available to serve
certain areas from which we are
receiving an increasing number of
applicants," he noted. However, in
selecting an area for alumni assis-
tance, the staff considers the dis-
tance from the campus and the
number of private and public sec-
ondary schools in the area. "Bos-
ton, for example, has too many
schools for us to cover in a one-
or two-man work week. Finally,
we are aware that there are areas
with potential interest in Bucknell
and these we hope to develop," he
stressed.
"When an area has been identi-
fied in which we think alumni as-
sistance would be of value," Mr.
Ripple explained, "the Admissions
Office staff must then select an area
chairman for the program who, in
turn, helps our staff select the
members of the committee who
will serve in that area. Once the
process of selection is completed,
the staff initiates a training pro-
gram. This consists of a seminar,
in the local area, covering the over-
all admissions process, an overview
of the purposes of the AAAP, and
an orientation about the Bucknell
of today. It also includes a kind of
(See page 31)
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
1955-The Bucknell University Campus- 1955
- -r *-
This aerial view of campus was taken in early spring of 1955. Large arrow
at center points to area where Freas Hall and Marts Hall now stand.
Arrow at right points to location of Rooke Chapel and arrow at left indi-
cates site of new University Center. Photo was taken looking south. Steam
plant is in background along river and Moore Avenue is in foreground,
lower left. (For aerial view of campus in 1971, see page 16.)
OCTOBER 1971
15
1971 -The Bucknell University Campus- 1971
This aerial vieiv of the campus teas taken looking north. Small arrow at
right points to the new University Center and large arrow at left points
to Rooke Chapel. Davis Gymnasium is near center of two arrows, and
at center of photo is the Academic Quadrangle: Bertrand Library,
Freas Hall, Marts Hall, Coleman Hall, and the Vaughan Literature Build-
ing. Stadium is at far left and the older quadrangle is at far right. (See
aerial view of campus in 1955 on page 15.)
16
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
^.sr:
mm
*. -
s
UNIVERSITY CENTER
Some work remained to be completed when the
new $5.5 million University Center was formal-
ly opened at ceremonies during Homecoming
Weekend on Saturday, October 9. (Scene at left
is in amphitheater on main -floor.) However, the
875-seat Roy Bostwick Memorial Dining Room
and the expanded Bookstore were opened at
start of new semester. The Center includes a
snack bar, several smaller dining rooms, an
auditorium, meeting, rooms, various loung.es and
offices for student activities. (Photo taken at in-
tersection of Moore Avenue and Seventh Street.)
OCTOBER 1971
17
Illustration is from Ben, the Luggage Boy, or, Among the Wharves
by Horatio Alger, Jr., Loring, Boston, 1870
18
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
Photo of Bill Keech '61, at right, was tak-
en by his "favorite photographer, Fabian
Fotomat." Bill is author of The Impact
of Negro Voting: The Role of the Vote in
the Quest for Equality (1960). He and
his wife are parents of two children.
PRESIDENTIAL
HOPEFULS,
FRONT-RUNNERS
AND PARTY
NOMINEES
EDITOR'S NOTE: The follow-
ing story, "Researcher Finch the
Front-Rnnners Usually Win Presi-
dential Nominations," by R. W.
Apple, Jr., appeared in the Thurs-
day, June 17, 1971 issue of the
new york times. It is based on
some of the research findings of
Dr. William R. Keech 61, who re-
ceived his R.A. degree with cum
laude honors at Rucknell and his
Ph.D. degree in political science
from the University of Wisconsin
in 1966. Bill and his colleagues at
the Brookings Institution expect to
publish their research finds in the
late summer of 1972. He and his
wife, Sharon, are now residing at
3210 Wisconsin Ave., N. W., Wash-
ington, D. C.
OCTOBER 1971
"© 1971 by the New York Times Com-
pany. Reprinted by permission."
By R. W. APPLE, Jr.
Special to The New York Times
WASHINGTON, June 15— Wil-
liam R. Keech, a research associ-
ate at the Brookings Institution,
remarked to a group of political
reporters at lunch last week that
his studies suggested that front-
runners usually win Presidential
nominations. Specifically, said Mr.
Keech, who is on leave as an asso-
ciate professor of political science
at the University of North Caroli-
na, the man who leads the Gallup
Poll of rank-and-file members of
his own party just before the start
of the Presidential primaries is
likely to win at the convention.
News Analysis
A study of the 18 Presidential
nominations by the two major par-
ties since 1936, the first year in
which both conventions chose their
candidates by simple majority vote,
indicates that he is correct — espe-
cially with regard to the experi-
ence of parties out of power.
Mr. Keech's thesis is intriguing
because it challenges the conven-
tional wisdom that primaries have
become the dominant element in
selecting nominees and because, in
the short run, it provides some
clues as to what may happen in
1972.
Of the 18 nominees, six won
without a substantial contest and
therefore offer no real test of the
thesis: Franklin D. Roosevelt in
1936 and 1944, Harry S. Truman
in 1948, Dwight D. Eisenhower in
1956, Richard M. Nixon in 1960
and Lyndon B. Johnson in 1964.
All but Mr. Nixon were incum-
bents.
In two cases, incumbents led the
polls, were challenged in the pri-
maries, fared' poorly in the early
elections and withdrew. They were
Mr. Truman, who was beaten in
New Hampshire by the late Estes
Kefauver in 1952, and Mr. John-
son, who barely edged out former
Senator Eugene J. McCarthy in
New Hampshire three years ago.
Of the nine remaining nominees
— all of whom belonged to the par-
ty out of power — seven, or 78 per
cent, fit the rule. They are Alfred
M. Landon, Republican, in 1936;
Thomas E. Dewey, Republican, in
1944 and 1948; General Eisenhow-
er in 1952; Adlai E. Stevenson,
Democrat, in 1956; John F. Kenne-
dy, Democrat, in 1960, and Mr.
Nixon in 1968.
Almost Genuine Draft
The two major exceptions involv-
ing the "outs" were Wendell L.
Willkie, Republican, in 1940, and
Senator Barry Goldwater, Repub-
lican, in 1964.
Mr. Willkie, a utilities executive
who had never sought political of-
fice, was not even listed in the
Gallup polls in the early part of
1940 and entered no primaries. His
19
nomination was close to a genuine
draft, generated bv one of the first
uses of modern public relations
techniques in politics.
Mr. Dewey was the front-runner
and, indeed, led on the first three
convention ballots. Mr. Willkie was
nominated on the sixth.
Mr. Goldwater was in second
place in the polls before the 1964
New Hampshire primary. Republi-
can polls that year gyrated wildly;
a grapth of the seven or eight sur-
veys resembled animal tracks at a
water hole, starting and stopping,
crossing and recrossing. Mr. Nixon,
the leader at the beginning of the
primary season, never became an
active candidate, because he lacked
a political base and because he
feared that his loss in the 1962 Cal-
ifornia Governor's race had left him
vulnerable.
In neither of these exceptional
cases was it the primaries them-
selves that led to the front-run-
ner's demise. Once it was the emer-
gence of a more glamorous figure
at the last minute; once it was the
leader's decision to hold back.
King-Killer Not King
Nor, the record shows, did either
of the brash challengers who blood-
ied incumbent Presidents, Mr. Ke-
fauver in 1952 and Mr. McCarthy
in 1968, go on to win. In such cas-
es, it would appear, killing the king
does not make one the new king.
Nor have the primaries brought
to the fore, in all of those 34 vears,
20
a single previously unheralded fig-
ure who has gone on to win the
nomination.
Harold E. Stassen in 1948, Mr.
Kefauver in 1952, Henry Cabot
Lodge in 1964 and Mr. McCarthy
in 1968 all won upset victories and
moved to center stage in Presiden-
tial politics. But they were not able
to win at the conventions.
Finally, the statistics suggest
that some early contenders who
were knocked out of the race by
primary defeats — Mr. Willkie, who
withdrew after losing in Wisconsin
to Mr. Dewey and others in 1944;
Mr. Kefauver, who withdrew after
losing to Mr. Stevenson in Califor-
nia in 1956; Governor Rockefeller,
who withdrew after losing to Mr.
Goldwater in California in 1964 —
would have lost even without the
primaries.
At no point did any of them
rank strongly in the public opinion
surveys of the party rank-and-file.
It seems reasonable to conclude
that the primaries merely did ear-
lier what the conventions, lacking
primaries, would have done later.
The data cannot, of course, be
interpreted to mean that any can-
didate can safelv skip the primar-
ies. It can be done successfully, as
Hubert H. Humphrey proved in
1968, but for many candidates,
such as Mr. Kennedy, the primar-
ies are needed to overcome linger-
ing suspicions concealed by the
Gallup figures. In Mr. Kennedy's
case, the problems were youth and
religion.
Role of Opinion Leaders
"Nevertheless," said Mr. Keech
in a later discussion, "there is a
tendency for the partv to unite be-
hind the man selected by people
other than the party, mainly the
polls and the press and television."
Even the two out-party excep-
tions seem to prove the rule. Mr.
Dewey led in the polls in 1940, but
his youth was satirized in cartoons
showing him in knee britches, and
columnists repeatedly described
his support as "soft." Mr. Nixon,
ahead in the polls in 1964, was not
often described by reporters as the
front-runner, a rare example of the
situation where the polls have not
been accepted.
What does all of this portend
for the Democrats in 1972?
Three Stand Out
It may well be that the break-
down in party allegiance, and the
increased difficulty in polling ac-
curately, make the past a whollv
or partly inaccurate guide for next
year.
But if not, the odds would seem
good that Mr. Humphrey, Senator
Edward M. Kennedy of Massachu-
J
setts or Senator Edmund S. Mus-
kie of Maine will get the nomina-
tion.
Mr. Muskie is still described as
the front-runner by the press, al-
though the Gallup'Poll of May 15
gave Mr. Kennedy 29 per cent,
Mr. Muskie 21 and Mr. Humphrey
IS. Mr. Kennedy is also the choice
of Democrats in the latest Harris
Poll.
Barring unforeseen events, one
of the three will be in first place
in the polls next March.
History gives little cause for op-
timism to the contenders who are
still back in the pack — Senators
George S. McGovern, Birch Bayh,
Henry M. Jackson and Harold E.
Hughes; Mayor Lindsay and Rep-
resentative Wilbur D. Mills.
A word of caution, however: Of
all the 18 models at hand, 1972 so
far appears to resemble the Repub-
lican campaign of 1964 most close-
ly— not only in the multitude of
candidates and the rapidly shifting
poll results, but also in the dispo-
sition of one of the front-runnners,
Mr. Kennedy, to sit back and
watch.
And that year, of course, was
one of those that produced an un-
foreseen outcome.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
The
Varied
Alumni
Worlds
The Court and Conflict
The periodic conflicts of the
United States Supreme Court with
one or both of the two great sourc-
es of power in the American po-
litical system, the Congress and the
President, is the subject of a new
studv published in August by Pro-
fessor Robert J. Steamer '47, Chair-
man of the Department of Govern-
ment at Lake Forest College, Lake
Forest, 111. Published by the Uni-
versity of Massachusetts Press,
The Supreme Court in Crisis: A
History of Conflict concentrates at-
tention on a study of the Court's
exercise of judicial review from its
earliest years up to the retirement
of Chief Justice Earl Warren H'56.
OCTOBER 1971
Robert J. Steamer '47
Coming on the heels of the Pen-
tagon Papers controversy, the
book's central thesis is that inter-
mittent constitutional crises are in-
evitable "given the popular nature
of the elective branches of the gov-
ernment, as opposed to the oligar-
chical character of the appointive
branch." The majority public opin-
ion is often at odds with the judi-
cial interpretation of the Constitu-
tion, causing the American system
to enter periods of instability as
judges are pitted against legislators
and the President in public de-
bates.
"The Court," says Professor
Steamer, "has the unenviable con-
stitutional duty of deciding cases
between litigants, the outcomes of
which not only determine the long-
term constitutional direction of the
nation, but also very often have a
serious impact on contemporary
policies." This mixture of law and
politics, he adds, was never differ-
entiated bv the Founding Fathers.
However, despite the controversies
this complex set of relationships
engenders, "it is, on balance, a wise
and sensible blend that the Ameri-
can people seem reluctant to al-
ter," Professor Steamer maintains.
Even during times of widespread
popular disaffection with the Su-
preme Court's decisions, he says,
"neither Congress nor the President
has been able to curtail the Court's
most powerful function."
The recipient of a B.A. degree
from Bucknell, he received his
M.A. degree at the University of
Virginia, and his Ph.D. degree
from Cornell University. He was a
member of the faculties of Ogle-
thorpe University, The University
of Massachusetts, and Louisiana
State University, before going to
Lake Forest in' 1962.
Professor Steamer is co-author
of The Constitution: Cases and
Comments (1959) and is a contrib-
utor to Change in the Contempor-
ary South (1963), as well as to
many scholarly journals. He com-
pleted his new book during a 196S-
69 sabbatical leave which he spent
at Oxford University.
Professor Steamer is married to
the former Jean Worden, and they
are the parents of two sons. The
Steamers reside at 1474 North
Edgewood Road, Lake Forest, III.
A Boston Story
Boston is the locale for the infre-
quent luncheons of 1960 classmates,
Lorraine Wassermann Arthur and
Elizabeth Bryan Godrick.
Lorraine, now Mrs. H. Greg Ar-
thur, is an industrial psychologist
with the Gillette Toiletries Co. in
Boston. More recently, she has been
working on special projects relating
to employee welfare, research on
new programs, analysis of employ-
ee attitudes, and, in cooperation
with others, on developing training
programs for managers and super-
visors.
Since her graduation from Buck-
et
nell — Lori received her B.A. degree
in English with cum laude honors
— she has pursued graduate studies
at Harvard University, receiving an
M.Ed, degree in Guidance from
that institution in 1961 and a Cer-
tificate of Advanced Study in Coun-
seling Psychology in 1966.
Her professional career has in-
cluded work as a house counselor
at the Women's College of Duke
University ( 1961-62 ) ; as a profes-
sional assistant in test development
for the Educational Testing Service
21
at Princeton, N. J. (1962-64); as a
school adjustment counselor in the
Weston (Mass.) Public Schools
( 1965-66 ) ; and as a coordinator
and counselor for the John Hancock
Mutual Life Insurance Co. of Bos-
ton. She joined Gillette in 1968.
Lori's husband, Gregory, is pres-
ently personnel manager for Charles
A. MacGuire Co., a combustion
engineering and architectural con-
sulting firm in Boston. Their resi-
dence is at 80 Plymouth Boad,
Wakefield, Mass.
Betty, now Mrs. Joseph A. God-
rick, received her Ph.D. degree in
biology from Boston University last
year. She has taught a summer
course in genetics at that institution
and is doing post-doctoral research
in tumor immunology at the Har-
vard Medical School.
Since her graduation from Buck-
nell — Betty received her B.A. de-
gree in biology — she has been
teaching in the Boston area while
pursuing graduate studies at Bos-
ton University. She has served as
a science consultant to the Boston
Herald and as a member of the
Metropolitan Task Force of Great-
er Boston, a group concerned with
slum problems and racial issues.
Betty's husband, Joseph, is now
doing research for the Kennecott
Copper Corp., Lexington, Mass.
Their residence is at 72 Bradford
Boad, Watertown, Mass.
In the Groove
The new vice president for mar-
keting of CBS Becords, Bruce G.
Lundvall '57, was the producer for
the recording, "W. C. Fields on
Radio," which won the Grammy
Award for Best Comedy Album of
1969, and he acted as executive
producer for the two full-length
films which won awards in 1970.
However, of his own efforts as a
performer, he notes: "I have re-
corded three discs under my own
name which were released to less
than standing ovations several
years ago. They were lots of fun
but they provided little in the way
of remuneration!"
Vice President for Merchandis-
ing at CBS Records for the past
22
Bruce G. Lundvall '57
two years, Bruce joined the record-
ing firm in 1960. His new post in-
cludes responsibility for the sales,
distribution, promotion, merchan-
dising, and advertising in the U. S.
of all Columbia, Epic, and Custom
label products.
Bruce returned to campus last
March as a lecturer in one of the
Martin M. Cummings '41
series of business executive semi-
nars for Bucknell students directed
by Dr. Neil F. ShifHer, professor of
business administration. A few
weeks later, he flew to Montreaux,
Switzerland, where he was guest
speaker at the International Music
Industry Conference.
A member of the Delta Upsilon
fraternity while at Bucknell, Bruce
received his B.S. degree in com-
merce and finance. He is now com-
pleting work for an M.B.A. degree
at the Bernard Baruch graduate
school of City College of New
York.
Bruce and his wife, the former
Kav Abel, are the parents of three
sons, Eric, six; Tor, 2; and Kurt,
10 months. The Lundvalls reside in
Wyckoff, N. J.
Triple Honors
Dr. Martin M. Cummings '41,
director of the National Library of
Medicine, Bethesda, Md., has add-
ed a new distinction to his many
accomplishments.
Widely recognized in the early
phase of his career for his contribu-
tions to microbiology, Dr. Cum-
mings has devoted his attention in
the past decade to the improve-
ment of medical communications
throughout the world. His work in
both areas was recognized this past
summer when three institutions of
higher education conferred upon
him honorary doctorate degrees.
These included an honorary degree
of Doctor of Science from the Uni-
versity of Nebraska; an honorary
degree of Doctor of Humane Let-
ters from the School of Medicine,
Georgetown University; and a hon-
orary Doctor of Science degree
from Emory University. Bucknell
had earlier, in 1968, conferred upon
him a honorary Doctor of Science
degree.
A member of the Board of Trust-
ees, Dr. Cummings received his
M.D. degree from Duke University
Medical School. He is married to
the former Arlene Avrutine '42, and
they are the parents of three chil-
dren. The Cummings residence is
at 11317 Boiling House Road,
Rockville, Md.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
Eric W. Peper '63
New Editor
A man who lists among his hob-
bies, fishing, hunting, and golf,
Eric W. Peper '63, has been ap-
pointed editor of the newly formed
Field <L~ Stream Book Club, a divi-
sion of Holt, Rinehart & Winston,
Inc.
Previously promotion manager of
the Educational Division of Holt,
Eric joined that firm in 1966 as a
college promotion manager and
two years later became general
manager of school materials. Prior
to joining Holt, he was a member
of the college editorial and produc-
tion staff for four vears at Prentice-
Hall.
Eric is married to the former
Norma Smith '63, and they are par-
ents of two children. The Pepers
reside at 144 3rd St., New City,
N.Y.
Guiding Decision-Makers
Professor Carl L. Moore '43, pro-
fessor of accounting at Lehigh Uni-
versity, is the author of a new
book, Profitable Applications of the
Break-Even System, which has re-
cently been published bv Prentice-
Hall,' Inc., Englewood Cliffs, N. J.
The volume, which is designed to
help the financial executive in de-
october 1971
Carl L. Moore '43
cision-making situations, is recom-
mended to be used not onlv bv the
conventional business enterprise
but also by the non-profit organiza-
tion.
In Professor Moore's work, he
shows how the relatively simple
concept of a break-even point can
be enlarged and put to use in the
control of costs, in the selection of
the best economic alternative, and
in making decisions and plans in
almost even" vital area of business
J
endeavor. Discussing the break-
even point in relation to a point of
balance — a balance between the
advantages and disadvantages of
any course of action — he describes
the balancing point as a guide that
can be applied in obtaining a bet-
ter control over operations and im-
proving the planning and decision-
making process.
Among the topics discussed in
this volume are Improving Profits
by Better Cost Control, Controlling
the Cost of Materials, Determining
Differential Market Prices, Plan-
ning the Flow of Net Working Cap-
ital, and Selecting the Best Capital
Investment Alternative.
Professor Moore, with Robert K.
Jaedicke of Stanford University, is
also the author of two editions of
Managerial Accounting, a portion
of which has been translated into
Japanese, and a Portuguese transla-
tion of the book is currently being
distributed in Brazil. In addition,
lie has contributed articles for pro-
fessional journals and has written
a case study that appears in three
different textbooks.
A native of Pittsburgh, Pa., Pro-
fessor Moore received the A.B. de-
gree in economics from Bucknell
and the M.A. degree in accounting
from the University of Pittsburgh.
He has also been a certified public
accountant in Pennsylvania since
1952.
He is married to the former Ruth
Nulton '44, the author of several
historical volumes, poems and sto-
ries for children. Thev are the par-
ents of two sons and reside at 3033
Center St., Bethlehem, Pa.
Major General Leonard B. Taylor, left,
congratulates Brigadier General Jack T.
Pink '47 on his promotion to one-star
rank during ceremonies at U. S. Army
Adjutant General School, Fort Benjamin
Harrison, Ind. The new general received
his B.S. degree in commerce and finance
and has begun new duties as director,
enlisted personnel directorate, in Wash-
ington, D. C.
23
LaFayette Butler H'62 has been
described by friends and associates
as a "phenomenon," for his 85
years of life have been filled with
accomplishments in a variety of
fields. A successful industrial en-
trepreneur, he early planned a ca-
reer as a teacher of English litera-
ture, preparing for the academic
profession by taking a B.A. degree
in English at Princeton University
and an M.A. degree in English at
Harvard University. After five
years as a member of the faculty
at the University of Utah, he re-
turned to the coal region city
where he was born and reared,
Hazleton, Pa., to assume the man-
agement of the machine tool firm
which his family founded and
owned. His skills as a businessman
developed rapidly, and he expand-
ed the family firm, diversifying his
investments and initiating new in-
dustrial and mining ventures.
The evidence of his early inter-
ests and academic training in liter-
ature, however, remained through
his years as a successful industrial-
ist— as did his training and talents
as a pianist — and he supplemented
his university studies with Euro-
pean travels (including the Paris
of the 1920's) and with further
study, enjoying the company of art-
ists, diplomats and scholars. As
much at home in the world of let-
ters as in that of finance, he has
written several books, has contrib-
uted essays and articles on a varie-
ty of subjects to magazines, peri-
odicals, and newspapers; and has
been a playwright, a film editor,
and a lecturer on travel and litera-
ture.
He is also a professional biblio-
phile and his Fountain Lawn Li-
brary, numbering more than 14,000
volumes, is recognized as one of
the finest private collections of first
editions, letters and manuscripts of
authors of the late nineteenth and
twentieth centuries. Available to
scholars both in America and
abroad, the Fountain Lawn Li-
brary includes outstanding sets of
volumes of the work of W. B.
Yeats, James Joyce, G. B. Shaw,
D. H. Lawrence, H. G. Wells and
24
About
LaFayette
Butler
LaFayette Butler H'62, at right, talks
about men and books with Editor Bill
Weist '50 at reception following the 1971
Friends of the Library lecture.
the subject of the essay reprinted
here, Norman Douglas.
Though he lost his sight several
years ago, Mr. Butler continues his
scholarly studies with the aid of
readers, a tape recorder and a dic-
tating machine. Becently, to lead
students in discussions of Shakes-
peare's sonnets, he committed to
memory all 154 of the sonnets bv
J J
listening to tape recordings.
And, then, he became a poet him-
self, publishing in 1965 a volume,
Seventy Sonnets After Seventy. The
eighteenth poem in this volume
contains his observations on old
age:
Old age is a frost-cracked, broken
mirror
In which one's image, shadowly
perceived.
Is by one's faulty vision well
deceived.
How fortunate the outlines are not
clearer
Of wrinkles, creases, cobwebs even
queerer!
Time's hardness carves a pattern
unrelieved
Except by fantasy. To have grieved
Does not make consolation one
whit dearer,
Old Age must, learn alone to live
and dwell
As Memory's prisoner, and to
confess
The escapades of youth just to his
cell.
Without a priest to chasten or to
bless.
Experience acts as mirror to his
But ivisdom, onltj, as an innate
sage.
Commenting last year on some
oldsters who sought to stav voung
bv aping the life-style of the young,
Mr. Butler noted that "the only
old swingers I have ever encoun-
tered still live in either the trees
or the zoo." He has also noted that
"books can be looked upon as a
kind of reservoir of civilization,
with plenty of refreshments avail-
able to the mind if a man has an
unquenchable thirst for knowledge
and the courage to explore other
men's imaginations."
In the past three decades he has
developed a personal philosophy
for his philanthropic efforts, gener-
ously aiding social and cultural
programs for the Hazleton area.
Among these are his contributions
to the Ellen Clarke Bertrand Li-
brary during the past decade which
have made possible expansion of
its research resources in the field
of English literature.
The condensed version of the
essav by Mr. Butler reprinted in
this issue — "What About Norman
Douglas?" — was presented at Buck-
nell in May as the 1971 Friends of
the Library lecture.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
WHAT ABOUT NORMAN DOUGLAS?
By LaFayette Butler H'62
A
FTER his thirty-ninth year,
George Norman Douglas had
to find out how to live bv his
wits and wit and bv borrowing
money from rich friends who did
not expect repayment. The disap-
pearance of his inherited fortune
made clear to him that man cannot
live by being well-bred alone. Now,
he had to face his philosophy of
pleasure and leisure and demon-
strate its practical adaptability. He
had to become ringmaster of his
own circus and also assume the
double role of captain and first
mate of his soul. Indeed, he had
to go further and become the god
of the unconventional, climbing
mountains by dav and descending
into taverns by night. He could say,
with Prospero, "We are such stuff
as dreams are made on" and rebuke
Victorian washed-out souls who
lolled in antimacassar over-stuffed
furniture, in rooms crowded with
all the incongruities so dear to bad
taste — rooms into which the world-
ly sun couldn't even peek, through
massive velvet draperies, for fear of
disturbing the dust.
Norman Douglas, so to speak,
was to the manor born, but not at
Tilquhillie Castle near Aberdeen,
Scotland, which was one of the
possessions of the famous Douglas
clan (for his father was a Scottish
laird) but at Falkenhorst, Thurin-
gen, Austria. His mother was the
daughter of Baron von Poelnitz, of
Bregenz, Austria, and granddaugh-
ter of the 17th Lord Forbes, pre-
mier baron of Scotland. Douglas's
father, John Sholto Douglas, was
the son of a member of the Douglas
clan who had married a Miss Ken-
nedv, presumably an Irish colleen.
Thus, young Norman's blood cells
were a mixture of the red corpus-
cles found in the sturdy, proud, re-
belliously inclined Scotch-Irish
specimen and the so-called blue-
blood with which aristocratic birth
is associated. Genealogical compli-
cations must ever bear the burden
of their later implications. In every
family there is a skeleton in the
closet, even though some members
of the family would try to bury the
skeleton key. As a matter of fact,
Norman Douglas found more to his
liking a grand-uncle who had died
some 21 years before Norman's
birth. Many of his living relatives,
Norman met without enthusiasm.
He admired this grand-uncle as a
rakish character, "an incorrigible
dandy, a lady-killer, a sad dog,"
who enjoyed good company and
good booze where discretion had
no limits. Three of his possessions
were later owned by Norman — a
flute, a snuff box, and a rare book
entitled English Bards and Scotch
Reviewers, "bv that deplorable rake
Lord Bvron."
NORMAN DOUGLAS'S grand-
father had started a cotton
mill at Bregenz, in the Vor-
arlberg, and had appointed his son,
John Sholto Douglas, as manager.
Thus, it came about that Norman,
John's third son, was born in Aus-
tria, on December 8, 1868. The boy
was strongly attached to his father,
but the unfortunate death of that
parent, when the lad was only six
vears old, terminated what had
promised to be a vital influence. It
did awaken Norman's interest in
mountain climbing and the pursuit
OCTOBER 1971
25
of geology; and, of course, by the
time he was eighteen, his interests
had broadened to include zoology,
botany, ornithology, and hematol-
ogy, to say nothing of Greek and
Latin classical literature. By that
time, he was writing scientific mon-
ographs both in English and Ger-
man. During this period, he had
undergone some unhappy experi-
ences which helped to shape his
personal philosophy.
For example, he had been
shipped to England, at the age of
ten, in order to attend a prepara-
tory school, Yarlet Hall, Stone, in
Staffordshire. The bitterness of his
residence there prejudiced him
against English schools and Calvin-
istic religion. He, himself, writes:
"This pestilential institution . . .
straight way it put on a hostile face
. . . I hated Yarlet and all it con-
tained . . . those services in a musty
little chapel in the garden — what
was the use of them? We were a
crowd of horrible little boys . . .
There was a nagging and sneaking
tone about the place . . . nor any
of the masters cared about doing
anything to help us. Theij herded
us together like young savages, and
kept us in subjection by the fear
of punishment. This fear expressed
itself among ourselves in the shape
of bullying . . . English [was] a
relatively new language to me . . .
My mother was half-German; this
excited them to still greater glee,
but here I had my answer ready:
'Well, anyhow, Queen Victoria ivas
her godmother, and that's more
than you can say of your own rot-
ten old mother!'"
He fared little better when he
was transferred to other English
preparatory schools, and because
of his mounting! misery was finally
enrolled at the Karlsruhe Gymna-
sium, in Germany, in 1883, where
he continued his studies in a hap-
pier environment for about five
years. At this institution, he re-
ceived a thorough training in the
Greek and Latin classics and the
extra-curricular advantages derived
from having three young mistresses.
His sexual life began to expand at
a rapid, abnormal rate. The adven-
tures were with young girls and
26
This photo of Norman Douglas is entitled "10 and SO." It was taken in 1949.
Douglas, age 80, contemplates a bust made of him as a boy. (From Norman
Douglas: A Pictorial Record in the LaFayette Butler Collection).
boys, mature women and men. In
his youth, without trouble he
learned how to enjoy his vices, in
his maturity how to indulge freely
his aberrations; and with difficulty
in his old age he learned how to
tolerate his virtues.
Douglas's insatiable curiosity
about nature — and, more especially,
about human nature — motivated
his entire life. That is why so many
of his works are autobiographical.
His travel books are not, in the
orthodox sense, guide books, to be
consulted by the practical tourist;
rather, they are a combination of
first-hand experience with respect
to journeys taken with a friend or
a relative, or friends, or, on occa-
sion, alone, in yvhich are recorded
details of these excursions, descrip-
tions of the various environments
and meetings with their respective
inhabitants, and then the accumu-
lated facts of their local historical
and legendary backgrounds. You
feel that you are in his company,
participating in his encounters all
along the way. His writing is al-
ways graphic, startling, filled with
beauty and a kind of hypnotic
charm, replete with learning, de-
void of pompous pedantry. His
style is crystal-clear as the brook in
which Narcissus saw his image. His
sentences possess musical cadences
as skilled as those in a composition
by Chopin, or Beethoven, or
Brahms. His vocabulary flashes col-
or with the right, precise word for
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
even' nuance, and his subtle wit,
steeped in irony and satire, passeth
misunderstanding.
WHEN Douglas was 17, his
first article was published, a
scientific monograph dealing
with the plumage of the Corvidae
— that is to say, dealing with mag-
pies, rooks, crows, and ravens. This
essay appeared in The Zoologist in
February, 1886, and was followed
in that same vear bv papers on the
European squirrel and the distribu-
tion of the beaver in Europe. Dur-
ing this same vear, he continued
his studv of Italian and began to
take up Russian as a prerequisite
to a possible diplomatic career.
(We might say, parenthetically,
that his linguistic accomplishments
also included French and Modern
Greek. )
Bv chance, Douglas chose to visit
southern Italy in 1888, and he fell
in love at first sight with Capri,
little suspecting that it was his first
glimpse of an island which was not
onlv to become the Nephenthe of
South Wind but also eventually his
permanent home and final resting
-place. There, he died, on February
8, 1952, at midnight, and their he
is buried in the Protestant Ceme-
tery. His last conscious words were,
"Love, love, love."
Every Homo-sapiens has some-
thing of the homo-sap in him,
which is less than wisdom, more
than stupidity, perhaps the essence
of his idiosyncrasies. Thus, Norman
Douglas had two favorite expres-
sions: "pah," meaning "bosh," and
"to hell with it (or them)," which
speaks for itself. He loved to sniff
his snuff often, smoke a pipe of
tobacco or, occasionally, of hashish,
or "kif," as the Arabs in Tunisia call
it. He was a fastidious gourmet,
always interested in excellent food
and wine. He had no use for con-
ventional religion, refusing to be-
lieve that by sprinkling holy water
on a duck you bring about the
miracle of conversion. He had little
use for the saccharine and illumina-
tion of dear Matthew Arnold, the
simple, heavenly faith of Tennyson,
or the star-studded optimism of
Browning; rather, he would say
OCTOBER 1971
with Swinburne, "O pale Galilean,
the world has grown grav with thv
breath," and he would have pro-
claimed that the New Testament
illustrates that slave morality which
Nietzsche so vehemently scorned.
If Douglas was more interested
in Hellenic culture, it was because
the pagan philosophy which Epi-
curus expounded had definite ap-
peal. That philosopher stressed the
fact that pleasure is the onlv good
and end of all morality, and Doug-
las frankly echoed, "Amen." Until
the end of the nineties, he had a
very comfortable income through
his inheritance of funds from his
father's estate. This made it possi-
ble for him to travel widely to
Capri, Ireland and the Hebrides,
the Shetland and Orkney Isles,
Greece, Poland, the Mediterranean,
Asia Minor, Constantinople, Smyr-
na, Angora, Lipari, Vorarlberg,
London, Paris, India, Ceylon, East
Africa, and Tunisia. Under the tu-
telage of the great Anton Ruben-
stein, he had become an expert
pianist and, according to his own
words, had composed music. His
multi-lingual accomplishments con-
tributed to the enrichment of his
extensive vocabulary.
IN 1893, John Addington Sym-
onds published a volume of es-
says under the title of In the
Key of Blue. Now, Svmonds was
a well-known homo-sexualist, and
his opening essay narrates experi-
ences he had with a vouth of nine-
teen named Augusto. He had met
him in Venice and took him on a
several-days tour of the Euganean
Hills, where he had him posing in
different blue costumes for artistic
word-studies. There are veiled sug-
gestions of intimate friendship; un-
doubtedly, Douglas followed the
suggestion of blue as being a cryp-
tic svmbol for a homosexual inti-
macy, perhaps also thinking of the
blasphemous French phrase sacre
bleu. Several of his books had two
copies onlv of their limited editions
printed on blue paper. One copv
he kept for himself, and the other
he gave to his close friend Giusep-
pe Orioli, a dealer in rare books
and, later, a publisher of a small
number of volumes.
In 1S94, Douglas was one of the
representatives in the British Em-
bassy at St. Petersburg. There he
remained for two and one-half
years. While on leave in Italy, in
1S95, he wrote Report on the Pu-
mice Stone Industry of the Lipari
Islands. Eventuallv, it led to the
abolition of child labor there. In
the previous year, his On the Her-
petology of the Grand Duchy of
Baden appeared in pamphlet form.
This work is the studv of snakes,
lizards, toads, and frogs and is
based on his direct observations of
these creatures.
Once out of the diplomatic ser-
vice, Douglas, with his inheritance,
bought a fine villa near Naples
without even ha\ing seen the prop-
erty. That was in 1897, and in the
next year he made the unfortunate
mistake of marrying his cousin Elsa
FitzGibbon. That marriage lasted
27
for only five years. During this
time, however, two sons were born
— Archibald and Robin — and he
collaborated with his wife on writ-
ing Unprofessional Tales, which
was published in 1901 under the
pseudonym of "Normyx." Only one
of the tales was completely his —
namely "Nerinda," which is a re-
markable study of a paranoid in-
dividual and which shows influenc-
es of Poe, Baudelaire, DeMaupas-
sant, and Strindberg. He had now
definitely shifted from scientific
writing to serious literary pursuits.
In 1904, after his divorce, he
built the Villa Daphne, on Capri.
Next, he bought a woodland tract
on the Castiglione; he believed that
this would give him a secluded
vantage point on Capri where he
might be less exposed to the winter
weather and also pursue rewarding
archaeological research; but, alas,
just as everything seemed to fit into
his dreams, came the great shock
of financial difficulties — all the cap-
ital of his inheritance, through cir-
cumstances beyond his control, was
gone. He had to make a realistic
appraisal of his financial situation.
In other words, his income would
have to depend upon the power of
his pen. During this period, he vis-
ited Calabria and lived a hand-to-
mouth existence, occasionally sell-
ing an article here and there, sup-
plemented by salvaging some of his
personal possessions.
ABOUT 1910, Douglas returned
to London and resided there
for approximately five years.
His Siren Land and Fountains in
the Sand found English publishers
during this period. Through the
kindness of Joseph Conrad, in 1912,
he obtained the position of assistant
28
editor of The English Review, then
under the editorship of Ford Madox
Ford and later Austin Harrison.
From this point on, we have him re-
turning to the continent in 1916 and
writing South Wind. This master-
piece was published in 1917 and
brought him international recogni-
tion, but, unfortunately, not the fi-
nancial rewards which its large
printings justified. This book was
pirated by many American publish-
ers, who paid scanty, or no recom-
pense because international copy-
rights were not procurable at that
time. In 1918, he lived in several
parts of France. The next year, he
returned to Italy, and for many
years he made Florence his home
base.
The rise to power of Mussolini
and the introduction of Fascism in-
to Italian politics made Douglas
feel that life in Italy would be pre-
carious, and so in 1937 he went to
France, living for a time at Vence
and Antibes. The alliance of Mus-
solini with Hitler in the Second
World War convinced Douglas
that he ought to try to get back to
England. In 1940, we find him liv-
ing at the British Embassy in Lis-
bon. Through the influence of Neil
Hogg, a member of the British
staff, Douglas was able to return
to London in 1942. Here he re-
mained until 1946, becoming pro-
gressively homesick for Italy. For-
tunately, he was able to satisfy his
longing and return to Capri, where
he set up an apartment in a villa
which belonged to his good friend
Kenneth Macpherson, who later
became his executor. Capri made
him an honorary citizen. A small
annuity, plus royalties, helped him
to live there modestly until his
death.
Corresponding to the friendship
between Jonathan and David or
Achilles and Patroclus was Doug-
las's intimacy with Orioli. They had
first met in Florence in June, 1922;
and Pino, as Orioli was affection-
ately called, eventually persuaded
Douglas to move to an apartment
on Lungarno Corsini, which was
over the flat in which Pino lived
and which he used for a time as
the headquarters of his bookshop.
Pino was one of those easy-going,
jolly and exuberant Italians who
had been born with the natural
gift of story-telling, a keen sense
of humor, and a rollicking attitude
towards life. Physically, he remind-
ed one of an apple dumpling; he
had a most appealing smile, an
elfish sense of mischief without
malice, expressive gesticulations
which indicated dramatic quality,
and that abundance of congeniality
that magnetized all who came in
contact with him. He had been
born on February 11, 1884, in the
little town of Alfonsine, some dis-
tance from Florence. He often
would relate that his mother gave
birth to him shortly after her re-
turn from an asylum to which she
had been committed temporarily,
probably because of the large num-
ber of children she bore in a short
time. Pino's father looked upon him
as weak-minded, and so was par-
ticularly tender towards him. The
father operated a sausage factory,
which fell into disrepute when
neighbors discovered that the saus-
age was made of donkey's meat.
Pino started to learn the barber's
trade and moved on to Florence,
where he continued the apprentice-
ship in a shop in which his brother
was the head barber.
WHEN the owner's wife tried
to lure him into her bed,
Pino resolved to get out of
Florence. Then began a series of
adventures which led him to Paris
and London, and which, for enter-
tainment, are far more exciting
than those which befell Casanova.
All of them are recorded in his
autobiography, entitled Adventures
of a Bookseller. How he drifted in-
to this business, learned to deal in
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
rare books on medicine, erotica,
and incunabula, and with a Jewish
partner founded a bookshop in
London are only a little part of his
varied experiences.
Pino met Douglas in 1922 at a
tea party, and at once there was
that sympathetic bond formed be-
tween them which was to last until
Pino's death in Lisbon, in 1942.
Later, Pino became a publisher,
and the books in his Lungarno se-
ries included Douglas's Capri: Ma-
terials for a Description of the Is-
land and Paneros, as well as D. H.
Lawrence's Lady Chatterly's Lover
and The Virgin and the Gipsy. Pino
frequently accompanied Douglas
on walking tours in various parts of
Europe. Indeed, in Pino's one other
book, Moving Along, is an account
of an excursion that they took, ac-
companied by two other friends. I
have an original letter of Douglas's,
dated June 16, 1942, written from
London to a friend in which he
says, in part,
"As to poor Pino — I suppose you
know that he died in Lisbon a few
days before I left? He had been
unwell with all kinds of complica-
tions for thirty days and suddenly
expired one morning of a heart at-
tack. I had been with him the pre-
vious evening and found him un-
usually cheerful and full of all sorts
of plans for the future."
It seems ironic that Pino, who was
constantly looking for a cure for a
liver ailment brought on by over-
indulgence in food and drink,
should die of a heart attack.
It was in 1923 that Norman
Douglas met that naughty,
haughty, slight-of-build, charming
rebel Nancy Cunard. She came to
worship him as an idol, and he
didn't in the least object to being
put on a pedestal. Her volume
Grand Man — Memories of Norman
Douglas — scintillates with her ad-
oration. Her special interests in life
were compiling a Negro anthology
and, incidentally, for a time, being
the paramour of Henry, a black
jazz musician; writing imagist poe-
try; and running the Hours Press
at La Chapelle-Reanville in Nor-
mandy, some distance from Paris.
She printed two of Douglas's
OCTOBER 1971
works : One Day and Report on the
Pumice Stone Industry of the Lipari
Islands. She accompanied Douglas
on one of his return visits to Tuni-
sia in 1938. When they first met,
she was 27 and he was 54. They
saw each other frequently in both
Italy and London, and there is no
question that she was head-over-
heels in love with him; to him, she
was "My dearest Nancy."
Discounting the fact that her
Grand Man — Memories of Norman
Douglas exhibits, at times, a crav-
ing for raving, her portrait of him
seems, in the main, to be accurate.
I quote her directly.
"When I met him, he looked . . .
very erect in bearing but without
stiffness, tallish, strong set, broad-
shouldered and well built . . . His
walk ivas straight, and his bearing
manly. How pleasing the shape of
his head with a touch of austerity
about it! He had greyish-iohite
hair, thick and very close cut, with
some light amber in it. And in the
last years of all, in the sunshine of
Capri, there seemed a sort of snow-
sparkle about him. Of florid com-
plexion, definite in feature, a long
straight nose with a particular
sharp tip, and a prominent chin.
Very good facial bones. His eyes
were rather deep set under thick
ct/ebrows — blue, grey-blue, green-
grey-blue, as all eyes that are like
water or the sea should be. Some-
times piercing, indeed, was their
look; sometimes non-committal. His
lips lay in a firm, fine line, rather
thin and invariably very red. His
hands were hands in repose, some-
what fidl in flesh with excellently-
proportioned long fingers and
shapely tips and nails. — A pipe was
with him at all hours, a cigar twice
a day; he did not disdain cigar-
ettes."
When Douglas writes his D. H.
Lawrence and Maurice Magnus
pamphlet, he not only defends
Magnus, that ill-starred Jewish-
American youth whose mother was
the illegitimate daughter of Wil-
hehn the First, but also accuses
Lawrence of misrepresenting the
facts with respect to the relation-
ship between Lawrence and Doug-
las. The genesis of this "A Plea for
Better Manners" arose when Law-
rence wrote a preface to the post-
humous publication of Magnus's
Memoirs of a Private in the Foreign
Legion. The suicide of Magnus
and the distortion of his memory
by Lawrence simply added to
Douglas's dislike of Lawrence as a
man and as a writer. The fact that
Lawrence had satirized Douglas
in his novel Aaron's Rod was only
a secondary consideration.
In 1927, Katherine Mayo wrote
Mother India, and this book in-
spired Douglas to write How
About Europe? in which he uses
his bitterest invective and most
pungent irony to point out that
conditions in Western European
culture are far worse than those in
the Orient. Of course, there are
the expected flashes of humor; I
submit one example, and here it is
in Douglas's own words:
"There is one feature peculiar to
Indian married women which the
author of 'Mother India,' obser-
vant— viciously observant as she is
of such things — has overlooked. I
refer to their singular custom of
nursing boy — children at the breast
till they are old enough to play
29
polo. Whether the habit be good
for the parent or not, it certainly
strikes me that mothers milk is in-
congruous nourishment for young-
sters who can digest mutton cutlets
and jam tarts.
"This little absurdity, if my
American informant be correct,
can be matched in some wilder
parts of the West. Overheard in
Kentucky: 'Say, young man, what
are you beating up your mother
for? Put down that stick!' 'The
damned old bitch — she's trying to
wean me'."
PERHAPS Douglas would be
suqjrised but not dismayed if
I compared him with a com-
posite representation of the famous
satyr, Silenus, in whom we find a
mature being, part-man and part-
goat, possessing a weakness for
wine and for sexual as well as
sensuous experiences and, on the
other hand, wisdom, tremendous
learning, keen wit, and the ability
to be chosen teacher of Dionysus.
Moreover, he is good-natured, jovi-
al, to a degree sympathetic, amor-
ous, likewise secretive and critical
and caustic only when he discovers
sham and hypocrisy in any social
environment. Were he alive to-day,
he would be amused by the happy
hippies and decide that their re-
fusal to take a bath might be based
on fear of whetting their appetite,
or he might decide that astronauts
venture into outer space to collect
samples of unadulterated moon-
shine on the rocks.
Because of his breadth of curi-
osity, Douglas finds interest in
gathering some fifty definitely ob-
scene limericks together and pri-
vately publishing them with his
subtle interpretations, to serve an
exposure of the puritanical repres-
sion. He even is audacious enough
to suggest that he might have dedi-
cated the volume to Queen Vic-
toria!
When Douglas becomes fascinat-
ed by the various forms of aphro-
disiacs, his research into that field
is evidenced by his Paneros, which
contains a wealth of information
and is written in the sonorous style
of Sir Thomas Browne's Hydro-
taphia; or. Urn Burial. Here is a
short specimen of his writing:
"Those skilled in amatory arts
will have you eat, among plants,
the pistachio nut, marjoram, pars-
ley, roots of chervil and of fern,
radish, lotus, sandix, carrot, cum-
min, thyme, sage, borage, celery,
basil, calamint, saw-wort, penny-
royal, walnuts and almonds, dates
and quinces, the herb savory, dedi-
cated of old to the satyrs; the pij-
rethron of the Greeks, held by
some to be a camomile; the durian
fruit, beloved of Paludanus and
Linschott and all moderns; the root
of ginseng and of sekakul in high
favour with Oriental folk; the wild
hemp, the care-dispelling nepen-
thes, maybe, of Homer; and multi-
tudinous others."
THERE is no question that
whatever frailties Douglas
possessed, there were corre-
sponding, positive strong traits of
character to offset them. His acts
of generosity were many, and his
sense of compassion was great but
never tainted with sentimentalism.
We are under the impression that
he, deep in his heart, regretted the
break-up of his marriage. He tried
to be faithful to his Cynara in his
fashion, but, as is understandable,
his wife could not tolerate his in-
fidelities. He was an omnivorous
reader, investigator, and student of
life, but never cared much to min-
gle in the so-called literary circles.
In Douglas's day, before nude-
ness, crudeness, and lewdness
gained their common-place accep-
tance in this confused world of
ours, belongs a little anecdote that
runs somewhat after this fashion:
Two very young children had gone
into a great art museum and hap-
pened upon a wonderful painting
of Adam and Eve in the Garden of
Eden. After admiring its great
beauty, one child turned to the oth-
er and said, "How can vou tell
which is Adam and which is Eve?"
The other child replied, "I really
don't know; they haven't any
clothes on."
That anecdote is the conclusion
of Balzac's Contes Drolatiques,
and I think that there is a quaint
and refreshing charm about it. I
believe that Norman Douglas
would have agreed with me.
30
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
(From page 14)
home studv program of materials
about Bucknell. including the lat-
est issues of The Bueknellian', a
manual of operating procedures for
the AAAP and any informational
materials published by the Univer-
sity," Mr. Ripple noted. To com-
plete his or her education in the
admissions program, a workshop is
held on campus each fall. One
couple from each area attends
these sessions, and the Admissions
Office seeks to have each yolunteer
back to the campus at least once
every three years.
"It is not an easy job and obvi-
ously requires the enlistment of
alumni genuinely interested in
serving the University." observed
Mr. Richard C. Skelton '60, asso-
ciate director of admissions. "I
should add that one of the require-
ments is an interest in young peo-
ple and an ability to relate to them.
And to provide these young people
with some perspective on the Uni-
versity, the volunteer should have
some feeling for and knowledge of
Bucknell todav," he stressed.
NOTING that the selection pro-
cess for admissions involves
many subtleties and delicate
problems, Mr. Ripple outlined
several reasons why the Alumni
Admissions Assistance Program is
under the jurisdiction of the Ad-
missions office: "We receive manv
more applications from qualified
individuals than we can admit. The
quality of our student bodv in the
future is directly related to the
quality of our applicant population,
and how we relate to these appli-
cants is a major factor in determin-
ing who will or will not apply for
admission to Bucknell next year,
and the year after that, and so on.
We are thus seeking to avoid two
main pitfalls: the issuance of gross
misinformation about Bucknell or
about applicants, and overzealous
interviewers. As Mr. Walling has
noted, we have no wish to have our
volunteers sell Bucknell to the ap-
plicants or their families. So, it is
very important that the work be
done with sophistication and ad-
ministered bv those whose profes-
OCTOBER 1971
sional task it is to ensure the quality
of the student bodv now and in the
future."
Those who are selected for train-
ing and service give considerable
time to their tasks — a few Saturday
mornings and some evenings (dur-
ing the months of October through
February). The interviewing pro-
cedure works something like this:
1. The names of all area repre-
sentatives are placed on file in all
local schools. Counselors may refer
interested students to the listing.
2. Applicants who request on-
campus interviews on dates already
filled are encouraged to contact a
local representative.
3. Late in the admissions year
all applicants who have not had
personal contact at Bucknell, are
informed bv letter of the local
alumni interviewing program.
4. The area chairman coordi-
nates the schedule of interviews
and available hours of alumni vol-
unteers.
Since each interview has some
value in the decision-making proc-
ess, the Admissions Office staff pro-
vides each interviewer with a re-
port on the action taken on each
applicant interviewed and wheth-
er any of those accepted have de-
cided to enroll. The report is one
way the volunteer can measure the
importance and effectiveness of the
work performed.
"In many ways, this program is
really not new for Bucknell," Mr.
Walling noted, "because for years
our alumni have called to our at-
tention many bright voung people
whom they have made aware of
the special experience which we
have to offer. We know that inter-
est will continue, but I think it im-
portant to stress to those who rec-
ommend students to Bucknell, and
Bucknell to students, that our deci-
sions for admission are based on
two important factors. The first is
a very thorough knowledge of the
academic credentials and personal
qualities of the applicant for the
University. The second, on the oth-
er hand, is a complete knowledge
of the competition he or she must
face in order to be admitted as a
student at Bucknell."
Fitz R. Walling '46, director of admissions, explains use of materials to, left to right,
Mrs. Paul Figman, the former Eleanor Mackie '55, Mrs. George N. Pappas, the former
Sandra Hjortsberg '60, 11 Longstreet Road, Peabody, Mass.; and Mrs. Lucien Karlovec,
the former Sandra Glenn '60.
31
The National Scene
Tuition increases generally escape the price freeze,
but many faculty members bristle over denial of higher pay
■ Early Frost: From the standpoint of most col-
leges and universities, the 90-day wage-price
freeze ordered by President Nixon in mid-August
began at least two weeks too soon. Had the
freeze come only days later, after the start of the
new academic year, higher education would have
escaped much uncertainty and many problems.
As things turned out, the freeze had an uneven
effect in the academic world, varying according
to circumstances at particular institutions. By and
large, the colleges were spared what they had
most feared — cancellation of previously an-
nounced increases in tuition. But at the same time,
many if not most college teachers were being de-
nied salary increases during the freeze simply
because their contracts did not take effect until
September. The result, said one observer, was a
"very serious morale problem" on the campuses.
In the confusion — official and otherwise — that
surrounded the freeze in its early days, the tuition
issue was one of the first to be resolved. Pressed
by higher education's representatives in Washing-
ton for a prompt ruling, federal authorities said
that tuition increases could take effect if they were
announced prior to Aug. 15. This was later clari-
fied to mean that an increase at a college would be
allowed as long as at least one person had paid a
deposit toward the higher rate. The same princi-
ple was applied to increases in room and board
rates.
While the tuition ruling was generally acknowl-
edged with great relief among the institutions —
though not, perhaps, among students and their
parents — there were exceptions. At Wayne State
University, for example, a substantial tuition in-
crease had been planned but had not yet been
announced when the freeze hit. The university
stood to lose about $1 -million, and its president
foresaw that "important programs" would have to
be curtailed.
There was widespread dissatisfaction, mean-
while, among the national teachers' organizations.
They argued that many of their members who
were being deprived of wage boosts were the vic-
tims of major inequities. This view was shared
by leaders of the institutions, who hoped they
could help bring about some adjustments during
the post-freeze period. One university president
warned that without such action the collective-
bargaining movement among faculty members
could be "accentuated" in a way that might work
against the Administration's economic goals. For
the moment, however, the Administration was
standing firm. A top official said the policy on
teachers' pay was the same as for other wage
earners. "I would hope," he added, "that our na-
tion's teachers do not expect special treatment."
■ Court Rulings: Is it constitutional for the fed-
eral government to provide direct aid to church-
related colleges? In a landmark 5-4 decision af-
fecting grants for construction, the U.S. Supreme
Court has said Yes, such aid is permissible, as
long as the facilities in question are not used for
religious purposes. However, for some 800 col-
leges with church affiliations, it remains unclear
whether other forms of government aid will be
allowed. This is because the Supreme Court also
has ruled decisively against state programs of aid
to parochial schools that involved "excessive en-
tanglement between government and religion."
Some analysts believe that future cases at the col-
lege level will be decided on the basis of the char-
acteristics of specific institutions and specific aid
programs.
In another ruling affecting higher education, a
three-judge federal panel has struck down key
parts of two Pennsylvania laws aimed at depriving
disruptive students of scholarships and loans. The
provisions were "unconstitutionally vague and
overbroad," said the court.
■ In Brief: Notwithstanding the effects of the
wage-price freeze, many colleges face another
year of financial strain. One important barometer
— appropriations by state legislatures — points to
a marked slowdown in the growth of operating
funds ... A self-survey by the country's major
state universities has found that most of them are
losing ground financially . . .
The National Student Association, represent-
ing about 500 student governments, plans to test
the enthusiasm of students for a national union
that they could join as individuals. The associa-
tion also will seek a student role in collective bar-
gaining by faculty members . . .
Students over 1 8, entitled by the 26th Amend-
ment to vote in all elections, have had trouble
registering in their college towns. But their right
to do so has been supported in legal rulings in
at least a third of the states . . .
Enrollments are growing faster at colleges and
universities than at any other level of education,
federal statistics show. Preliminary estimates put
the total of college students this fall at over
9-million, a 6-per-cent increase since last year.
PREPARED FOR OUR READERS BY THE EDITORS OF THE CHRONICLE OF HIGHER EDUCATION
32
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
Arthur D. Kinney '56
Sherburne B. Walker '34
Sidney Grabowski '15
Elect Six New
Bucknell Alumni
Association Directors
Six new members of the board of directors of
the Bucknell Alumni Association began their
new terms of office at a meeting of the board
held during Homecoming weekend. Elected to
serve five-year terms for varied geographic dis-
tricts were Arthur D. Kinney, Jr. '56, Joseph W.
Ortlieb '52, Sherburne B. Walker '34, and Bob-
ert W. Whitehead '56. Serving three-year terms
were Sidney Grabowski. '15, who represents the
Emeritus Club, and Mr. Bobert A. Scott '61,
who represents the 10-year class.
Mr. Kinney, who resides at 33 Spier Avenue,
Bochester, N. Y., serves as manager of the branch
office of the Connecticut Life Insurance Com-
pany. He represents Alumni District No. 5, which
includes Buffalo and Bochester, N. Y.; Erie,
Sharon, and Bradford, Pa.; and Cleveland, Ohio.
A member of Sigma Chi fraternity, he was active
in campus affairs as an undergraduate. He has
served as president of the Bucknell Alumni
Chapters in Bochester and Pittsburgh and is a
member of the Bison Club. Art is married to the
former Dorothy A. Hund '57, and they are par-
ents of three children.
Bepresenting Alumni District No. 9, which
includes the Greater Philadelphia area, is Mr.
Joseph Ortlieb. Now serving as vice president
of the Henry F. Ortlieb Brewing Co., Philadel-
phia, and as executive vice president of the
Fuhrmann and Schmidt Brewing Co., Shamokin,
Joe has long been active in alumni affairs and
is presently serving as vice president of the Buck-
nell Alumni Chapter of Philadelphia. A member
of Phi Kappa Psi fraternity, he received his B.S.
degree in commerce and finance. He is married
to the former Maralyn M. Murphy '54 and they
are parents of five children. The Ortliebs reside
at 453 Eaton Boad, Drexel Hill, Pa.
Mr. Walker, who resides at 2 Severn Avenue,
Annapolis, Md., is a retired business executive.
He will represent Alumni District No. 17 which
includes Baltimore, Md., Washington, D. C. and
Northern Virginia. A member of Kappa Sigma
fraternity as an undergraduate, Sherb has served
as vice president and president of the Class of
1934 and is a charter member of William Buck-
nell Associates. He is married to the former
Mary Kelly.
Continued on Back Cover
Joseph W. Ortlieb '52
*4
Robert W. Whitehead '56
Robert A. Scott '61
£ << 3"
III MIMIli
Vol. LVII, No. 3 October, 1971
Published by Bucknell University
Lewisbure, Pa. 17837
Printed for Alumni, parents, and friends
of Bucknell University through the
cooperation of
The Bucknell Alumni Assoclation
Kenneth R. Bayless, Esq. '42,
President
Jack Brothers '58,
Director of Alumni Relations
David Hayes,
Associate Director of Alumni Relations
William B. Weist "50, Editor
Janet Myers, Classnotes Editor
Marian Croft, Editorial Assistant
CONTRIBUTORS
Bradley Tufts,
Associate Director of Public Relations
David Wohlhueter,
Sports Information Director
Katherine Shimer,
Assistant in Public Relations
Ralph Laird, Photographer
Published eight times per year: January,
March, April, May, July, September,
October, and November. Entered as
second-class matter at the post office at
Lewisburg, Pa. Return requested on
Form 3579.
We are mailing this copy
to the address below.
Is it correct?
I
>-
N
»-
m
>*l
CO
>■ 05
i^.
& a.
*~>
<c Ul
or >
<c
CE s— i
(1
—>Z
J3
^.
a
D Jft
-•Z_J
r>
o <. uj m
OK 2 05
o »-!*:
6— «
ooru
3
o uin
UJ
w co eo
_J
t
o
H
Q
W
i— i
3Tr =
i-ii M
^ « P
S? v n
-. o
o ' ft
o -J •
3 ww
-3 »X
obi
ranc
the
-1 o ">
i-h m «
3n<?
tfi.lL
Inf 3
3 ? 2
2 2
ft o 3
S3 S3 "■
■"' M-*t3
3 >o cri
o3 3
5* r/a (b
° 3 S3
,3 i n
nag
yrac
arlo
3 £5
1 >a
fl> k n
j"1 " V
irz
O ;*i
O CD
m 3 O
M" S
2; »-(-»
3 f
™ ^
8.**
&<ȣ
^ z-
2 -<c
^ o CD
ox 2 2
& » «
3 "„ o"
a
c 3 a
re M E?
2 £
~ 3* o
C/J: C* fT)
s" ^
(5 o
■T' 2.
3 %■>
?? -: *~Z
>
3 a x
3* ^ 3
^■TQ- g
sr
are tl
endec
Avon
° >5.
BBS
2 ft -.
™ C-i r*
o
3
le parent
1 Hucknc
ue, Scrai
^5 s?S
^ ft"
2. ? —
1
^ 3"
^ < a-
£
0
o
six childi
hey resic
55 £ ST
==5 2
^ l. ^
53
o
5"
CD —
S CO
3
y;
S3 "
Q a.
0
r"t" 3d
»c1
<: ft
< ~. «
r" ~
S3 •"
3 h- »
ffi
to
£ T3 2
s; r o
CE i-! - CD
rt. £r Ar
?r-w
en
t-H S3 3 °
«. O
§ ri 3^2
» uj CD <
p i — i CD
^ 2- ~
Z OQ S3
< (1 tn
Kids
P S3
^_ O H- S:
^ "^ CO ^
- C3 ^'
S sS
B- P 2.
ft 5 o
^< p- -.
p s
Jft^
5 H 2.
CD B* Q-
3 a 2
= Is,
9 O «•
a, -i b*
c o ft
§"< S
>£
r+ CD
3 CB
o o
©• "■
3 ^L
8 I
3 5S
CD 2
o
o
C/3
APRIL. 1972
f II lIKIlilL 1HMII
SEAN O'CASEY (1884-1964) by Bernard Benstocl
THE IRISH WRITERS SERIES
BUCKNELL UNIVERSITY PRESS
V
BUCKNELL
UNIVERSITY
PRESS
A HALF-CENTURY OF ELIOT CRITICISM
Annotated Bibliography of Books and Articles in English, 1916-1965
Mildred Martin, Professor of English, Bucknell University
This is a comprehensive, selected and annotated bibliography that covers the important
articles (magazine and newspaper) published in English between 1916 (the year of the
first published notice of Eliot's work) and 1965 (the year of his death). Its items are
arranged first chronologically then alphabetically by names of authors, with items of
special value starred. The appendix gives references dealing with the poet's life and the
theatrical history of his plays. Three indexes are provided: an author index, one of peri-
odicals containing material on Eliot, and a subject-matter index. All items in the bibli-
ography are numbered and each item in the indexes is numbered.
NEW
BOOKS
For
1972
240 Pages
$18.00
320 Pages
Illustrated
$18.00
SHAKER MUSIC: A MANIFESTATION OF AMERICAN
FOLK CULTURE
Harold E. Cook, late Professor of Music, Bucknell University
Usually folk music is recorded by others than the folk musician himself, but the members
of Mother Ann Lee's Shaker communities recorded their own, developing a certain
amount of music theory and their own system of notation. In this first scholarly work
to date on Shaker music, Professor Cook had access to a collection of more than 400
manuscript Shaker hymnals at the Western Reserve Historical Society in Cleveland that
had been neither catalogued nor studied before. In one chapter the words and music
of 72 songs are printed and analyzed. Professor Cook has also used Shaker records,
diaries, journals, and letters to reconstruct the daily life of the Shaker. His study will
prove useful not only for the professional musician, the specialist in folk music, the
sociologist, the historian, and the student of religions, but for the general reader inter-
ested in the Shakers.
ART AND THE RELIGIOUS EXPERIENCE
The "Language" of the Sacred
F. David Martix, Professor of Philosophy. Bucknell University
This philosophical study emphasizes participation in aesthetic experience, as opposed
to objective onlooking, as the principal path into the religious dimension. Professor Mar-
tin details the operations of the participative experience, then applies these and shows
how they function in the arts — first in music, which lures us beyond time, then in paint-
ing, which accents immediacy. The author considers literature and architecture; in the
former, the past becomes present through the power of words; in the latter, time and
space are creatively united. Salient examples illustrate the chapters on music and litera-
ture, while more than thirty photographs complement those on art and architecture. The
book argues that increasingly the arts provide the most direct access to the sacred.
THE DRAMATIC CORRLER
The Life and Works of Isaac Bickerstaff
320 Pages
Illustrated
$15.00
320 Pages
Illustrated
$12.00
Peter A. Tasch '54, Department of English, Temple University
The life and career of Isaac Bickerstaff have been neglected up to now, even though
he introduced and established English comic opera. In fact, his most successful works
crowded conventional tragedies and comedies off the London stage in the 1760's, and
his formats were followed by later writers until the time of Gilbert and Sullivan. This
is the first full-length study of Bickerstaff and his works. Mr. Tasch illustrates the close
relationship among the London press, writers, and theatre managers, and in addition
sheds new light on Bickerstaff's flight from England to escape charges of sodomy. Pub-
lished for the first time is material by Garrick, letters to and from Bickerstaff, and other
documents of the theatre.
In This Issue
William B. Weist '50, Editor
Janet Myers, Classnotes Editor
Debbie Libby, Editorial Assistant
OUR LAST MAGAZINE
This will be the last issue in magazine format of The Bucknell
Alumnus, a title created for alumni publications in August, 1944. The
first magazine edition appeared in 1920.
In an effort to cut costs, a decision was made in March to publish
all eight issues of alumni publications in a newspaper format — as the}"
first appeared in 1914 — and to change the title of the publications for
the 1972-73 academic vear. No final decision on a title has been made
to date.
ON OUR COVER
One of Ireland's noted playwrights, Sean O'Casey (1884-1964), is
the subject of our cover photo by Wolf Suschitzkv. London, England. A
volume about Sean O'Casev bv Bernard Benstock is one of a series on
Irish writers now being published bv the Bucknell University Press.
(See latest listings on inside of front and back covers.)
PILLARS OF STRENGTH — Page 2
A photographic look behind the scenes at some of the people whose
work and duties at the University are too often overlooked.
STUDENT CONCERN AND ACTION — Page 5
Brad Tufts, associate director of public relations, describes how
Bucknell students serve others in the Lewisburo; area.
Page 8
WHY DO STUDENTS VOLUNTEER?
A special report on student volunteer programs at colleges and
universities across America.
Page 12
FEMINISM IN 20th CENTURY AMERICA
Morrigene Holcomb van Helden '66 outlines the history of the
women's rights movement in America.
THE PERIMETERS OF FREE SPEECH — Page 16
Robert J. Steamer '47, who joins the facultv at the University of
Massachusetts in September, 1972, examines some legal interpretations
of the First Amendment and their implications for the future.
Page 22
ALUMNI AUTHORS
A brief look at The Patton Papers, bv Martin Blumenson '39,
Country Inns and Back Roads, bv Norman Simpson '41.
and
CONTRIBUTORS
Bradley- Tufts,
Associate Director of Public Relations
David Wohlhueter,
Sports Information Director
APRIL 1972
Kathertxe Shinier,
Assistant in Public Relations
Ralph Laird, Photographer
PORTUGAL
June 3-11, 1972
8 Days — 7 Nights
$299
(+ 10% Tax and Sen-ice)
Per person — Double occupancy
Single Supplement — $60.00
Your Trip Includes :
• Round Trip Jet to Estoril,
Portugal ( meals and
beverages served aloft)!
• Welcome Sangria (Wine and
Fruit Punch) Party!
• Ameiican Breakfast and
Gourmet Dinners Daily!
• Deluxe double bedded
accommodations in the new
Estoril Sol Hotel ( Portugal's
newest and most deluxe
hotel)! ( on the beach )
• Full day sightseeing to Lisbon!
• Half-day sightseeing tour of
Sintra!
• Exciting low-cost optional
tours available!
• Special farewell dinner and
show!
• Paid membership card to
gaming rooms!
• All gratuities for
chambermaids, bellbovs
and doormen!
• All round trip transfers and
luggage handling from
airport to the hotel!
• Experienced escort and hotel
hospitality desk!
For further information and
application blank, contact:
BUCKNELL UNIVERSITY
ALUMNI OFFICE
Lewisburg, Pennsylvania 17837
Phone: (717) -524-3261
Mrs. Mildred Lewis, secretary
to President Watts, above, has
been a member of the staff for
the past 20 years, and has
served as secretary to Presi-
dents Horace Hildreth H'56,
whom she remembers for his
"forthrightness and droll sense
of humor," and Merle Odgers
H'64, whom she admired for
his "conscientiousness and quiet
persistence."
Mr. Leonard Renninger, mas-
ter technician in the department
of physics, above right, has
been a member of the Univer-
sity staff for 36 years.
Mrs. "Bernie" Bennett, be-
low, secretary in the depart-
ment of education, joined the
University staff in 1929 after
graduation from high school.
She has served under seven
University presidents, beginning
in the term of Dr. Emory Hunt.
Pillars
of
Strength
EDITOR'S NOTE: Too often
overlooked when accolades or ap-
plause are distributed for the suc-
cessful operation of an institution
are the men and women who as-
sure the continued operation of the
"shop" year after year after year.
The following text has been ex-
cerpted from a speech delivered
by Dr. Roger Heyns, president-
elect of the American Council of
Education, to a meeting of the
National Association of College
and University Business Officers
held in New York City on Novem-
ber 22, 1971. The photos that ac-
company the text are by Ralph
Laird, a man of many talents, one
of ichich is photography. Not all the
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
men and women who have served
the University so well through so
many years appear on these pages,
hut all of them deserve the ac-
colade which Dr. Heyns speaks
for those who are often tardy with
words of praise.
"Out of my direct experience on
the Berkeley campus of the Uni-
versity of California and from ob-
servations I have made elsewhere,
I have developed an especially
vivid and firm conviction that one
of the most imposing sources of
strength in the colleges and uni-
versities in the past half dozen
years has been that category of
people usually characterized as the
non-academic, supporting person-
nel of the institution.
"Without suggesting in the least
that all our troubles are over as
far as the peace of our common life
is concerned, I believe it can be
said that our colleges and univer-
sities proved themselves to be
sturdy institutions. They took many
severe blows, faced enemies from
within and without, survived abus-
es on campus, and substantial loss
of support, both emotional and
financial, from off the campus; and
APRIL 1972
Mrs. Ann Dainoff, upper left, has main-
tained order in the department of sociol-
ogy for the past 18 years. She began
secretarial duties under former Professor
Richard E. Du Wors.
Checking a blueprint, above, are Mr.
Robert Voeste, an electrician with nine
years of service, Mr. Ray Radel (center),
a carpenter with 12 years of service, and
Mr. Ellis Lucas, power house engineer,
who ivill shortly mark 36 years of service
on the physical plant staff.
Mrs. Ann Payne, above, secretary to Vice
President John F. Teller '41, has demon-
strated her competence and secretarial
skills for the past 15 years as a member
of the University staff.
An electrician, Mr. Martin Luther
"Toot" Emery, at left, has kept the pow-
er humming at Bucknell since 1937.
These three members of the housekeeping staff, who apply the
neat clean touch at residence halls, have a total of 73 years of
service to the University. Mrs. Dorothy Hassenplug, left, joined
the staff in 1947. Mrs. Lauretta Singley, center, housekeeper
in Harris Hall, began duties in 1951, and Mrs. Mary Kashner,
housekeeping manager, New Women's Residence Hall, has
been a staff member since 1945.
Spring cleanup projects are now un-
derway under the supervision of Mr.
Park McKissick, at right above,
grounds foreman, who joined the staff
in 1946. Also checking the plans are
Mr. Clinton Dieffenderfer, at left
above, a member of the staff since
1948, and Mr. William Zimmermann,
who joined staff in 1949.
Mrs. Madeleine "Maddie" Gearliart,
at right, joined the staff at Guy
Payne's College Inn in 1944. She has
been a member of the Bison snack
bar staff since 1961.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
Robert Masden, chef, above, has been
a member of the dining service staff
since 1946. Mrs. Irma Gustafson, below,
left, joined staff of admissions office in
1961, and Mrs. JoAnn Shannon began
her duties in 1963.
thev stand! They have endured! No
small accomplishment!
"I would like to make explicit
that I think much of the sturdiness,
much of the strength which per-
mitted these institutions to endure,
came from the cooks, the secre-
taries, the residence hall maids and
custodians, the trades people, the
gardeners, the campus police and
safety officers, the payroll and per-
sonnel office employees, and on
and on. It was they who sensed
that school must go on; who put
up with disruption, bad manners
and, regrettably, abuse. It was
their group which kept its feet on
the ground and looked with a care-
ful eye at new found friends and
examined their credentials cau-
tiously and sensibly. They often
worked overtime to put the place
together again, keenly aware of
the disorganizing and debilitating
effect of a deteriorated physical en-
vironment. In some profoundly
wise way, while a whole genera-
tion appeared to be saying that
appearance was unimportant, they
knew better and would patiently
restore, knowing that in time, the
behavior would improve, in part
because of their dogged commit-
ment to cleanliness and neatness
and order. They sensed that our
self-esteem, our attitude toward
ourselves, was at stake, and, of
course, it was.
"I could go on, but I think you
know what I mean. While the
much more prestigious segments
of the campus community fell over
themselves in confusion, these peo-
ple kept the place open and going,
and by and large did not use the
vulnerability of the institution to
further their own interests. Any
skeptic about these words of praise
and appreciation should need only
be reminded how impossible it
would have been to keep a sem-
blance of education going had
there not been this support."
Mrs. Ruth Muffly, top right, supervisor
of dining service, has been at Bucknell
since 1956, arid Mrs. Verna Pffeegor, at
right, cashier, lias been a staff member
since 1957.
APRIL 1972
Student
Concern
and
Action
M
By Brad Tufts,
Associate Director,
Public Relations
. ore than 250 Bucknell undergraduates are
actively engaged this year in regular volunteer
work in local programs.
"If you're somebody in your own life, you can
become a beneficial part of somebody else's life by
helping him mean something to himself, by meaning
something to you," says Bucknell freshman Barbara
Green, of Brooklyn, N. Y., in her explanation of the
Big Brother — Big Sister Program, one of the 12
community volunteer services to which members
of the Bucknell student organization, Concern and
Action, are contributing their time and energy.
Some 70 students comprise the CA's talent resource
file — those who can work occasionally, or on short
term projects where special talents such as sewing,
singing, or craft work is needed.
Susan E. Nelson, a senior from Westfield, N. J., and
Thomas M. Wells, a sophomore from Paramus, N. J.,
co-chairmen of the volunteer work, said that three
new projects have been added. They include the
Center for Handicapped Children, at Milton; the
State Correctional Institution for Women, located
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
at Muncy; and the Pennsylvania Extension Service,
which involves working with underprivileged young
people in communities such as Danville and Mount
Carmel.
Thirty-four Bucknell students regularly visit residents
of the Evangelical Home in Lewisburg and write
letters, do occasional shopping, or spend time in
conversation with the aged. Chairman of this service
project is Joy Rietmulder, a sophomore from
Lewisburg.
Once a week 32 students go to Laurelton State
School and Hospital where they serve in varied
ways — visit one particular person as a friend ( some
residents have not had a personal visitor for years ) ;
help staff members with recreation, education, and
arts and crafts programs; and possibly initiate new
programs. A junior from Stroudsburg, Charles
Zeller, is chairman of this Bucknell volunteer group.
o,
pportunities for volunteer workers are broad
and varied at the State Correctional Institution for
Women, Muncy, where the emphasis is on a policy
of treatment and rehabilitation. Janola Garrett, a
sophomore from Canton, Miss., with whom the
student volunteers registered their interest, said 34
go regularly to the institution to help with educational
activities such as tutoring and book discussions;
recreation; and entertainment and hobby programs.
Interest in helping teenagers from underprivileged
backgrounds led to the CA's decision to include
the Pennsylvania Extension Service in their volunteer
work. College men with know-how in the operation
and repair of small motors and women interested
in helping youngsters with sewing were especially
needed for this project. Seven Bucknellians
volunteered, according to junior Linda Wiedmann,
of Philadelphia.
Student volunteers spend several hours a week at
The Geisinger Medical Center, says William B.
Swallow, a sophomore from Laurys Station, where
they are utilized in the patient and visitor escort
service, clerical work, transporting supplies, and
information service. They also read and play quiet
games in the pediatrics section and serve as
elevator operators.
The 40 volunteers for the CA program at the
Federal Penitentiary in Lewisburg will begin their
work upon completion of the program structure by
CA officers and officials and inmates at the prison.
It is expected that through sports, discussions, and
entertainment programs, the students and inmates
can share ideas and experiences which will contribute
to the education of both groups. This service group
is headed by Robert J. Leonard, a senior, from
Pompton Plains, N. J.
Working on a one-to-one basis, Bucknell volunteers
help pre-schoolers at the Center for Handicapped
Children, in Milton, to overcome their difficulties
so that, upon entering public school, they will be
able to cope with their surroundings. Three students
give two or more hours a week to this work,
according to Andrew J. Lesser, a junior from
Flushing, N. Y., with whom students interested in
this program signed up.
I
n two other projects directed at helping the
handicapped, Bucknellians instruct Sunbury area
children in the rudiments of swimming and assist
with a swim program for semi-retarded middle-aged
adults from the Laurelton State School. Each of 14
collegians gives a minimum of two hours a week
to these services, according to William V. McCarthy,
a senior from Allentown, and Peter Stover, a senior
from Perkasie.
Interest remains high among Bucknellians in both
the Head Start and Tutoring Programs. Sixty
pre-school children at Head Start centers in
Mifflinburg, New Berlin, Laurelton, and Lewisburg
benefit from the assistance of 13 Bucknellians, says
Deborah E. Scott, a sophomore from Morristown,
N. J. Arts and crafts, organized play and simple
lessons comprise the program.
"It's a great way for those interested in teaching
to get a sneak preview of what their job might
involve," points out Susan Light, of Lansdowne,
a sophomore at the University, when she describes
the volunteer tutoring program. "It is also a realistic
way of strengthening society by strengthening the
individual," she emphasizes. The 23 Bucknell
volunteers are called on for individual tutoring on
both the elementary and high school levels.
This year the CA Volunteer Services at Bucknell
distributed copies of their programs booklet to the
Lewisburg churches as well as sending copies to
each student, in an effort to have the adults of the
community join in their volunteer work.
APRIL 1972
Why
do
students
volunteer?
by Anthony E. Neville
T I hose who established the public's image of the
college student in the late 1960's were the radical
activists: the leaders of sit-ins, the throwers of
bombs, the prophets of revolution. Those who will
establish the collegiate image for die 1970's may well be
a different breed: students who are giving generously
of their time outside the classroom to volunteer
activities in their community.
No less the activists, no less bizarre in dress, and no less
convinced that America is a "sick" society, these students
differ from the radical activists of the Sixties in one
important way: they are working, right now, to change
that society in constructive ways. They are satisfied to
make progress by small steps — by teaching a ghetto child
how to read, by encouraging a drop-out to return to
school, by warming the atmosphere in a hospital ward.
An estimated 400,000 college students give an average of
two to four hours a week (but sometimes as many as 20 or
30 hours) to volunteer activities in their communities.
Though a small fraction of the seven million students in
American colleges and universities, they are a minority
sizable enough to set the pace for this generation of
students. Some small colleges report that 75 percent of
THE BUCKNELL, ALUMNUS
their students participate in volunteer programs. Budgets
for student-run volunteer activities range from shoestring
levels to $75,000 a year.
A recent survey by the National Student Volunteer
Program (NSVP) , the small federal program of action
that technically assists campus programs, charts the
fantastic rise in student volunteer activities. A decade
ago, only a handful of colleges and universities had
student volunteer programs, but a recent survey revealed
that today, out of 2314 institutions queried, 1675 have
some form of student-operated volunteer activities.
The growth of student volunteer programs has led to
another development: the emergence of a new kind of
professional on the college administrative staff, an
administrator whose primary duty is to give continuity
and guidance to the student programs. In 1969, when
NSVP came into existence — and when its communica-
tions network was admittedly incomplete — the federal
program could identify 15 people carrying that
responsibility. Today there are about 600, and nearly
a quarter of them work at that job full time.
fl In Florida, students from a predominantly black college
have opened their second house to provide overnight
sanctuary for drug addicts. The students dispense no
drugs or medical treatment, but "rap" with the addicts to
calm them down or relieve their depression.
Tutoring has become more varied also. "Today not all
the tutoring is with kids in school," says Jeanne Carney,
the attractive young acting director of NSVP. "Students
are tutoring in prisons, in mental hospitals, in adult
education classes, in storefronts — there are many
different areas of involvement."
T
JLh
. he bulk of student projects are in the area of tutoring,
most often with poor and disadvantaged children. But
under colorful acronyms like EPIC, SCRUB, CAVE, and
CACTUS, leaders of student programs have been branch-
ing out, extending their reach, and attracting to volunteer
service students who have no interest in tutoring.
fl Business students from a state university in the Midwest
are advising Mexican-Americans in their community on
income tax matters. So overwhelming has been the
response that people are being scheduled a month in
advance for twenty-minute interviews.
fl In California, students from a state college are brighten-
ing the lives of elderly, mentally retarded patients with
activities ranging from arts and crafts to square dancing.
fl In another California community, psychology majors are
manning the telephones of a "crisis center" from 4 p.m.
til midnight on weekdays, and til 4 a.m. on weekends.
Faculty members advise diem on how to handle the often
desperate problems of callers.
fl Four fraternities in a private Southern university each
undertook to establish a park in a different section of
their city. They solicited contributions of land, money,
and play equipment. When the four parks were finished,
the fraternity brothers continued their involvement as
recreation leaders.
0
'idinarily these projects are suspended during
summertime, often with unfortunate consequences. As
John Hubbs, director of volunteer programs at the
University of Missouri, remarks: "One of the greatest
needs is continuity. When a relationship is broken for
three months, sometimes things don't fall back into
place. Old problems recur and new ones develop." Or,
as Rick Moran of Eastern Michigan University puts
the problem: "You can't have nine to five hours, or close
up for vacation. People's difficulties don't have any
pre-ordained schedule."
On scores of campuses, volunteer programs ran at full tilt
during the summer of 1971. In many instances there were
imaginative departures appropriate to the season.
fl A troupe of collegiate thespians performed a repertoire
of six short plays, all based on West Virginia folklore, in
dozens of rural communities of that state.
fl In one of 18 fix-it projects, students from a state
university in the South transformed a dilapidated house
into a half-way house for the mentally ill.
fl In upstate New York, students set up a day care center
for children of migrant workers picking cherries.
Student-run volunteer programs are not always success-
ful. James Tanck, former director of NSVP, recalls
instances of student groups who spurned help from their
university and refused to work with established agencies
(because they regarded both institutions as hopelessly
corrupt), who instead set up storefront operations of their
own. Inevitably these projects promised more than they
could deliver to the community. Sustained by the zeal of
one or two students, the projects fell apart when their
leaders left school.
Students have also faced frustration when established
agencies have assumed that they are there to do what
APRIL 1972
volunteers have always done — typing, filing, bookkeep-
ing, anything to relieve the agency professionals of the
drudgery that keeps them from direct contact with their
clientele. The students, of course, want direct contact
with the clientele too. (This same frustration has greeted
students who have volunteered to help political
candidates. The students find themselves stuffing
envelopes rather than persuading voters.)
Agencies often are reluctant to hand responsibilities to
college students. But occasionally the students win their
confidence. Mrs. Carney recalls the students in a Mid-
western city who, after nearly a year of demonstrating
great competence in working with mental patients,
finally persuaded the hospital administrators to allow
them to take patients off their ward. That had never
been done before in that institution.
Poor communities are sometimes suspicious of students'
motives. The university representatives that ghetto
residents have known in the past have been sociologists
asking questions and conducting surveys and doing
nothing directly to aid their community. In Appalachia,
residents are suspicious of any outsider — particularly if
his dress and coiffure are unconventional.
S,
'tudents drop out of volunteer programs for a variety
of reasons. Some are unable to withstand the "cultural
shock" that the ghetto neighborhood presents. Richard E.
Dewey, director of the Center for the Study of Volun-
tarism at the University of Maryland, points out that
student volunteers are mostly drawn from the same class
that VISTA recruits and other postgraduate volunteers
are drawn from: namely, the economically comfortable,
white middle class. Many from this background are
unable to cross over into another cultural framework.
Some students are poorly motivated. They volunteer in
order to relieve middle class guilt feelings or to exert
power over others. When they fail to be swaddled in love
and appreciation by ghetto residents, they lose interest.
Other students give up when they conclude that their
contribution is too inadequate to the size of a problem.
For them, tutoring a ghetto child becomes senseless
because an inadequate school system, a broken family,
and a violent neighborhood are pushing the child
toward inevitable failure.
The feeling that these volunteer efforts are merely
Band-aids on a gangrenous sore is one of the reasons
why some students become volunteer program drop-outs.
As for participation by black students, Mrs. Carney
points out that the ratio of blacks to whites in student
10
volunteer programs is approximately the same ratio
as you'll find in college attendance — despite the fact that
many blacks must hold part-time jobs to help pay their
college education and despite the fact that many blacks
must put in extra hours of studying because they
have been educationally deprived in elementary and
secondary schools.
What happens to the attitudes of students who undergo
the volunteer experience? Most experts agree that the
experience adds to their discontent with American
society. Richard E. Dewey points to studies of VISTA
volunteers that show their activism and militancy has
increased as a result of the experience. Mrs. Carney agrees
that "involvement in a voluntary program makes a
student more of an activist, not less." Jim Tanck
describes the usual result as "productive anger."
"They're just as mad at how things are as anyone else
is," he declares. "But they see that it doesn't make any
sense to burn or destroy, or to march on the state capital
with every petty grievance. There are better ways of
getting things done."
And the other question: Why do they do it? The
search for history's antecedents to the student volunteer
movement is bound by two caveats. First, the involve-
ment of college students in charitable activities is hardly
new; only the size and scope of the involvement have
changed in recent years. Harvard's Phillips Brooks
House, "dedicated to piety, charity, and hospitality,"
was opened in 1900. Yale's Dwight Hall is even older,
dating from 1886.
Second, the motivations of students vary. Jim Tanck
recalls of his Michigan State experience: "We had some
volunteers who were happy to do nothing more than
play with kids on a Saturday morning. They had no
desire to change what was happening in the country, let
alone in the place they were working. There were other
students much more concerned about change than they
were about service. We tried to accommodate all kinds."
Jeanne Carney, a veteran of lunchcounter sit-ins during
her college days in North Carolina, finds the roots of
student voluntarism in the civil rights movement of the
sixties and the social-action programs of the Peace Corps
and VISTA. Perhaps because he is freer to say so,
Richard E. Dewey gives a share of the credit to President
Kennedy and the ringing admonition of his inaugural
speech: "Ask not what your country can do for you . . ."
A deeper explanation lies in the response of the young to
a society they regard as increasingly impersonal, increas-
ingly polluted, and increasingly dominated by its own
technological achievements. Their response, according to
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
Kenneth Keniston, the eminent psychologist, has been
"a rejection of the human, bureaucratic, and ecological
price paid to attain high levels of industrialization; a
search for fulfillment and more intense exjoerience; and
an effort to achieve new forms of intimacy, awareness,
and community."
I
.his response has led students to feel that voluntary
activity is a valid educational experience, and many of
them argue that they should be given college credit
points as a reward for their participation in a volunteer
program. Behind this pressure for credit for an essen-
tially non-academic pursuit lies another factor. Keniston
writes: "The indiscriminate use of college degrees as
passports for occupational entry, the strong social
pressure upon middle-class children to attend and
complete college . . . and the opprobrium heaped upon
students who discontinue or interrupt advanced educa-
tion, all mean that colleges abound with students who
have no particular reason to be there and who would
quite consciously prefer to do something else somewhere
else." One attractive activity that is "somewhere else" is
the volunteer project. And the students reason that if
they can earn academic credits for doing "something
else," so much the better.
The question of academic credit is today the most
controversial issue of student volunteer programs. The
controversy does not swirl around student research
projects in sociology or "field experience" courses for
social workers, both of which are widely recognized as
legitimate learning experiences. Rather, it centers on
programs in which the purpose of service is ascendant
over the purpose of organized learning.
The controversy is not academic, so to speak, since a
number of colleges and universities have already begun
to grant credit points for participation in volunteer
projects. And the federal government, through ACTION,
has begun a grant program that permits college students
to serve as full-time volunteers for a year in exchange for
a full year's academic credit.
Joseph Blatchford, the director of ACTION, maintains
that "volunteer service is a part of one's education and
... in many instances volunteer service deserves academic
credit. It's an education in the streets, and it may have a
more enduring effect than all the books and lectures a
college can require."
One who sharply disagrees is Jim Tanck, who recently
told a reporter: "The one thing going for class credit,
which I object to the most, is that it's a pretty damn good
APRIL 1972
carrot. Give the kid three credits and he'll go out in the
community and work. We have a lot of evidence from
schools around the country that when the credit period
is over, he also quits going."
Edwin D. Etherington, president of the National Center
for Voluntary Action, a private coordinating group,
argues that the debate over academic credit is deflecting
attention from an equally important question: whether
colleges and universities should be doing more, outside
the curriculum, to provide volunteer service opportun-
ities for students. "The problem is not to induce diem to
serve by offering them academic credit," he says. "The
challenge is to respect their instincts for service and help
them find meaningful things to do."
It seems likely that colleges and universities will be doing
much more in the way of volunteer programs, and that
the peak of student involvement lies far beyond the
400,000 who can now be counted as student volunteers.
A
L.nd if, indeed, the student volunteers set the pace
for their generation, what does that bode for the future
of American society? Certainly many students will be
enticed by the volunteer experience into a professional
commitment to some form of social service. Jim Tanck
sees that as a secondary goal. Much more important, he
believes, is the lifelong pattern the collegiate experience
will establish. Whatever their profession, people will be
spending their spare hours in community involvement.
And as a result of that involvement, fewer of our social
problems will be prolonged by citizens' indifference.
To this, Richard E. Dewey adds the prediction that the
new-found concern over social problems will change the
design of curricula and the structure of higher education.
He also predicts that the "infusion of young bright faces
and new ideas" into established agencies will have
profound effects.
All agree that the student volunteers offer an antidote to
the alienation and sense of hopelessness that so many
Americans feel. "This force of mobilized, concerned
youth," President Nixon has said, "is an essential means
of re-humanizing American society."
This special report was prepared from information provided by
professionals in the field of voluntarism. Contributing editors were:
Jeanne Carney, acting director, National Student Volunteer Program;
James Tanck, former director, National Student Volunteer Program;
Richard E. Dewey, director, Center for the Study of Voluntarism,
University of Maryland.
© 1971, Interpreting Institutions. Anthony E. Neville, Editor.
11
FEMINISM
IN
TWENTIETH
CENTURY
AMERICA
blj morrigene holcomb
van Helden '66
THE women's rights convention held at Seneca
Falls, New York, in 1848, is almost universally
recognized as the genesis of the women's suf-
frage movement in America. Yet the women who met
there were interested in more than gaining the vote.
The convention had been billed as a meeting to
discuss the social, civil and religious rights of women,
and its participants shared with today's feminists
goals of equalitv in employment and education, free-
dom to choose their own life-styles, and equality
of rights and responsibilities for all United States
citizens, regardless of sex.
The women's rights movement foundered for
some 40 years after Seneca Falls. The feminists,
most of whom were also humanists, put aside then-
cause to work for the abolitionist movement, and
then to take part in the work of the Civil War. In
1890, the two major women's rights organizations
of the era united to become the National American
Woman Suffrage Association, and made their com-
mon goal and top priority a woman's suffrage amend-
ment to the Constitution. It would not be until the
1960's that a widespread movement for the broader
goals of women's rights would rise once again.
Although the women had organized in 1890, the
suffrage issue was not given much national attention in
the early years of the new century. However, quietly
and not so quietlv, the suffragists continued their
struggle until the final success of the suffrage amend-
ment in 1920. Much credit has been given Miss Alice
Paul and her National Woman's Party, founded in
1913. Miss Paul organized a march on Washington
of 5,000 women on the eve of President Wilson's
inauguration, and she and her supporters continued
to lobbv for the amendement until its passage.
Morrigene (Holcomb '66) van Helden was student
editor of the alumnus in 1964-66, and president of
Delta Delta Delta social sorority. After graduation,
she lived in London for eight months, working for
a British publishing house. Since April 1967, she has
worked for the Congressional Research Service of the
Library of Congress, which serves as the research
arm of Congress. For the past three years, she has
been a specialist in women's affairs and is a member
of the editorial advisory board of women today, a
newsletter published in Washington, D. C. She and
Ronald M. van Helden '66 were married in 1968, and
live in the Georgetown area of Washington. Ron
works for the international affairs department of the
AFL-CIO as international representative. He received
an advanced degree from the University of Grenoble,
France, in 1967, and is working toward a Ph.D. at the
American University School of International Service.
i smW
^.
^^ 'km
■Vr^K v ,— - 'ft M
\\
)
*
■ ^M
S^ lm-\*
B^tKl
sJ^I
^ * ^^mm
12
Ronald and Morrigene van Helden
were photographed during visit to
the Rogue and Jar (Wash., D. C), a
pub partly owned by Vinnie McCann
'67 and his wife, the former Janice
Hutchinson '69.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
There is little doubt that the First World War
opened doors to many occupations that had pre-
\iouslv denied entrance to women, and it has been
estimated that a million women replaced men in in-
dustry. Women had been working in factories since
the lS50's, but during the war the}' were placed in
professional and managerial positions, accepted as
skilled workers, and often hired in permanent, rather
than temporary, positions.
During the twenties, the suffragists had expected
great things of the women who had been granted the
vote and had made serious inroads into the world
of work. But neither the gravest fears of the "antis"
nor the greatest hopes of the suffragists came about.
Politics was given secondary importance during the
decade following the war. People wanted to enjoy
the new prosperity, and forget recent hardships. The
women's movement seemed to fall apart, both be-
cause equal suffrage had been almost the onlv issue
holding the disparate elements of the movement to-
gether, and because women did not vote as a bloc.
The Woman's Party reorganized during the twenties
to correct this situation, and began to lobbv for an
equal rights amendment to the Constitution. This
amendment was first introduced in Congress in 1923.
and is now pending in the U. S. Senate. But the equal
rights amendment was judged a threat to the women's
protective labor legislation which had been enacted
during the early decades of the centurv, and bv 1924.
most important feminist organizations had attacked
the amendment as a threat to working women.
THE percentage of women in the work force grew
in the 1920's. and women moved increasingly
into clerical and professional positions, although
still drawing from the lowest end of the pav-scale.
APRIL 1972
Perhaps the major contribution of the twenties to the
feminist movement was the emergence of the flapper.
As voung women gained further education and moved
to the cities to get jobs as secretaries, they left the
security and surveillance of their parents and other
relatives and sought, and got, a freer life-stvle. Al-
though much of America disapproved of the short
skirts and bobbed hair of the "new women," the Amer-
ican public got used to women working and living
on then own.
This new image of women, the advances they had
made in the working world, and the utilization of the
vote could have meant that the thirties would bring
American women significantly closer to the ultimate
goal of parity with male citizens. The trend of politi-
cal disinterest that characterized die twenties was
reversed in the thirties, but the women who got in-
volved in public affairs, it has been pointed out. did
so as liberals or socialists or Communists. As in aboli-
tionist times and during the Civil War. priority was
given to issues other than women's rights.
The depression, of course, was a reality to every-
one. Women were often the first to be fired and the
last hired during this time of economic strife, and the
codes of the National Recovery Administration per-
mitted employers to maintain wage differentials for
men and women doing the same work. William O'Xeill
points out in Everyone Was Brave. "With its eclipse
after 1930, feminism as a distinctive force in the
national life ceased to exist. Bv that time, the shape
of women's lives in the post-suffrage era had already
been determined not bv politics but bv a combination
of social and intellectual changes . . ." With so much
of the population out of work, the women of America
were busv juggling food rations, making over old
clothes, and praving that the man of the family, if
there was one. could get work. Families without a
man did what thev could.
In World War II, women went back to work,
literally in droves. The labor shortage was danger-
ously acute, and women filled jobs in offices and fac-
tories, construction sites and government, like never
before. In addition, thev filled the places in colleges
and universities left vacant when the boys went off
to war.
Following the war, manv women were fired from
jobs to make room for returning veterans, and men
took back the majority of places in universities. Some
women continued to work until their husbands com-
pleted educations that had been interrupted, but
women were leaving the working world as quicklv.
and in numbers as great as when thev entered it at
the outbreak of war.
The late forties and early fifties were characterized
as the "return to normalcy," and a generation of Amer-
icans who had endured both depression and world
war during their youth had a lot to make up for.
Americans had been separated from their families
during the war and had endured nearly two decades
of going without, so it is not surprising that the post-
13
war prosperity led to an emphasis on family life and
materialism.
The post-World War II "baby boom" is familiar
to all of us. The new era glorified motherhood and
the life-style of the housewife. Some women con-
tinued to work outside the home, but they were either
ignored or pitied by the media. The national image
of the American woman was of a young mother of
four or five children, who ran her suburban home and
multitude of car-pools with cool efficiencv, tossing off
gourmet meals in her spare time, and having the best
possible life.
PERHAPS it was a reaction to the over-emphasis
of the fifties on the joys of suburban motherhood,
or perhaps it was the rise of the civil rights move-
ment that laid the groundwork for the new feminism
of the sixties. At any rate, there arose in that decade
a wave of feminism unmatched in this country since
the days of the suffragists.
The first sign of America's new interest in, and
awareness of, the condition of women, came in 1961,
14
when President Kennedy appointed the President's
Commission on the Status of Women. The Commis-
sion reported in 1963 that much of the potential of
American women was being wasted. The same year,
Bettv Friedan's book, The Feminine Mystique, dis-
pelled the myth that every housewife is a happy
housewife.
In 1963 and 1964, Congress passed major legisla-
tion to benefit working women: The Equal Pay Act
of 1963 provides equal pav for employees engaged
in interstate commerce, and Title VII of the 1964
Civil Rights Act prohibits discrimination in employ-
ment on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or
national origin. It is interesting to note that the word
"sex" was added to Title VII as an amendment in an
effort to laugh the civil rights act off the floor of the
House of Representatives. The bill was not defeated,
the word "sex" was added to Title VII, and, in 1970,
the Department of Justice filed suit on behalf of
women under the provisions of that title, and won
the case.
Few can document the actual origin of the wom-
en's liberation movement. The easiest explanation is
that its time had come. Some writers point to the
irritation of female student activists of the mid-sixties,
who were expected to make the peanut butter sand-
wiches while their male peers formulated policy.
Others suggest that as blacks achieved protection from
discrimination and began to gain their fair share of
opportunities, women of all races became aware of
their own minority status.
THE BUCKNELL ALUJIXUS
To protest a Miss America Pageant in Atlantic
City, New Jersev, a group of voung women burned
bras on the boardwalk. Although there are probably
fewer than 25 American women who have burned a
bra in protest in their lives, the media had found its
pet phrase for the women of the movement, and called
them "bra-burners."
After Atlantic Citv, a number of radical organiza-
tions were formed, including the Redstockings. Radi-
cal Feminists. W. I. T. C. H. (Women's International
Terrorist Conspiracv From Hell), and the one-mem-
ber S. C. U. M. (Society for Cutting Up Men). Other
women organized the Pussvcat League and H. O. W.
(Happiness of Womanhood) to show opposition to
the movement. The press had fun with the names of
the groups and descriptions of the way their members
dressed and wore their hair, and then, beginning in
1969 and culminating in 1970. there was a rash of
articles in the popular magazines which dealt more
or less seriouslv with the new movement, and sought
to explain it.
The movement has changed since its earlv davs.
and the media has reflected the change, and is less
concerned with the activities of radical liberation
groups and more concerned with such organizations
as the National Organization for Women (N. O. W. ),
the Women's Equitv Action League ( W. E. A. L. ) ,
Federally Employed Women ( F. E. W. ) , and the
nearly vear-old National Women's Political Caucus.
Time magazine published in March 1972, an entire
issue on "The American Woman," and McCalls named
Gloria Steinem its first Woman of the Year. Recentlv
there have been serious and probing articles in schol-
arly journals and law renews on various aspects of
the women's movement.
SEVERAL best-selling books on the women's rights
movement include Caroline Bird's Born Female,
Kate Millett's Sexual Politics, and Germaine
Greer's The Female Eunuch — to name the best known
of the scores and scores of books that have been pub-
lished in the past few vears dealing with women's
rights and the feminist movement.
Todav, over 100 colleges and universities offer
courses in women's studies. Two new women's maga-
zines which are unlike the standard fare — New
Woman and Ms. — are expected to succeed in an era
of failing magazines.
The proposed equal rights amendment to the Con-
stitution, pending in Congress since 1923, passed the
House last October, and the Senate was to have acted
on it in March. Pending also are the Women's Equality
Act. which w-ould earn" out the recommendations of
President Nixon's Task Force on Women's Rights and
Responsibilities, and legislation dealing with dav care,
abortion, and discrimination in education.
The Supreme Court ruled recently in favor of a
woman under the provisions of the equal protection
clause of the 14th Amendment, for the first time in
APRIL 1972
historv. Two women have announced that thev are
candidates for the Democratic Presidential nomina-
tion. Presidential candidates are expected to court
more seriouslv the business and professional women's
groups, women's divisions of the political parties, and
the National Women's Political Caucus. There will
still be baby-kissing in campaigns of the future, but
candidates will also have to answer serious questions
on women's issues.
There are indications that the status of women in
America is alreadv changing, and, if so, the "bra-
burners" have done their part. Sometimes it takes
radical activity that enrages or amuses the public to
make an issue a national concern. Since the earlv
davs of women's liberation, when various activities
of the movement were reported with ridicule and
derision, a new- movement has been slowly emerging
— a movement as humanitarian in its goals as the
abolitionist movement of the 19th century. The new
feminism contains some of the elements of radical
women's liberation — it can be angrv at times, and
rude. It is also determined and professional and pow-
erful. Its goal, like that of the women who met at
Seneca Falls over 100 vears ago, is the full legal
equalitv of American women.
15
The
Perimeters
of
Free
Speech
By Dr. Robert J. Steamer '47
EDITOR'S NOTE: The following article first ap-
peared in the December 1971 issue of the New York
State Bar Journal. It is republished here with per-
mission of the editors.
MANY of us who happened to be born in either
the nineteenth or twentieth century and within
the radius of Anglo-American ideas have tend-
ed to accept uncritically that part of the liberal tra-
dition which postulates freedom as an end in itself.
We have, in fact, viewed freedom as ultimate reality,
the effect of which has been to create an idol and to
exclude wholly or partially all other matters of value,
including morals, under the theory that everything
of importance to individual and collective well-being
is a by-product of freedom.1 It is an obvious fact,
however, that civilization — defined by Hannah Arendt
as "the man-made artifact to house successive gen-
erations"— cannot exist without a legal system which
insures stability. And in its very nature such a system
imposes restraints on that freedom which in mod-
ern democracies generally, and in the United States
in particular, has been elevated to the status of an
absolute. It is clearlv a contradiction to maintain that
16
Bom in Rochester, New York, Dr. Steamer is a member
of Bucknell's Class of 1947. He holds a Ph.D. degree from
Cornell. He is presently Chairman of the Department of Gov-
ernment at Lake Forest College in Illinois. His latest book,
published last year, is The Supreme Court in Crisis: A History
of Conflict.
1 Rene de Visme Williamson, Independence and Involve-
ment (Baton Rouge: Louisiana State University Press, 1964),
p. 141.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
the citizen has a moral obligation to obey the law
and to say at the same time that he is in possession
of virtually unrestrained freedom. For the existence
of law, even in rudimentary fashion, presupposes pub-
lic limits on the individual, and freedom in practice is
not and cannot be absolute. But the attempt to make it
so by those who argue that it is so has had a pernicious
influence on American politics and is responsible in
part for the current disorder in the American con-
stitutional system.
The case against excessive authority says essential-
ly that if we are not to deny our nature, we must
preserve a minimum area of personal freedom, and
that minimum includes what man cannot give up
without offending his essence or humanity.2 This
rightly presumes a human dignity that ceases to
flourish when it is subjected to intemperate external
controls. There is a tendency, however, in societies
dedicated to freedom, to go beyond the area of mini-
mum necessity, to run to an extreme in which freedom
is defined as the right to do whatever one wishes,
to gratify anv desire, no matter what it is or from
what source it was derived.3 Although no intelligent
being can accept this extremity uncritically, the liber-
tarian commitment to freedom has fostered a climate
of opinion in which "demands for freedom steadily
escalate as minds lose the capacity and inclina-
tion to weigh competing considerations."4 It should
also be noted that the concept of individual rights
with the concomitant emphasis on freedom is rela-
tively new in history. It was unknown in Greece
and Rome as in other highly developed ancient civili-
zations, and the evidence of historv tells us that in-
tegrity, love of truth and individualism prosper in
severely disciplined communities as much as in more
tolerant societies.3 This is not to presume that the
individual's claim to freedom is insignificant or un-
worthy; it is only to suggest that liberty must be
placed in proper perspective.
The preamble to the Constitution clearlv does
this when it sets forth the purposes of the basic
charter: to form a more perfect union, to establish
justice, insure domestic tranquillity, promote the gen-
eral welfare and secure the blessings of liberty. It
does not seem a strained interpretation of these noble
purposes to claim that such values as order, justice,
security and happiness may be at least as important
as freedom and are not bv-products of it. Most so-
cieties are divided, and democratic theory persuades
us that such divisions can be accommodated without
undue violence. Even in "free" societies the law at-
tempts to mark out perimeters because man's sense
of freedom is accompanied by a feeling — "a kind of
divination" — that not everything is permitted, that
the full and unrestrained exercise of freedom is not
right.6 But the area of freedom in which it is most
difficult to obtain agreement on limits, particularly
when the government is under the severe and rela-
tively specific restraint of a written constitution, is
that of freedom of speech.
APRIL 1972
IN the American system the combination of freedom
of speech as a constitutionally guaranteed right
and a strong current of thought that holds free-
dom generally to be a sacred end has led to a demo-
cratic dogmatism that strains the system to the break-
ing point. And the chief reason why this state of
affairs arose and persists is the libertarian doctrine
that free expression naturally involves a search for
truth and that such a search automatically serves the
public interest.7 In the light of human experience such
a view is hardly self-evident. In fact the evidence is
preponderant that the bright, the sophisticated and
the clever, whether or not they speak the truth, are
able to control the ignorant, the unlettered and the
naive. As serious as this may be in determining the
moral tone of the body politic, of greater significance
is the fact that the irresponsible and the evil may
use speech (in all its expanded meaning) equally
with the responsible and decently motivated. Such
a state of affairs has increased the level of disorder
in a political system which presupposes that change
will and must take place in a peaceful atmosphere.
We seem to be caught in a dilemma, for we believe
in government bv consent which implies disagree-
ment as well as agreement, but the very permitting
of dissent has resulted in such chaos that freedom
may carry the "seeds of its own destruction." This
need not be so, for a free system also carries the
seeds of its own salvation, and the final outcome de-
pends upon the choices that free men make. Wise
choices in turn will be made only if enough men are
able to distinguish between good and evil and if
those who cannot or will not make such a distinction
are subject to reasonable restraint.
In a public lecture delivered in 1969, Justice Black
contended that the First Amendment was designed
"to give the people so great influence over the gov-
ernment's affairs" that American society could aban-
don the settlement of controversies through strife
leading to hatred and bloodshed and substitute "set-
tlements by and through the peaceful agencies of
government and law."8 But what if the First Amend-
ment is used as a platform to undermine government
and law? To foster hatred, strife or even bloodshed?
Although we shall return to Black, who does give us
some answers, we might first consult another Justice
who not too long ago, as an adversary of Justice
Black, was prophetic in his constitutional doctrines
surrounding freedom of speech. Robert H. Jackson,
more than any other Supreme Court Justice, seemed
2 Isaiah Berlin, Four Essays on Liberty (London, Oxford:
Oxford University Press, 1969), p. 126.
3 Harry M. Clor, Obscenity and Public Morality (Chicago:
University of Chicago Press, 1969), pp. 134-135.
4 Ibid.
5 Berlin, op. cit., pp. 128-129.
6 Leo Strauss, Natural Right and History (Chicago:
University of Chicago Press, 1953), p. 131.
7 Clor, op. cit., p. 128.
8 Hugo Black, A Constitutional Faith (New York: Knopf,
1969), p. 63.
17
to read the times aright in the years immediately
following World War II.
Much of the Jacksonian rhetoric is worth reading
for its intrinsic literary merit, but of greater im-
portance to posterity is his writing on freedom of
speech with its insistence that the First Amendment
does not protect intolerance, conspiracy, insulting
language, mobs in the streets, or any other passionate
self-indulgence that the misguided, the simple minded
or the malevolent wish to engage in. Not long after
his appointment to the Supreme Court, Justice Jack-
son set the tone for his view of liberty when he said:
"Civil government cannot let any group ride rough-
shod over others simply because their 'consciences'
tell them to do so."9 In this instance he was dissenting
from the majority holding that the First Amendment
protected the right of some members of Jehovah's
Witnesses to disseminate anti-Catholic literature in
a Catholic neighborhood on Palm Sunday morning.
Although the case turned primarily on religious liber-
ty, a secondary principle involved was freedom of
speech. The central question, as Jackson saw it, was
where the rights of the Witnesses ended and the
rights of others began. Nowhere does the Constitution
say that a householder has a right not to be harassed
or insulted by a group thrusting literature upon him
in his own home, but is there not a presumption that
such a right exists? If the government may not harass
the citizen in his home, by what authority do private
groups enjoy such a lofty status? They do so only
under the theory that freedom takes precedence over
all other values.
IF we move from the private home into a public
building the issue becomes one of a different
order since the participants, both speaker and
listener, are voluntarily present. Does the purveyor
of ideas to voluntary listeners have the right to say
whatever he pleases? In the abstract the answer
would appear to be yes, but abstractions do not
settle concrete cases, and Justice Jackson, who con-
stantly reiterated that theme, carefully delineated
what he considered the appropriate ground rules for
mass public meetings when the Supreme Court over-
18
turned Father Terminiello's conviction for a breach
of the peace in Chicago.10 Terminiello, an apostle of
fascist leader Gerald L. K. Smith had delivered a
venomous, anti-semitic speech in a Chicago audi-
torium. Some 1500 people had gathered outside the
building and had expressed their disagreement with
the speaker by throwing bottles, stink bombs and
bricks. After they had broken several windows, the
police made some arrests and finally brought a halt
to the meeting by arresting Terminiello. Five Justices
voted to overturn Terminiello's conviction on the
narrow technical ground that the trial judge, in his
charge to the jury, had ambiguously defined the city
ordinance under which Terminiello had been convicted.
In a dissenting opinion Justice Jackson maintained
that if abuses of freedom of speech are permitted they
will lead to violence, "for it is the nature of men to
be intolerant of attacks upon institutions, personalities
and ideas for which they really care." The crowd mind
is particularly intolerant "of any idea which does not
conform to its herd opinion," so the authorities must
place checks upon behavior or speech which calls
mobs into being. What must be recognized, Jackson
continued, is that mob violence or public disorder
is not "likely to get going without help of some
speech-making to some mass of people. . . . No mob
has ever protected any liberty, even its own, but if
not put down it always winds up in an orgy of law-
lessness which respects no liberties." But most im-
portant, if abuses of speech that result in violence
are permitted to go on, moderate and rational dis-
cussion will be discouraged, will "dry up and dis-
appear," and people will "lose faith in the demo-
cratic process when they see public authority flouted
and impotent."
But it is not simply the mob and the speaker who
incites the mob to action — not simply the fact that
circumstances might require the curtailment of speech
— that concerned Justice Jackson. He went further
than any Justice of his day by maintaining that some
speech was evil in itself and as such was not entitled
to constitutional protection. He would have placed
some public oratory in a category akin to obscenity,
and in this view he was a lonely judge. His was the
sole dissenting view in Kunz v. New York11 when the
majority invalidated a New York City ordinance gov-
erning the use of the streets by speakers on the
ground that it contained no appropriate standards to
guide the city officials. Defending what amounted
to censorship, Jackson saw no reason why New York
should place its streets at the service of Carl Jacob
Kunz to hurl insults at Catholics and Jews. He termed
the anti-Jewish and anti-Catholic ravings of Kunz
"terse epithets . . . weighted with hatreds accumu-
lated through centuries of bloodshed" which are "in
every context, insults which do not spring from reason
» Douglas v. City of Jeannette, 319 U. S. 157 (1943).
io Terminiello v. Chicago, 337 U. S. 1 (1949).
"340 U. S. 290 (1951).
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
and can be answered by none." Predicting events of
the not too distant future, Jackson spoke of racial
fears and hatreds as being "incendiary and divisive,"
the "ugly possibilities that overhang ever)' great
American city." "It may become difficult," he de-
clared, "to preserve here what a large part of the
world has lost — the right to speak even temperately,
on matters vital to spirit and body."
JACKSON argued persuasively that (1) an abuse
of freedom of speech does no sendee to free-
dom; (2) abuses involve appeals to our baser
natures, often inciting to violence but always appeal-
ing to the emotions rather than the intellect; and (3)
if such abuses are not checked, we are in danger of
losing all freedoms since political bodies that are
forced to choose between chaos and repressive order
are bound to choose the latter. The Constitution is
misconstrued when judges hold that lawful authority
may not be used to restrain the intolerant, for, if
those who will not tolerate the ideas of others ac-
quire political authority, the government becomes
the agent of violence. "A catalogue of rights," said
Jackson, "was placed in our Constitution ... to pro-
tect the individual in his individuality, and neither
statutes which put those rights at the mercy of of-
ficials nor judicial decisions which put them at the
mercy of the mob are consistent with its text or
spirit."1- The true freedom to be protected, in Jack-
son's view, is freedom of the intellect, the "right to
re-examine much that has been long taken for granted
.... A free man must be a reasoning man."
In many of the cases in which Justice Jackson was
urging his ideas both upon the Court and upon
American society, Justice Black was upholding the
right of the intolerant rabble rouser to express his
views publiclv. Justice Black has said many times
that he believes that freedom of speech is absolute,
but during the last few vears he has been critized
for hedging his bets, for espousing a theory that at
one time he would have held untenable. In 1969 the
venerable Black took the opportunity to answer his
critics when he delivered the Carpentier Lectures of
the Columbia University School of Law. Black said
that his view is, "without deviation, without excep-
tions, without anv ifs, buts, or whereases that free-
dom of speech means that government shall not do
anvthing to people . . . for . . . the views they express
or the words thev speak or write."13 At the same time
he voiced vigorous opposition to "efforts to extend
the First Amendment's freedom of speech beyond
speech, freedom of press beyond press, and freedom
of religion bevond religious beliefs."14 And what pre-
ciselv is "bevond" freedom of speech and press? Ap-
parently any communication that is not, in a strict
sense, either speaking or writing. Picketing, demon-
strating, marching, accompanied by singing, shouting
or loud praying either on public or private property,
are not, says Black, protected by the First Amend-
april 1972
ment. Moreover, the First Amendment carries no
inference that "the government must provide streets,
buildings, or places to do the speaking, writing or
assembling."15 If the government does so provide the
use of public facilities, it must do so with an even
hand; it may not "pick and choose among the views
it is willing to have discussed on its streets."16 The
logic of Justice Black's position is, however, that the
government mav outlaw conduct altogether, even
when speech-connected.
Another aspect of expression that, for Black, goes
bevond the bounds of constitutionallv protected
speech is the frequentlv recurring svmbolic protest. In
1969 Justice Black, in a long and angry dissent, ex-
pressed his views fully and unequivocally.17 The
majoritv had upheld the right of three students, ages
13, 15 and 16, to wear black armbands to school in
protest of the Vietnam war, calling the conduct
closelv akin to pure speech and thus entitled to
comprehensive protection under the First Amend-
ment. In Black's view symbolic speech is not speech;
the public school is not an appropriate place to pro-
test; and it is up to the school authorities and not
the courts to decide such matters in any event. Black's
opinion emphasizes the distracting influence on the
students from the school's main purposes, the con-
comitant loss of discipline as a result of the Court's
holding, and the need for restraint, governmental re-
straint, over the individual. "Uncontrolled and un-
controllable liberty," he wrote, "is an enemy to do-
mestic peace." Reiterating his belief in uncensored
speech. Black nevertheless was constrained to warn
that a person does not have a constitutional "right
to give speeches or engage in demonstrations where
he pleases and when he pleases."
12 American Communications Association v. Douds, 339
U. S. 382 (1950).
13 Black, op. cit., p. 45.
« Ibid.
15 Ibid., p. 58.
is Cox v. Louisiana, 379 U. S. 559 (1965).
17 Tinker v. Des Moines School District, 393 U. S. 503
(1969).
19
ARE Hugo Black and Robert Jackson so far apart
after all? They are in the sense that Jackson
would not shrink from punishing a person for
what he said or from permitting a city official to make
a censorious judgment on certain kinds of speech.
Black held doggedly to the proposition that so long
as a person is talking — and nothing more — the law
is not allowed to interfere, not allowed that is, unless
the talking is done in an impermissible place, or if
it is enmeshed with violence. What these two highly
dedicated, intelligent and moral men have in common
is a willingness to draw lines, to say that under cer-
tain conditions, speech must give way to a higher
necessity of society.
Black, however, remained in a moral dilemma
because of his unwillingness to grapple with the tra-
ditional libertarian assumptions that: (1) all ideas
should have equal status in the market place; and
(2) the opportunity for free discussion will auto-
matically guarantee that it will be used to seek truth
and to advance the good of all. Jackson, on the other
hand, was able to transcend the prevailing mood of
our time, to accept the reactionary label, by sug-
gesting that men's words like their acts may be both
evil and good. Furthermore, society and the law need
not tolerate evil words anv more than they tolerate
evil deeds. What Jackson understood clearly was that
men do employ speech for other than good public
ends, and if such men are permitted to harangue or
misinform, deliberately or ignorantly, such free speech
becomes destructive of self-government. It is not true
that demagogues can do no harm to society, any-
more than protesters or marchers can do no harm
to society. It is also not true that the meddlesome or
self-seeking do not injure the community when they
use the channels of communication in their own
rather than in the public interest. There is no way
for most of us to ascertain the whole truth of a
communication. What kind of a judgment can one
make, for example, as the result of reading an opinion
poll without realizing that manv answers to the
questionnaires are given by unintelligent, uninformed,
deceitful and irrational people and that not a few
questions are formulated bv people of the same cali-
ber.18 Self-government depends upon free men decid-
ing issues on their merits and not on the basis of
pressure, intimidation or false information.
What is lacking in the libertarian ethic is a stan-
dard or a set of standards by which all speech ought
to be judged. To postulate, as philosophical relativism
does, that there are no standards upon which reason-
able men can agree, is to reject the permanent and
the recurring in the western political tradition. Cer-
tainlv Jefferson and Madison, the spiritual and literal
20
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
authors of the First Amendment and the most often
quoted in behalf of unlimited freedom of speech, held
their beliefs within a frame of reference that assumed
an appeal to reason on the part of those engaged
in debate. This is nowhere more clearly demonstrated
thai! in their search for faculty at the University of
Virginia and their insistence that teachers believe
in the democratic orthodoxy. They were painfull)'
aware that freedom's limits included "uncompromis-
ing opposition to systems of thought that would, if
made effective, undermine that freedom."19 And there
is considerable evidence that the men who voted
to adopt the First Amendment had no intention of
authorizing seditious or even abusive speech.20 Essen-
tially the constitution-makers of the eighteenth cen-
tury wished to open public debate to the rational
man of good will, a concept which assumes that man
is capable of differentiating the reasonable from the
arbitrary. They were also aware that man's nature
has a propensity for evil which in some is brought
to heel by internal restraint, by self-discipline, but
in others can be controlled only by coercion, lawful
coercion in a democracy. They were in short, atuned
to the natural law tradition, a tradition with its roots
in Aristotle and the Stoics, refined by Aquinas and
restated by Locke, that attributed to man an essence
and to society a realization that man must, if he is
to lead a decent life, conform to some universal rules.
ALL that changed with the advent of nineteenth
century modernism when the philosophers en-
joined us to break away from our cultural
imprisonment and become free men, free to follow
our conscience wherever it might lead. We have done
APRIL 1972
so without heeding the advice of John Ruskin: "Fol-
low your conscience, but first be certain that it is
not the conscience of an ass." The only path to cer-
tainty in conscience for the individual is the realiza-
tion that we live in a rational order in which right
and wrong, good and bad are distinguishable. And
it does not follow that the only means of recapturing
the orderly society is government-imposed censorship.
We need not choose between the despotism of law-
less crowds and the despotism of lawless rulers. Is
it not possible for the people to conclude, after in-
telligent discussion, that some kinds of expression
"are inimical to the virtues upon which the public
safety and order depend?"21 Is it not possible to
answer such questions as: Does a particular kind of
speech truly serve democratic government? Are there
alternative ways to publicize one's views? Even if we
can agree, however, on minimal legal restraints, the
central problem remains unsolved. The law is limited
in what it can do, and it reflects as well as refracts
the public habits. Society must create a general tone,
a consensus which postulates the simple rule that
certain words or combined words and actions are
beyond acceptable bounds. This in turn involves in-
dividual responsibility, self-discipline and the pre-
eminence of reason. If men are incapable of sustain-
ing such virtues, free societies are impossible.
It has become difficult to preserve freedom be-
cause we have lost sight of the proper ends of gov-
ernment. Our central concern must be justice, and to
approximate its goals, we must emphasize the need
for virtue and make the agonizing judgment that an
excessive preoccupation with free expression may
bring the noble American experiment to an end. An-
cient political philosophy assumed that given man's
nature, he required external controls in order to lead
a satisfying, virtuous life. He needed guidance
through public standards, in Walter Lippman's
phrase, a public philosophy. Within such a frame-
work, he would be free to make choices, but without
a compelling code of civility to guide his life, he, or
at least most men, would never possess the intrinsic
strength to lead a reasonably contented and produc-
tive life in a virtuous and just society. I would suggest
that we take refuge in the counsel of English jurist,
Lord Devlin: "If we are not entitled to call our society
'free' unless we pursue freedom to an extremity that
would make society intolerable for most of us, then
let us stop short of the extreme and be content with
some other name. The result may not be freedom un-
alloyed, but there are alloys which strengthen without
corrupting."22
18 Strauss, op. cit., p. 53.
19 Adrienne Koch, Jefferson and Madison (New York:
Oxford University Press, 1964), p. 278.
20 See Leonard Levy, Legacy of Suppression (Cambridge:
Harvard University Press, 1960).
21 Clor, op cit., p. 127.
22 Patrick Devlin, The Enforcement of Morals (London:
Oxford University Press, 1965), p. 123.
21
BLUMENSON
THE
ALUMNI
AUTHORS
By W. B. Weist '50
HE is described by one mili-
tary historian, Alfred Vagts,
as a "nearly archaic person-
ality" and a pre-World War II fit-
ness report described his talents
as "invaluable in time of war, but
a disturbing element in a time of
peace."
George Smith Patton, Jr. was a
man of both war and peace, but
his fame was won on the battle-
fields of Europe and Africa in
World War II. Like one of his
celebrated opponents. Field Mar-
shall Erwin Rommel, his person
and his feats have been celebrated
on the epic-size, wide movie screen,
and the "Desert Fox" and "Old
Blood and Guts" are descriptive
terms easily identified by a ma-
jority among several generations.
Both the German and the Ameri-
can, if not ascribed in popular leg-
end some degree of military "ge-
nius," are at least depicted as men
"born to command." Perhaps both
attributes are apt, or at least it may
22
PAPERS
1885-1940
HOUGHTON
MIFFLIN
COMPANY
Now serving as the Ernest J.
King Professor of Maritime His-
tory at the Naval War College,
Newport, R. I., Martin Blumen-
son '39 has been maintaining a
hectic schedule during the past
year, commuting to Paris for a
TV appearance and across the
U. S. for a series of lectures on
World War II. He will receive
an honorary degree in May
from Acadia University, Nova
Scotia, Canada, for his distin-
guished contributions to his-
torical scholarship.
THE BUCKXELL ALUMNUS
be accurate to assess both men in
terms Thucvdides used to describe
Alcibiades: "We are not free to
moderate at our pleasure our own
desire to command."
That desire of George Smith
Patton, Jr., to command — its orig-
ins, its shaping, its years of frus-
tration and testing and growth —
forms the focus of The Patton Pa-
pers (1885-1940), a new work bv
Martin Blumenson '39, a distin-
guished military historian who now
holds the Ernest J. King Chair of
Maritime Historv at the Naval War
College in Newport. Rhode Island.
Professor Blumenson has previ-
ously written of Patton in his role
as a commander — Sicily: Whose
Victory?; Breakout and Pursuit;
and The Duel for France: 1944 —
but these were limited views of the
man as part of a much larger pat-
tern of events. Xow, granted per-
mission bv the Patton familv for a
full-scale examination of the Pat-
ton Papers, including personal let-
ters and diaries as well as the pub-
he papers, Mr. Blumenson is con-
cerned to create a portrait of the
man through a narrative pattern
utilizing Patton's own words. The
result is detailed, frank and inti-
mate, something of an autobio-
graphv aided at times by the in-
tervention of a friend or counselor
who points the way to a new
thought or revelation. It is a skill-
ful rendering and a captivating
document to read.
Mr. Blumsenson in fashioning
this massive document (960 pages,
plus preface, maps, photos, index,
glossary and appendices) was no
doubt keenly aware of Patton's
own delineation of the soldier and
the scholar: ". . . The historian . . .
is bv nature a man of thoughtful
and studious habits utterly incapa-
ble of appreciating the roaring en-
ergy of a soldier ... In peace the
scholar flourishes, in war the soldier
dies; so it comes about that we
view our soldiers through the eyes
of scholars and attribute to them
scholarly virtues." This quotation,
written in 1926. opens the Pro-
logue, and one might sav this is
where the test begins — to see if
the scholar attributes his own per-
april 1972
son to the soldier whose life he
seeks to portray.
PERHAPS old soldiers, those
with sufficient martial experi-
ence, are best equipped to
judge Mr. Blumenson's ultimate
success. Mr. Blumenson was an
Armv officer until 1957 and served
in Europe during World War II.
Those whose experience is rooted
in the scholarly world can best
assess the difficulty of the assign-
ment, for surelv Patton was a com-
plex human being. He was a "lousy
speller" but a man with rhetorical
skills. Although his grammer is
sometimes deficient, his meaning
seems always clear. And while he
sought to avoid ambiguity, he
could not overlook the need to
sometimes guard against an un-
tenable stance in public print or in
letters to his Army peers. Indeed,
the laurels he won as a battlefield
tactician might well be matched
bv his tactical skills as a letter-
writer in the great game of pro-
motions and rank in the military
establishment. He may have been
arrogant and impolite at times,
but George Patton was also canny
and cunning.
But this is onlv one dimension
of the portrait. He was also a
devoted son, a kindlv brother, a
considerate and loving husband,
an understanding father, and a
thoughtful friend. There were mo-
ments when he was an angrv an-
tagonist, a somethimes much-too-
cavalier opponent, or just a very
gallant boor. But he was always
a man with a purpose, and he was
to die with at least some major
achievement of that purpose dis-
torting his public image and, per-
haps, his image of himself.
Although, as Mr. Blumenson re-
marks at the beginning, "everv-
thing that everyone has ever said
about George S. Patton. Jr., is
probably true." it is not until he
is in his teens that Patton's owu
observations about his life begin
to be recorded, and it is not until
almost a decade later that he
makes some of his personal in-
sights into historv and its meaning.
THE image of man, history and
self seems to have been fixed
in outline quite early and
more clearly defined in maturity.
For example, the following obser-
vations bv Patton and their dates:
"The character of Caesar — if
a man of so profoundly com-
plex a nature can be said to
have a character — is extremely
difficult to define." (1903)
"Men of my blood . . . have
ever inspired me . . . Should I
falter, I will have disgraced
my blood." (1913)
'The fixed determination to
acquire the warrior soul and
having acquired it to conquer
or perish with honor is the
secret of victory." (1926)
"Let us not become so be-
mused with technical and ad-
ministrative details that we
forget this fact. In the last an-
alvsis the successful soldier is
the courageous fighting man —
the killer." (1934)
These are pre-World W ar II ob-
servations, some almost Spenglerian
but none as widely known as those
post-World War II remarks on
politics and international relations
which arrested a career. The quo-
tations, of course, have been torn
from their context. Within the text
a rb\-thm is established between
the private man (through his let-
ters, notebooks and diarv) and the
professional man (through his es-
says, official correspondence, eval-
uation records), and this rhythm
is sustained throughout the book.
Since the volume covers a period
of 55 vears, from Patton's birth in
1885 to 1940. one is introduced to
the boy, conscious of his "blood"
heritage as a member of a military
familv, and ends with the mature
military leader waiting for the call
to command, at age 55, in a war
w-hich he foresees but is powerless
to ordain.
Nowhere is the volume more re-
vealing than in its depiction of
Armv life between World Wars I
and II. Even for a man who want-
ed nothing more than to be a sol-
23
dier, life was often dull, more
often boring, and quite often filled
with frustrations of petty origins
and of trifling consequences. To
fill the void, or so it seems, Patton
drove himself to excel in polo, fen-
cing, horsemanship — related lei-
surely pursuits of a dashing caval-
ryman who recognized the activity
for what it was, but who also real-
ized that only war could consume
the enormous energies he knew he
was wasting.
That war finally came and gen-
erations of Americans, caught and
consumed as was Patton by its di-
rection and duration, still relive at
least part of it vicariously. In retro-
spect, looking back across two dec-
ades or four decades or eight dec-
ades, it may be that we would echo
Emerson's comment that "there is
properly no history, only biogra-
phy." What better way to see the
past and to analyze the present
than through those "heroes" who
seem to embody the complex is-
sues of America of yesterday and
today?
The Patton Papers fulfills this
purpose, providing a portrait of
the person who lived "inside" the
public hero. For those seeking to
understand the "real" Patton or the
modern Army — and for those who
may be searching for the "meaning
of our age" — we commend this
book for your reading. "Old Blood
and Guts" has had his own portrait
of himself restored by a master.
Man About Inns
One of the big-sellers — if not one
of the best-sellers-of 1971 is a book
entitled Country Inns and Back
Roads. More than 35,000 copies of
the work were sold last year, and
this definitive guide has been on
sale for the past seven years with
a $2.95 price tag. The 1972 edition
is $3.50.
The author-publisher is Norman
Thomas "Spike" Simpson, Jr. '41,
Stockbridge, Mass., and his work
was celebrated by Donald Johnston
in a feature article, "Country Inns:
A Quiet Revival," in the Travel and
Resort section of The New York
Times on Sunday, January 16, 1972.
THE BUCKNELL ALUMNUS
Norman T. "Spike" Simpson '41 relaxes in his office.
PHOTO BY DONALD JOHNSTON
Described by Mr. Johnston as a
"jovial, bearded fellow" and as a
"sort of guru to inn lovers," Nor-
man Simpson owns, operates and
oversees The Berkshire Traveler
Press which publishes, in addition
to its top seller, The Country Inn
Cookbook and a magazine, Berk-
shire Living. The Berkshire Trav-
eler also owns a bookstore in Stock-
bridge, called the Book Stall and
described as "unfancy," and Nor-
man is aided in his publishing and
business ventures by a small staff
and his wife, the former Nancy
Brown.
A man whose Cap and Dagger
career included starring roles in
Idiot's Delight, As You Like It, and
Night Must Fall, "Spike" majored
in journalism at Bucknell and
found time to become a brother of
Kappa Sigma. His career includes
stints in radio and advertising. In
more recent years, it includes wide-
spread travel, and this includes
visits to more than 250 inns for on-
the-spot study. (Norman's book
hits some 90 selected inns for the
gourmet traveler.)
Of his area of special study, Nor-
man told Mr. Johnston, "It's a fun-
ny thing. Now that we are pre-
paring to leave the 20th century,
people seem to want to hold on to
the 19th."
The defining element of it all, as
Norman told Mr. Johnston, is that
"country inns are people, and peo-
ple who like people will like coun-
try inns."
To find these people and to en-
hance sales of his book, ads are
placed in the N. Y. Times, The
Wall Street Journal and the New
Yorker. The ads say in part: "Crisp
mornings, country breakfasts, vil-
lage homes, autumn colors, wood-
land walks, quietness and slow
time, robust dinners, crackling fire-
places, genial conversations, snug
beds, shunpiking, history, nature,
traditional innkeeping . . . Sounds
wonderful doesn't it?"
It does sound wonderful. The
work advertised, according to Mr.
Johnston, is "written in a folksy
intimate way" and the text is re-
vised each year to take note of new
developments.
So, if you have a yen for travel,
gracious hostelry, and the best food
for miles around, you can consult
with an expert, Mr. Norman Simp-
son, The Berkshire Traveler, Stock-
bridge, Mass.
24
THE PRIMATES
A series on the naturalistic behavior of non-human primates
EDITORS
Dr. C. Ray Carpenter, University of Georgia
Dr. Douglas K. Candland, Bueknell University
CONSULTING EDITORS
Dr. }. Itani, Japan; Dr. D. Ploog, West Germany;
Dr. T. Crook and Dr. R. Hinde, United Kingdom
INITIAL PUBLICATION
PREDATORY BEHAVIOR AMONG WILD CHIMPANZEES by Geza Teleki
A detailed analysis of the predatory behavior of the colony of wild chimpanzees first studied
by Jane Goodall. During recent years the colony has acquired the habit of killing and eating
baboons. This study provides clear evidence that non-human primates can become carnivorous.
Ample photographs show the pattern of predatory behavior and the text analyzes the complex
social relationships involved in chimpanzee predation.
THE IRISH WRITERS SERIES
General Editor: James F. Cabens, Professor of English, Bueknell University
When complete, this series will include studies of
more than 50 Irish writers of the 19th and 20th cen-
turies. Each monograph gives a full account of the writ-
er's literary career and major works, considering the re-
lationship of his Irish background to his writings as a
whole. Every volume is accompanied by a selective
bibliography.
Price of Hard Cover Editions: $4.50
PUBLISHED
SEAN O'CASEY by Bernard Benstock
J. C. MANGAN by Iames Kilroy
W. R. RODGERS by Darcy O'Brien
STANDISH O'GRADY by Phillip L. Marcus
Price of Paperback Editions: ;pl.95
OTHER VOLUMES NOW AVAILARLE
THE NEW EUROPE
Thomas G. Masabyk
Introduction by Otakar Odlozilik
Edited by W. P. Warken and W. B. Weist '50
THOMAS MANN: A CRITICAL STUDY
R. J. Hollingdale
NIETZSCHE: DISCIPLE OF DIONYSUS
Rose Pfeffer
LINGUISTIC ANALYSIS AND PHENOMENOLOGY
Edited by Wolfe May's and S. C. Brown
THE IMAGINATION OF THE RESURRECTION
The Poetic Continuity of a Religious Motif
in Donne, Blake, and Yeats
Kathbyn R. Kremen
A FACULTY THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE
The Aim and Scope of Hume's First Enquiry
George Stern
CORIOLANUS IN CONTEXT
Clifford C. Huffman
THE AUTHOR OF WAVERLEY
D. D. Devlin
ROBERT OWEN:
PROPHET OF THE POOR
Edited by Sidney Pollard
and John Salt
THE SOCIAL QUESTION: MASARYK ON MARX
T. G. Masaryk
Erazim V. Kohak, editor and translator
BUCKNELL
UNIVERSITY
Prices Subject
"P TJ 17 C C to Change
J. JVli J J Without Notice
S3 J2 > te cr^
/— — — • r- c ^
re
2- ~ era -
^ 2. o 2
o' crt 3.
O S (B ST
ZTcrq s
=
— S3 <B *
g>T3
^crc
^ s. S- rr'
art - s,
Crt
P" H
> « 5"
« 5" i^
2 c 2-
.03 e
S- a O T3 'TS C
ETx & 2. "" 3
' S3 ft
>— ^
: 2- T £ 3 5 3
►-• CB •£ ri r- 3
*C o § >2 "
§ o & §^ §
« ^ ° s ;
OB -■ i
S3 a
o » Zf
= 2 2-
re » ^
S1, ? 51
re
:Ol3 52. ;
•¥i /r\ /^ K*
ft-??
° 51
fD
CT CB ^°
<-* S3 9 S3 ^GE.
CB re ^ O "■ 3
w S-oq J^3 re <
» S- rr
3 S
ero5§
re W ,
r w
> U
n» c
X o
x o o o
*•■ x
X o
to z
t-iO
«» in < o
c r
m r\>
:d r-
<o
©
5>
* c
z
ac
TJ >-i
m
> •<
3
m
—1
»* »
JO
~>l w
>
a» •>•
z
W -4 D
"J -<
r
»-•
(B
X
>
X
-<
„ 3
O ft
-1- S3
ft ft
» 3
ft 3
£ QTQ
4. a-
■c re
2 o
< g
Oj C" T"1 Q -
Sep » >
S3
0) 13
^ s
C ft
(B
S- o
S.35
CD
7 ? 2 ?
§ »
'-
—^.13
'2 s!"
• ?«<
CB
s?c«^
2- CO
en 13 •— i
H rT C3
re re g
p-g c
» 2 <<
<
H
0
r
13
C
r
W
~
<
c
CD
B4
re
p
o
^_
a-
w
Z
x
-J
z
oS
c
w
3
r
JL
r
00
03
-4
G
<'
CD
>
3
p
>
en
d
CD
-a
S
to
C/3